As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2021
Registration No. 333-259180
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
To
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 7373 | 84-3559776 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150
Pleasanton, CA 94588
(925) 270-4812
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Suresh Venkatachari
Chief Executive Officer
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150
Pleasanton, CA 94588
(925) 270-4812
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Ross Carmel, Esq. | Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq. |
Jeffrey P. Wofford, Esq. | Seth A. Brookman, Esq. |
Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP | Lucosky Brookman LLP |
55 West 39th Street, 18th Floor | 101 Wood Avenue South |
New York, New York 10018 | Woodbridge, New Jersey 08830 |
Telephone: (212) 658-0458 | Telephone: (732) 395-4400 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ |
Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2) |
Amount of
Registration Fee |
||||||
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (3)(4) | $ | 46,375,000.00 | $ | 5,059.52 | ||||
Warrants to purchase Common Stock to be issued to the Underwriter (5)(6) | ||||||||
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants issued to the Underwriter (3)(5) | $ | 550,000.00 | $ | 60.01 | ||||
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Warrants issued to the Selling Stockholders (3)(7) | $ | 2,661,976.80 | 290.43 | |||||
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note held by a Selling Stockholder(3)(8) | $ | 1,850,000.00 | 201.84 | |||||
Total | $ | 51,436,976.80 | $ | 5,611.80 | (9) |
(1) | Includes additional shares (15% of the shares being sold in this offering) that the underwriters have the option to purchase pursuant to their over-allotment option that may be exercised over a 45 day period. | |
(2) | There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). | |
(3) | Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the shares of common stock registered hereby also include an indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock as may from time to time be issued or become issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions. | |
(4) | Includes $375,000 of shares being offered by the Selling Stockholders. | |
(5) | We have agreed to issue to the representative of the several underwriters, who we refer to as the representative, warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock in the aggregate equal to one point twenty five percent (1.25%) of the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering (excluding shares of common stock sold to cover over-allotments, if any). The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 110% of the public offering price. | |
(6) | No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. | |
(7) | We have agreed to issue the Selling Stockholders warrants to purchase 739,438 shares of common stock. The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 72% of the public offering price. | |
(8) | We have agreed to issue a Selling Stockholder a convertible note that converts into 370,000 shares of common stock. The convertible note is convertible at a conversion price per share equal to 60% of the public offering price | |
(9) | $5,460.24 previously paid. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
1 |
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated September 27, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
9,184,438 Shares of Common Stock
This is an initial public offering ofshares of common stock, $0.00001 par value of Healthcare Triangle, Inc., or the Company. We are offering 8,000,000 shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified herein (the “Selling Stockholders”) are offering 1,184,438 shares of common stock, including 370,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of convertible notes at a conversion price of 60% of the initial public offering price and 739,438 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants at an exercise price of 72% of the initial public offering price, or $3.60 per share based on an assumed initial offering price of $5.00. The 1,184,438 shares of common stock offered by the Selling Stockholders is defined herein as the “Selling Stockholder Shares.” For a more detailed description of the convertible notes and warrants, see “Description of Securities—Convertible Notes” and “—Common Stock Purchase Warrants.”
Upon completion of this offering, our parent company, SecureKloud Technologies, Inc., will own approximately 67.6% of our outstanding common stock (approximately 65.5% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). For additional information regarding the shareholdings of our parent, see “Principal Stockholders.” Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as such term is defined under the listing rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the Selling Stockholders. However, upon any exercise of the warrants held by the Selling Stockholders, we will receive cash proceeds per share equal to the exercise price of such warrants. The Selling Stockholders may sell or otherwise dispose of their shares in a number of different ways and at varying prices. We will pay all expenses (other than discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses) relating to the registration of the Selling Stockholder’s shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The public offering price of the shares in this offering is assumed to be $5.00, the midpoint of an estimated price range of $4.50 to $5.50. We have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HCTI,” however, no assurance can be given that a trading market will develop for our common stock.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19 of this prospectus as well as any other risk factors and other information contained in any other document that may be incorporated by reference herein.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We are an “emerging growth company” and “smaller reporting company” under applicable federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Please read “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”
Total | Per Share | ||||||
Initial public offering price | $ | $ | |||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)(2) | $ | $ | |||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | $ |
(1) Represents underwriting discount and commissions equal to eight percent (8%) per share (or $ per share), which is the underwriting discount we have agreed to pay on all investors in this offering introduced by the underwriters in this offering.
(2) Does not include an accountable expense allowance of up to $110,000 from the gross proceeds of this offering payable to EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 96 of this prospectus for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the representative an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 shares of common stock on the same terms as the other shares of common stock being purchased by the underwriters from us.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about , 2021.
Prospectus dated ___, 2021
EF HUTTON |
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC |
2 |
Table of Contents
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS | 4 |
MARKET DATA | 4 |
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY | 5 |
RISK FACTORS | 19 |
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS | 40 |
USE OF PROCEEDS | 41 |
MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS | 41 |
CAPITALIZATION | 42 |
DILUTION | 43 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS | 44 |
BUSINESS | 68 |
MANAGEMENT | 82 |
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION | 89 |
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS | 89 |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS | 90 |
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS | 90 |
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES | 93 |
UNDERWRITING | 99 |
EXPERTS | 103 |
LEGAL MATTERS | 103 |
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION | 103 |
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | F-2 |
Until , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus) all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment. Neither we, the selling stockholders named herein, nor the underwriters, have authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from, or adds to, that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we, the selling stockholders named herein, nor the underwriters, take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not making an offer of any securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer is unlawful.
3 |
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context suggests otherwise:
• | all references to the “Company,” “HTI,” the “registrant” (whether capitalized or not), “we,” “our,” or “us” in this prospectus mean Healthcare Triangle, Inc.; | |
• | assumes an initial public offering price of our common stock of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range of $4.50 to $5.50; | |
• | “AI” means artificial intelligence; | |
• | DevOps is a set of practices that combines software development (Dev) and IT operations (Ops); | |
• | “EHR” means electronic health records; | |
• | “HCLS” means Healthcare and Life Sciences; | |
• | “ML” means machine learning; | |
• | “year” or “fiscal year” means the year ending December 31st; and | |
• | all dollar or $ references, when used in this prospectus, refer to United States dollars. |
Please read this prospectus carefully. It describes our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations. We have prepared this prospectus so that you will have the information necessary to make an informed investment decision. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations about us, the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus, or any other matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.
The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any distribution of securities in accordance with this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful. This prospectus will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.
We use our trademarks and trade names, such as Healthcare Triangle, Inc. in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, trade names and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
Market Data
Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies, and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information are not guaranteed. To our knowledge, certain third-party industry data that includes projections for future periods does not take into account the effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. Accordingly, those third-party projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. In addition, we do not necessarily know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
4 |
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY This prospectus summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Company Overview We are a Healthcare information technology company focused on advancing innovative industry-transforming solutions in the sectors of cloud services, data science, and professional and managed services for the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry. Our approach leverages our proprietary technology platforms, extensive industry knowledge, and healthcare domain expertise to provide solutions and services that reinforce healthcare progress. Through our platform, solutions, and services, we support healthcare delivery organizations, healthcare insurance companies, pharmaceutical and Life Sciences, biotech companies, and medical device manufacturers in their efforts to improve data management, develop analytical insights into their operations, and deliver measurable clinical, financial, and operational improvements. We offer a comprehensive suite of software, solutions, platforms and services that enables some of the world’s leading healthcare and pharma organizations to deliver personalized healthcare, precision medicine, advances in drug discovery, development and efficacy, collaborative research and development, respond to real world evidence, and accelerate their digital transformation. We combine our expertise in the healthcare technology domain, cloud technologies, DevOps and automation, data engineering, advanced analytics, AI/ML, Internet of things (“IoT”), security, compliance, and governance to deliver platforms and solutions that drive improved results in the complex workflows of Life Sciences, biotech, healthcare providers, and payers. Our differentiated solutions, enabled by intellectual property platforms provide advanced analytics, data science applications, and data aggregation in a secure, compliant and cost-effective manner to our customers. Our approach reinforces healthcare progress through advanced technology, extensive industry knowledge, and domain expertise. Our deep expertise in healthcare allows us to reinforce our clients’ progress by accelerating their innovation. Our healthcare IT services include EHR and software implementation, optimization, extension to community partners, as well as application managed services , and backup and disaster recovery capabilities on public cloud. Our 24x7 managed services are used by hospitals and health systems, payers, Life Sciences, and biotech organizations in their effort to improve health outcomes and deliver deeper, more meaningful patient and consumer experiences. Through our services, our customers achieve return on investment in their technology by delivering measurable improvements. Combined with our software and solutions, our services provide clients with an end-to-end partnership for their technology innovation.
|
5 |
We
believe our principal competitive factors in our market include our technology capabilities, domain expertise, and on-demand customer
support for companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud, data, and security architectures. There are several unique factors
mentioned below that make HTI an attractive service provider for healthcare and Life Sciences companies:
• Technology Platforms: our proprietary software platforms, CloudEz and DataEz, are leveraged by our healthcare and Life Sciences customers for cloud transformation, automation, data management, security and data governance, and clinical and non-clinical operations management. Our Readabl.AI platform uses state-of-the-art public cloud artificial intelligence and machine learning to recognize and extract healthcare information from documents, faxes, and narrative reports.
• Technology Enabled Services: our ability to deliver world-class services in the areas of cloud technologies, data, AI/ML, security, compliance, governance and extend these capabilities with clinical and operational consultants that work across the healthcare industry to improve patient and consumer outcomes.
• Expertise in Compliance: our compliance and validation experts enable us to implement Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements in GxP regulated establishments; GxP encompasses a broad range of compliance-related activities such as Good Laboratory Practices (GLP), Good Clinical Practices (GCP), and Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP). HTI’s technology platforms CloudEz and DataEz are HITRUST self-certified. HTI also supports BAA (Business Associate Agreement) coverage for healthcare clients along with cloud providers and PCI-DSS standards.
• Engagement and Flexibility: HTI’s ability to achieve customer operational objectives through our design and commercialization of innovative solutions with an outcome-based approach and prompt feedback.
• Team Members: our world-class team of certified cloud architects and our unique expertise in large global pharmaceutical and biotech organizations and other participants of the healthcare industry.
• Personal Approach to Customers: our strong relationship management and deep understanding of customer requirements enable us to continuously drive innovation. Our delivery methodology and automation-based approach give us the ability to respond to our customers’ needs and requirements rapidly.
• Partnership with Industry Leaders: our established relationships with healthcare and Life Sciences teams of the public cloud providers, including Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Google Cloud, Microsoft Azure Cloud, and EHR vendors such as MEDITECH and Epic Systems while engaging with our customers for overall success.
Our organizational capabilities and unique advantages also include solving data insights and data interoperability challenges for the HCLS industry with our domain knowledge and technology solutions. To accelerate healthcare providers’ adoption of cloud and next-generation technologies, we leverage our Life Sciences and medical device industry experience in cloud, data, IoT, AI/ML, security & compliance. The majority of our revenue is generated by our full-time employees who provide software services and Managed Services and Support to our clients. Our software services include strategic advisory, implementation and development services and Managed Services and Support include post implementation support and cloud hosting. Our CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI platforms are offered on a solution delivery model. CloudEz and DataEz became commercially available since the first quarter of 2019 and Readabl.AI from the last quarter of 2020. In fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 we generated revenues from CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI on a platform solution delivery model of $3,247,114 and $2,140,212, respectively, which accounted for 10.4% and 7.4% of our total revenues, respectively. We are in the early stages of marketing CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI as our SaaS offerings on a subscription basis, which we expect will provide us with recurring revenues. We do not yet have enough information about our competition or customer acceptance of the proposed SaaS offerings to determine whether or not recurring subscription revenue will have a material impact on our revenue growth. Our SaaS offerings are expected to become commercially available in the third quarter of 2021.
|
6 |
Background We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of SecureKloud Technologies, Inc., f/k/a 8K Miles Software Services, Inc. (the “Parent”). Our Parent is 65.2% owned by SecureKloud Technologies Ltd., an Indian company that is publicly traded in India. Mr. Suresh Venkatachari, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a 37% shareholder, a director, and the Chief Executive Officer of SecureKloud Technologies, Ltd. Mr. Suresh Venkatachari, also serves as the Chief Executive Officer of SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. We were originally formed as a Nevada corporation on October 29, 2019, and then converted into a Delaware corporation on April 24, 2020, to provide IT and data services to the HCLS industry. In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent transferred to us its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of our common stock, and on May 8, 2020, we acquired Cornerstone Advisors Group from our Parent in exchange for the assumption of certain liabilities of the Parent and the issuance of a $7,000,000 promissory note. We are led by a diverse, global, and talented team of data scientists, thought leaders, software developers, and subject matter experts who seek to understand our customers’ challenges and are dedicated to tackling these challenges. As of September 27, 2021, we had a total of 69 full-time employees, 142 independent contractors, including 67 certified cloud experts, 16 Epic Certified EHR experts, and 14 Medical Information Technology, Inc. (“MEDITECH”) Certified EHR experts. Many of the senior management team and the members of our board of directors hold advanced degrees and some are leading experts in software development, regulatory science, and market access.
|
7 |
The Company, along with the Parent, is a born-on-the-cloud Premier Partner of AWS and an audited next generation MSP. We are a leading partner of Google Cloud and a Gold Cloud Partner of Microsoft Azure Cloud. HTI, along with the Parent, is currently one of the top tier Healthcare and Life Sciences competency partners of AWS among more than 70,000 partners in their overall ecosystem. The Company is also recognized as one of the top eight partners of Google Cloud Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program. The Company has also established partnerships with Medical Information Technology, Inc. MEDITECH, Epic Systems, Splunk Inc., Snowflake Inc., Looker Inc. (acquired by Google), and other technology companies. Our Parent was rated in 2021 by Solutions Review, an independent online magazine, as one of the 22 best AWS-managed services providers (1). The Company has several Fortune 500 clients in the Life Sciences industries and works with many hospitals. In fiscal years 2020 and 2019 we generated revenues of $22,403,552 and $13,302,713, respectively, from Fortune 500 clients, which accounted for 71% and 46% of our total revenues, respectively. We conduct our business directly with hospitals and other healthcare providers. Our Healthcare IT services include systems selection, EHR implementation, post-implementation support to manage EHRs, legacy support, optimization, training, and creation of efficient EHR systems, and improvement of clinical outcomes for hospitals. Market Our target markets are healthcare delivery organizations (e.g., hospitals, clinics, physician practices, and other healthcare providers) and Life Sciences organizations (e.g., pharmaceutical and biotech companies). These target markets are large and rapidly expanding, and the opportunity before us is substantial as data increasingly becomes more critical to successful clinical quality improvement and outcomes, financial performance, drug discoveries, and the ever-important need to ensure a positive patient and consumer experience. The US healthcare cloud transformation services market will grow to $30B by 2027 with 17.4% CAGR as per Absolution Market Insights(2). Bloomberg business report estimates that the global market for healthcare data science and analytics will be $40B by 2025 with a CAGR of 23.5%(3). The US healthcare IT services market is estimated to be $149B by 2025 with a CAGR 11.7% as per Allied Market Research(4). The medical document management market is estimated to be $555M by 2025 and it was $292M in 2020 as per Market Data Forecast(5). Based on the above market data on cloud transformation, healthcare data science and analytics, healthcare IT services and medical document management, we believe CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI platforms have significant market opportunity. As COVID-19 and technological advancements accelerate a rapid shift toward digital health, healthcare technology companies like HTI will help to transform the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry and pave the way for sizeable market opportunities. We believe the industry challenges and market dynamics described below are transforming the way data and analytics are used by healthcare organizations and provide us with a significant opportunity. Challenges enterprises face with their business transformation We believe that many Chief Information Officers (“CIO”) are being swept over by a stream of digital opportunities. They cannot respond in a timely manner, which threatens the success of the business and the credibility of their IT organization. There is a perception that IT is a bottleneck, and this perception has led to the proliferation of “Shadow IT” in organizations. In response to these challenges, we believe that many CIOs have a second mode of IT operations that is more agile. Driving this transformation results in the growing adoption of cloud technology to increase value across all lines of business. We believe our CloudEz proprietary software platform addresses these business transformation challenges with a fully managed, secure, and compliant cloud platform that provides regulated organizations with a framework that guides them through the complex process of transitioning to the cloud irrespective of a public, private, or hybrid model. CloudEz considers all the resources, processes, and tools needed to effectively deploy, manage and optimize our customers’ choice of cloud infrastructure and helps them to move from a capex to an opex model, thereby saving costs. Challenges associated with increasing complexity of healthcare data Across the healthcare landscape, a significant amount of data is being created every day, driven by patient care, payment systems, regulatory compliance, and recordkeeping. This includes information within patient health records, clinical trials, pharmacy benefit programs, imaging systems, sensors, and monitoring platforms, laboratory results, patient-reported information, hospital, and physician performance programs, and billing and payment processing. The U.S. Healthcare system has invested billions of dollars to collect vast amounts of detailed information in digital format. Examples of major areas of investment include electronic transactional systems that digitize clinical information (e.g., EHR systems, pharmacy, laboratory, imaging, patient satisfaction, and healthcare information exchanges), financial information (e.g., general ledger, costing, and billing), and operational information (e.g., supply chain, human resources, time and attendance, IT support, and patient engagement). Wearables and sensors drive personalized health data for continuous monitoring of patients through daily activity logs, biometric sensors, fall sensors, social activity sensors, etc. These wearables and sensors result in a proliferation of healthcare data that also includes socioeconomic, genomic, and remote patient monitoring information. Collecting, storing, and using healthcare data is complicated by the breadth and depth of disparate sources, the multitude of formats, and increasing regulatory requirements.
(1) See https://solutionsreview.com/cloud-platforms/best-aws-managed-service-providers/. (2) https://www.absolutemarketsinsights.com/reports/healthcare-Cloud-Computing-Market--2019-2027-234 (3) https://www.bloomberg.com/press-releases/2020-04-16/healthcare-analytics-market-size-to-reach-usd-40-781- billion-by-2025-cagr-of-23-55-valuates-reports (4) https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/press-release/us-healthcare-it-market.html (5) https://www.marketdataforecast.com/market-reports/medical-documents-management-market
|
8 |
The data is also fast becoming vital for Life Sciences and pharmaceutical industries; however, traditional and current data platforms are not equipped to meet this surge or the analytic demands. Today, the data platform is expected to stay relevant for at least 15 years, be able to democratize the data, and still be secure and compliant. Data and analytics in healthcare is transforming the way illnesses are identified and treated, improving quality of life and avoiding preventable deaths. We believe our DataEz platform addresses these challenges. DataEz is a cloud-based data pipeline platform that helps to enable personal healthcare data management, analytics, and data science capabilities for large Life Sciences, pharmaceutical, and healthcare organizations. It integrates with a larger variety of data sources to ingest, process, store, analyze, and gain insights from the data. By leveraging the real-world evidence data and the ability to diagnose through advanced predictive modeling, AI/ML makes the process simpler and less expensive. Life Sciences industries will require a secure, privacy-compliant, and future-proof data platform as a foundation for large-scale genomics collaborations and for efforts to re-analyze archived data, including privacy-protected data. This means most organizations will turn into data organizations and will aggressively leverage data as a core asset to drive innovation in their businesses. Challenges due to lack of coordination and interoperability The healthcare industry is fragmented and inefficient, with different legacy health insurers, hospital systems, provider groups, and pharmacy networks each possessing distinct incentive structures—some or all of which may diverge from consumers’ interests. Even as consumer demand for greater coordination grows, inflexible and disparate legacy technological systems present a significant barrier to meeting consumers’ wants and needs. After decades of investing in EHR technology, the state of interoperability is insufficient and inhibits care coordination, health data exchange, clinical efficiency, and the quality of care provided to patients. Given that the EHR is the principal electronic interface used today at the point of care, the path to improved data-driven decision support will require integration between EHR systems and other data and analytics providers. Incidentally, the U.S. Healthcare system is in the midst of an “open data wave,” with an increasing focus on, and demand for, patient data interoperability. Additionally, recent laws and regulations, such as the 21st Century Cures Act, promote and prioritize interoperability and the free exchange of health information. The COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 has helped to pave the way for advancements in EHR interoperability and standardization. The federal government’s new regulations aim to help patients gain better control of their health data via smartphone apps, interoperability is expected to increase between providers, payers, and healthcare technology companies. We believe our Healthcare Interoperability solutions and proprietary platforms drive resilient interoperable health infrastructure as a catalyst for delivering better care and reducing costs. We participate in Google Cloud’s Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program, which aims to help free up patient data and make it more accessible across the continuum of care, as well as set up organizations for long-term success with more modern, interoperable API-first architectures. We help healthcare providers understand their current interoperability maturity levels and map out a stepwise journey to enable interoperability. For example, our Readabl.AI is a Google Cloud-based AI/ML platform to ingest documents, which provides OCR (optical character recognition) capabilities with Natural Language Processing where the patient information is extracted and matched/validated with healthcare providers’ EHR system via FHIR (Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources) API. Impact of, and response to, COVID-19 pandemic Because of COVID-19, healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace.
|
9 |
We believe our proprietary platforms and solutions address these challenges. Our business is focused on providing digital platform solutions to healthcare organizations and it is our mission to adequately address COVID-19 challenges for the benefit of our customers and society in general. As a result, consumers have better personal care, convenience, and value. We believe that COVID-19 is expected to drive increased utilization of technology during and after the pandemic, and such shift to a virtual approach creates a unique opportunity for our business to shape the new virtual-oriented experiences of businesses through our cloud technology and services. Our Technology and Services We offer two proprietary software platforms, CloudEz and DataEz, for cloud transformation, automation, data management, security and data governance, and clinical and non-clinical operations management. The platforms are composed of individual, proprietary technology toolsets and deep data assets that can be rapidly configured to empower the operationalization of large-scale, data-driven healthcare initiatives. The platforms enable healthcare organizations to implement highly sophisticated value-based initiatives on a very large scale. At the core of value-based initiatives is the need to aggregate and analyze data, garner meaningful insight from the results, and use these insights to drive material change to outcomes and economics. The platforms address these needs through their major competencies: (i) large-scale data connectivity, integration, and validation capabilities, (ii) advanced predictive analytics and high-speed computing, (iii) toolsets to translate resulting insights into real-world impact, and (iv) purpose-built data visualization and reporting.
CloudEz Technology Platform CloudEz is an enterprise multi-cloud transformation and management platform that enables customers to manage their cloud infrastructure across private, hybrid, and public cloud infrastructures from providers such as AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud. CloudEz offers cloud services to highly regulated industries, including healthcare, Life Sciences, and pharma and biotech organizations, in their cloud transformation journey. It leverages a library of infrastructure and application code developed ‘in-house’ to deliver infrastructure services that are secure and compliant. CloudEz also delivers an automated infrastructure compliance framework that facilitates our customers in being continuously compliant with regulatory requirements.
|
10 |
Implementing a secured cloud that requires continuous adherence of GxP / HIPAA compliance across a number of business units that individually span over a number of different vendors is the biggest challenge across all regulatory specific industries, such as pharma and healthcare. An automation framework that offers secure, continuous GxP / HIPAA compliance for pharmaceutical and healthcare businesses is required for faster deployment of business applications. CloudEz platform has several security controls including identity & access management, cloud security & governance, data security, security information & event management, network and application security.
DataEz technology platform Managing a data and data analytics platform is cumbersome with numerous moving components and current best practices that are prone to over-complication. The implemented architecture of some competing solutions is typically not scalable or does not allow workload flexibility. Reengineering such massive ecosystems is neither cost-effective nor practical for enterprises that want to focus on maintaining their market position. Additionally, and more importantly, when enterprise IT teams want to build their Data Lakes, centralized repository that store data, on the cloud, they must deal with overwhelming complexities – from choosing the right cloud provider that addresses their needs and ensures necessary government regulatory security and compliances are met to continuously managing a cost-effective infrastructure. HTI brings together large-scale datasets, expansive connectivity, robust technology infrastructure, and industry-leading subject matter expertise. The capabilities of the HTI platforms enable both the efficient determination of highly meaningful insights and the reliable achievement of meaningful impact in the quality and economics of healthcare. DataEz is a cloud-based data analytics and data science platform purpose-built for the data analytics and data science requirements of large Life Sciences/pharmaceutical and healthcare provider organizations. This platform enables our healthcare customers to ingest, securely analyze, and transform data from disparate sources to gain operational, financial, and clinical insights. DataEz is a fully secured and compliant platform that meets the regulatory requirements and we offer this as a solution and Software as a Service (SaaS) subscription model for Life Sciences and healthcare provider customers.
|
11 |
Combinations of all proprietary technology toolsets are configured to quickly empower highly differentiated solutions for customer needs in a highly scalable fashion. The flexibility of the platform’s modular design enables customers to integrate the capabilities of the platform with their own internal capabilities or other third-party solutions. The platforms bring to the marketplace a highly extensible, national-scale capability to interconnect with the healthcare ecosystem on a massive scale. This enables healthcare organizations to aggregate and analyze data in petabyte volumes, arrive at sophisticated insights in real-time, drive meaningful impact, and intuitively visualize data and information to inform business strategy and execution. DataEz platform includes the advanced analytics capability for data scientists and analysts to rapidly spin up secure analytics workbenches. Analytics workbench enables agile analytics, by providing capabilities of data discovery, model building, model management, model consumption, visualization, and workflow management in an integrated platform to accelerate the data science life cycle using AI/ML algorithms as well as data analytics at scale. DataEz Platform Architecture: DataEz platform architecture is composed of various stages of data pipeline management including ingestion, quarantine, pre-curated, data curated, analytics/data warehouse, visualization/data warehouse and visualization/data science. DataEz: Data Lake Management, Analytics & Data Science platform architecture diagram
Readabl.AI Despite significant investments in electronic health records, paper-based unstructured data, such as faxes and clinical reports, remain the prevalent methods to share information about patients as they navigate the continuum of care. This reality has been particularly obvious during the COVID 19 pandemic. The NY Times recently highlighted that the fax machine continues to be a primary data communication tool in the fight against the virus. healthcare organizations demand an advanced automation solution to easily convert paper-based unstructured data into meaningful information for patient care. Readabl.AI uses state-of-the-art public cloud artificial intelligence and machine learning to recognize and extract healthcare information from documents, faxes, and narrative reports. Including Readabl.AI in customer organization’s workflow improves patient care and clinical efficiencies while maintaining security & confidentiality. Readabl.AI ensures that the necessary health information is available for patient care with reduced labor requirements and faster processing.
|
12 |
Readabl.AI is offered as a solution on public cloud marketplaces such as Google Cloud Marketplace and will be commercially available on a Software-as-a-Service subscription model in the near future.
Cloud IT Services
Cloud IT is a service offering that we provide that incorporates several of our existing technological platforms. Below are several of the benefits of our Cloud IT service:
• Multi-Cloud Advisory: Our certified public cloud architects and engineers are highly experienced and successful in providing end-to-end cloud advisory and deployment services. Our expert team of cloud certified professionals develops and deploys complex applications onto public, private, and hybrid clouds. In addition, we have a proven track record of migrating various IT infrastructures into cloud technologies, enabling healthcare organizations to attain their business goals. We help our customers analyze and identify suitable cloud options for their IT enterprise by clearly defining strategies of the cloud and the roadmap for its transformation. Our experts create secure, scalable, innovative, and robust cloud solutions that address the requirements of healthcare organizations by performing a detailed evaluation of technical compatibility and business objectives.
• DevOps as a Service: Cloud DevOps, often also referred to as DevSecOps given the criticality of security of the cloud, is the IT methodology through which enterprises migrate and manage their platforms and solutions in a continuous fashion on the cloud. healthcare enterprise IT leadership can rely on HTI’s turnkey managed services, strategic advisory services, proven methodology, automation capabilities, and expertise to steadily migrate their IT assets to the cloud.
• Cloud Security Operations Center (SOC): CloudEz comes with advanced AI/ML-enabled alerts and monitoring services over and across the enterprise cloud environment. By implementing automated BOTs, our operations center ensures our clients have a de-risked cloud environment by ensuring continuous security and regulatory compliance.
• healthcare Cloud Backup and Disaster Recovery (BU/DR): Our cloud disaster recovery solution is a fully managed infrastructure solution that enables hospitals to host their DR instances on public cloud platforms such as AWS. Our solution specifically serves the MEDITECH market today. MEDITECH BU/DR solution will soon be available on AWS marketplace for healthcare customers.
|
13 |
healthcare IT Services: healthcare IT is a separate service we provide primarily to hospitals and healthcare centers. Our healthcare IT services are utilized by 100+ hospitals across the US. These services include EHR implementation and optimization, managed services, interoperability, data assessments and tools, and clinical and training consulting to improve clinical outcomes and the patient experience. • EHR Implementation and Optimization: HTI is among one of the few MEDITECH READY-certified implementation partners for MEDITECH, a leading EHR system vendor. This READY certification from MEDITECH enables HTI to provide hospital clients with their EHR implementations. We have worked with hundreds of MEDITECH customers and successfully implemented and optimized the MEDITECH platform. Additionally, HTI is one of 15 partners (out of 200 total firms tracked by Epic Systems, Inc., a leading EHR system vendor) that works with Epic on a regular basis to discuss synergies and client performances. Our implementation solution set specifically addresses mergers and acquisitions as well as community technology extensions. We have successfully enabled over 600 community physicians in over 100 locations through our community technology deployment services. • EHR Managed Services: Our end-to-end EHR managed services cover hospital-wide IT support including Tier 2/Tier 3 support, technical support, report writing, on-demand application support, Community Connect, and acquisition services. HTI addresses healthcare organizations’ growing frustrations, inefficiencies, and high provider turnover in the healthcare communities through training and support to prevent loss of additional clinical resources, downturns in patient service volume, and loss of significant revenue. HTI’s Epic team offers a monthly support plan that provides comprehensive flexibility. It gives “flex support” for clients, allowing for the division of necessary work hours across different Epic resources and applications. Since the pandemic started, more hospitals and health systems are slowly making the transition to cloud platforms to host their EHRs and information systems to offer real-time data insights and more storage solutions. HTI sees this as an opportunity to provide EHR-as-a-service capabilities in real-time for hospitals on public cloud platforms. • Interoperability Assessments and Services: HTI is recognized as one of the top eight partners of the Google Cloud Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program. Our services enable health systems to understand their readiness to meet CURES act requirements and develop and execute a roadmap across technology platforms utilizing HL7’s (Health Level Seven International provides standards and solutions to empower global health data interoperability) and FHIR (Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources) standards. • Data Assessment and Toolsets: healthcare clients also approach us to build two-way data applications for quick and seamless communication with patients and to perform predictive analytics based on prior outcomes and readings from monitoring devices. We offer self-cataloging data lakes and automated data quality check solutions. These cutting-edge solutions consist of a public cloud-based data lake where the data from various devices and sensors are ingested and stored through automated provisioning, and a scalable dashboard that is capable of monitoring hundreds of thousands of patients at a time based on the cloud-stored data. • Clinical and Training Consulting: HTI also provides clinical and operational consultants to healthcare organizations to support the improvement of their business, clinical, and patient outcomes and experience. Recent Developments Impact of and Response to COVID-19 Pandemic and Industry Opportunities. In December 2019, COVID-19 emerged and has since spread to many countries worldwide, including the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency with respect to COVID-19. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities throughout the United States and the world implementing widespread measures attempting to contain the spread and impact of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place orders, the promotion of social distancing, and limitations on business activities. In response to these business disruptions, which include a transition to remote working, reducing certain of our discretionary expenditures and eliminating non-essential travel particularly with respect to COVID-19 impacted operation and complying with health and safety guidelines to protect employees, contractors, and customers. We have obtained necessary funding to manage our short-term working capital requirements. We have not altered any credit terms with our customers and the realization from the customers have generally been on time. We have been able to service our debt and other obligations on time. There has been no material impact on our operational liquidity and capital resources on account of COVID-19. The COVID-19 pandemic has presented a new challenge to humanity and significantly impacted multiple industries and markets. One of such effects was the accelerated transformation of the healthcare industry and the digitalization of healthcare businesses, which has accelerated the use and adoption of certain of our applications, including our platform and cloud services.
|
14 |
As COVID-19 has slowed business activities, many companies are seeing lower revenue. With changed revenue streams and operating at less capacity, companies have to adjust and become more digital than planned and more quickly and with less money. healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace. Because of COVID-19, consumers have become more involved in—and financially responsible for—their own health care choices. As a result, consumers seek more personalization, convenience, and value. Consumer demand for new care delivery models—such as virtual, home, and mobile—has only accelerated due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Our business is focused on providing digital platform solutions to healthcare organizations and it is our mission to adequately address COVID-19 challenges for the benefit of our customers and society in general. We believe that COVID-19 is expected to drive increased utilization of technology during and after the pandemic, and such shift to a virtual approach creates a unique opportunity for our business to shape the new virtual-oriented experiences of businesses through our cloud technology and services. Reorganization; Asset Transfer. In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent and the Company entered into an Asset Transfer Agreement pursuant to which the Parent transferred to us its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of our common stock . Acquisition of Cornerstone Advisors Group, LLC. On May 8, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement pursuant to which, the Company acquired all of the equity of Cornerstone Advisors Group, LLC (“Cornerstone”) from the Parent in return for a $7,000,000 Promissory Note, which has been repaid in full through the assumption of a $4,000,000 debt to Cornerstone owed by the Parent (the “Cornerstone Debt”) and cash payments to the Parent. The Company has repaid the Cornerstone Debt in full. Master Services Agreement. On January 1, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Master Services Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent has agreed to develop software for the Company for fees negotiated in good faith that will be set forth in a separate statement of work for each software development project. The agreement has a two-year term, with automatic one-year renewals unless a party terminates at least 60 days prior to the end of the term. Shared Services Agreement. On January 1, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Shared Services Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent will provide ongoing services to the Company that include infrastructure development, sales support, recruitment and immigration support, project coordination, human resources and operation support and management/advisory services. Under the agreement, the Parent receives monthly compensation of $48,090. The term of the agreement is for two years and then continues on a month-to-month basis unless earlier terminated. Sublease. On January 4, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Rental Sub-Lease Agreement, pursuant to which the Company subleases 3,500 square feet of office space from the Parent for $8,500 per month. The term of the sublease is three years and renewable for two-year terms until cancelled by either party with 30 days’ notice. Healthcare Triangle, Inc. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. On April 27, 2020, we adopted the Healthcare Triangle, Inc. 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which was approved by both our Board of Directors (the “Board”) and our stockholders. The Plan was amended on April 1, 2021 by our stockholders to increase the amount of common stock reserved under the Plan from 2,200,000 to 4,000,000 shares. All further references to the Plan included in this prospectus shall be references to the Plan, as amended. Under the Plan, the Company may grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other awards. Awards of up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock to Company employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors are available under the Plan. The type of grant, vesting provisions, exercise price, and expiration dates are to be established by the Board at the date of grant. As of September 27, 2021, we have issued 1,131,500 incentive stock options to 62 employees under the Plan at an exercise price of $0.40. Out of these granted incentive stock options, 262,500 have vested, 37,500 vest over a one-year period and the remaining 831,500 vest over a four-year period. These stock options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant. Convertible Promissory Notes. During the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, we entered into several securities purchase agreements with certain investors pursuant to which we issued 10% Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,244,940 (the “Convertible Notes”) and Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the “Warrants”). The terms of the Warrants are described below. Each Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum, which is payable quarterly on the first day of January, April, July, and October, beginning on the first such date after the issuance of such Convertible Note and ends on the maturity date of such Convertible Note. The maturity date of the Convertible Notes is the earlier of nine months from their issuance date or the closing of the offering, subject to a three-month extension at the option of the Company; provided, however, if we exercise this option with respect to any Convertible Note, the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note will increase by 30% and the interest rate thereon will increase to 15% per annum. The Convertible Notes are convertible in whole or in part, at the option of the holder during the seven-day period immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The total number of shares that any Convertible Note may be converted into is calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note plus any unpaid accrued interest and any fees and any and all other outstanding amounts owing thereon by (y) a conversion price equal to 60% of the offering price of the common stock in this offering. Based on the assumed $5.00 initial public offering price, there are 1,478,859 shares of our common stock underlying the Convertible Notes. For a more detailed description of the Convertible Notes see “Description of Securities—Convertible Notes.” EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, the representative of the underwriters, served as placement agent for this private offering and received cash compensation of approximately $170,000 and will receive warrants, based on the assumed $5.00 initial public offering price, to purchase 30,872 shares of common stock (the “Placement Agent Warrants”). The Placement Agent Warrants will have an exercise price of 110% of the public offering price.
|
15 |
Common Stock Warrants. We have issued Warrants as described above, each of which entitles the holder thereof to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into at a price equal to 120% of the conversion price of such Convertible Note (i.e., 72% of the offering price per share in this offering). Upon the occurrence of an event of default that is a payment default under the Convertible Notes, the number of shares of common stock underlying each Warrant will increase to 75% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into. Each Warrant expires on the second anniversary of its issuance. The aggregate amount of shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants is currently 739,438, and if an Event of Default, the number of shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants would be increased to 1,109,145. For a more detailed description of the Warrants see “Description of Securities—Common Stock Warrants.” Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock. In July 2021, we issued 6,000 shares of our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock to our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Suresh Venkatachari pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement. The Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock entitles its holder to 1,000 votes per share and votes with our common stock as a single class on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders but is not entitled to dividends, any liquidation preference, conversion or redemption rights. Corporate Information We were originally incorporated in Nevada on October 29, 2019, and subsequently converted into a Delaware corporation on April 27, 2020. Our principal executive office is located at 4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150, Pleasanton, CA 94588. Our telephone number is (925) 270-4812. Our website address is https://www.healthcaretriangle.com/. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only. Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we have elected to comply with certain reduced disclosure and regulatory requirements for this prospectus and future filings, including only presenting two years of audited financial statements and related financial information, not having our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and not holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reduced requirements until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. An emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public reporting companies. Accordingly, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than what you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and have elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosure available for smaller reporting companies. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are more than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is more than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
|
16 |
Summary Risk Factors The below is a summary of principal risks to our business and risks associated with this offering. It is only a summary. You should read the more detailed discussion of risks set forth below and elsewhere in this prospectus for a more complete discussion of the risks listed below and other risks.
• We operate in a highly competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business and results of operations will be harmed. • Since we are focused on healthcare and Life Sciences industries factors that adversely affect these industries could also adversely affect us. • We may be unable to successfully execute our growth initiatives, business strategies, or operating plans. • If we fail to effectively manage our growth and organizational change, our business and results of operations could be harmed. • If security measures in connection with our platforms and services are breached or unauthorized access to patient’s or client’s data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, clients may reduce the use of or stop using our software solutions, and we may incur significant liabilities. • If we do not continue to innovate and provide services that are useful to customers and users, we may not remain competitive, and our revenue and results of operations could suffer. • The recent global pandemic of COVID-19 could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. • We rely on third-party providers for web services/cloud services, computing infrastructure, databases and other technology-related services needed to deliver our cloud solutions. Therefore, a change of contractual relationship with such third-party providers or disruption of the services provided by them could adversely affect our business and subject us to liability. • Under the shared security model for the cloud, we rely on third-party providers for satisfying the compliance requirements including HIPAA, BAA, SOC-2 and ISO related standards at the cloud computing infrastructure level or the technology services required to deliver our cloud solutions. • Our business success depends on our ability to properly utilize and protect our intellectual property and non-infringement of intellectual property of third parties, both in the U.S. and in the countries, we plan to expand to. • We are an “emerging growth company” and as such, we are subject to exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. • There may be a significant dilution and loss of value of our Common Stock as a result of certain outstanding promissory notes and warrants convertible into our common stock. Our business is subject to a number of risks. You should be aware of these risks before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 19 of this prospectus.
|
17 |
18 |
RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, which may affect our future financial performance. If any of the events or circumstances described below occur, our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, our actual results could differ materially from our expectations, and the price of our stock could decline. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones we face. There may be additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material that may adversely affect our business and financial performance. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus including our financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision. The statements contained in this prospectus that are not historic facts are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in or implied by forward-looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors in our securities may lose all or part of their investment.
Risks Related to Our Company
Competition with companies that have greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we have could result in a loss of clients and/or a lowering of prices for our products, causing a decrease in our revenues and/or market share.
There are a number of companies that are our principal and secondary competitors and offer products and systems that are comparable to our solutions and address the markets we serve. The principal competitive factors in our markets include product features, performance, and support, product scalability and flexibility, ease of deployment and use, the total cost of ownership, and time to value. Some of our current and potential competitors have advantages over us, such as longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, or other resources, a stronger brand and business user recognition, larger intellectual property portfolios, and broader global distribution and presence. Further, competitors may be able to offer products or functionality similar to ours at a more attractive price than we can by integrating or bundling their software products with their other product offerings. In addition, our industry is evolving rapidly and is becoming increasingly competitive. Larger and more established companies may focus on creating a learning system or solutions that could directly compete with one or more of our offerings. If companies move a greater proportion of their data and computational needs to the cloud, new competitors may emerge which offer services comparable to ours or that are better suited for cloud-based data, and the demand for one or more of our offerings may decrease. Smaller companies could also launch new products and services that we do not offer and that could gain market acceptance quickly. We may also face competition from providers of cloud management systems and database systems, and other segment-specific applications. Any of these companies, as well as other technology or healthcare companies, could decide at any time to specifically target hospitals and Life Sciences companies within our target market. A number of existing and potential competitors are more established than we are and have greater name recognition and financial, technical, and marketing resources. Products of our competitors may have better performance, lower prices, and broader market acceptance than our products. We expect increased competition that could cause us to lose clients, lower our prices to remain competitive, and, consequently, experience lower revenues, revenue growth, and profit margins, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business prospects.
We are dependent on the continued availability of third-party hosting and transmission services. Loss of contractual relationship with, operational issues with, or changes to the costs of, our third-party data center providers could harm our business, reputation, or results of operations.
We currently serve the majority of our platform functions from third-party data center hosting facilities operated by Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud, and Microsoft Azure Cloud, and we primarily use shared servers in such facilities. We are dependent on these third parties to provide continuous power, cooling, Internet connectivity, and physical and technological security for our servers, and our operations depend, in part, on their ability to protect these facilities against any damage or interruption from natural disasters, such as earthquakes and hurricanes, power or telecommunication failures, criminal acts, and similar events. In the event that any of our third-party facilities arrangements is terminated, or if there is a lapse of service or damage to a facility, we could experience interruptions in our platforms as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.
19 |
Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party providers could result in interruptions to our platforms. Despite precautions taken at our data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, such as earthquakes or hurricane, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits, or cause customers to stop using our platforms, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business.
Our Parent’s control could prevent us from obtaining essential services at lower rates and if our Parent ceases to provide us with services our business could suffer.
Our Parent provides us with essential services, including software development, infrastructure development, sales support, recruitment and immigration support, project coordination, human resources and operation support and management/advisory services. Although we pay our Parent for these services at what we believe are market rates and were negotiated in good faith on an arms-length basis, if we became aware in the future of third parties that could provide such services on terms more favorable than the Parent, our Parent’s control over our Board and our Company could prevent us from obtaining these services on more favorable terms from such third parties or renegotiating the terms with our Parent. Also, if the Parent was no longer able to provide us these services, we may be forced to obtain them from third parties on terms that are less favorable. If we are prevented by the Parent in the future from paying third parties less for services currently provided by the Parent or if the Parent is unable to provide us services it now provides, such events could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
As a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, we may choose to exempt our Company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.
Under Rule 4350(c) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of our directors be independent, as defined in Nasdaq rules and the requirement that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors. Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under Nasdaq rules, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we elect to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our Board might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, during any time while we remain a controlled company relying on the exemption and during any transition period following a time when we are no longer a controlled company, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements. Our status as a controlled company could cause our common stock to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price.
A significant inadvertent disclosure or breach of confidential and/or personal information we hold, or of the security of our or our customers’, suppliers’, or other partners’ computer systems could be detrimental to our business, reputation, and results of operations.
Our business requires the storage, transmission, and utilization of data, including healthcare information, patient’s information, personal information, and other information that must be maintained on a confidential basis. These activities have made, and may in the future make, our clients and our products a target of cyber-attacks by third parties seeking unauthorized access to the data contained on our platforms. As a result of the types and volume of personal data on our systems, we believe that healthcare companies may be a target for such breaches and attacks.
In recent years, the frequency, severity, and sophistication of cyber-attacks, computer malware, viruses, social engineering, and other intentional misconduct by computer hackers have significantly increased, and government agencies and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers, cybercriminals, and other potential attackers targeting information technology systems. Such third parties could attempt to gain entry into our systems for the purpose of stealing data or disrupting the systems. In addition, our security measures may also be breached due to employee error, malfeasance, system errors, or vulnerabilities, including vulnerabilities of our vendors, suppliers, their products, or otherwise. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords, or other information to gain access to the data contained on our platforms, including patient information.
20 |
While we and our third-party cloud providers have implemented security measures designed to protect against security breaches, these measures could fail or may be insufficient, particularly as techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, resulting in the unauthorized disclosure, modification, misuse, destruction, or loss of our or our customers’ data or other sensitive information. Any failure to prevent or mitigate security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of the data we maintain, including personal information, could result in litigation, indemnity obligations, regulatory enforcement actions, investigations, fines, penalties, mitigation and remediation costs, disputes, reputational harm, diversion of management’s attention, and other liabilities and damage to our business.
We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, the discovery of new vulnerabilities in our systems, and attempts to exploit those vulnerabilities, physical system or facility break-ins and data thefts or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information we possess.
We may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyber-attacks. Any security breach could result in operational disruptions that impair our ability to meet our customers’ requirements, which could result in decreased revenue. Also, whether there is an actual or a perceived breach of our security, our reputation could suffer irreparable harm, causing our current and prospective customers to reject our products and services in the future, deterring data suppliers from supplying us data or customers from using our services, or changing consumer behavior adversely affecting our technology’s market coverage. Further, we could be forced to expend significant resources in response to a security breach, including those expended in notifying individuals and providing mitigating services, repairing system damage, increasing cybersecurity protection costs by deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, and litigating and resolving legal claims or governmental inquiries and investigations, all of which could divert the attention of our management and key personnel away from our business operations.
Finally, while we provide guidance and specific requirements in some cases, we do not directly control any of our clients’ cybersecurity operations, or the amount of investment they place in guarding against cybersecurity threats. Accordingly, we are subject to any flaws in or breaches of their systems, which could materially impact our business, operating results, and financial results.
An inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.
To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified employees skilled in both software engineering and healthcare industry regulations. Competition for these employees is intense, especially with respect to software engineers with high levels of experience in cloud-related services. COVID-19 pandemic catalyzed the demand for such professional’s savvy in the healthcare industry as well. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with the appropriate level of qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may offer compensation packages that are perceived to be better than ours. Additionally, changes in our compensation structure may be negatively received by employees and result in attrition or cause difficulty in the recruiting process. If we fail to attract new employees or fail to retain and motivate our current employees, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.
Defects or disruptions in our cloud software solutions could result in diminished demand for our platforms and services, a reduction in our revenues, and subject us to substantial liability.
We have from time to time found defects in our solutions, and new defects may be detected in the future. In addition, we have experienced, and may in the future experience, service disruptions, degradations, outages, and other performance problems. These types of problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including human or software errors, viruses, cyber-attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage, problems associated with our third-party computing infrastructure and network providers, infrastructure changes, and denial of service issues. Service disruptions may result from errors we make in delivering, configuring, or hosting our solutions, or designing, installing, expanding, or maintaining our platform’s computing infrastructure. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It is also possible that such problems could result in losses of data.
21 |
Since our customers use our platforms and services for important aspects of their business, any errors, defects, disruptions, service degradations, or other performance problems with our solutions could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. If that occurs, our customers may delay or withhold payment to us, cancel their agreements with us, elect not to renew, or make service credit claims, warranty claims, or other claims against us, and we could lose future sales. The occurrence of any of these events could result in diminishing demand for our solutions, a reduction of our revenues, an increase in our bad debt expense or in collection cycles for accounts receivable, or could require us to incur the expense of litigation or substantial liability.
We have experienced rapid growth, and if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan.
Since we were founded, we have experienced rapid growth and expansion of our operations. Our revenues, customer count, product and service offerings, countries of operation, facilities, and computing infrastructure needs have all increased significantly, and we expect them to increase in the future. We have also experienced rapid growth in our employee base. As we continue to grow, both organically and through acquisitions, we must effectively integrate, develop, and motivate an increasing number of employees (an increasing portion of whom are expected to work remotely due to the COVID-19 pandemic), while executing our growth plan and maintaining the beneficial aspects of our culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to attract and retain highly qualified employees and to achieve our business objectives.
Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management capabilities, administrative and operational infrastructure, facilities, IT, and other resources. We anticipate that additional investments in our facilities and computing infrastructure will be required to scale our operations. To effectively manage growth, we must continue to: improve our key business applications, processes, and computing infrastructure; enhance information and communication systems; and ensure that our policies and procedures evolve to reflect our current operations and are appropriately communicated to and observed by employees (an increasing portion of whom are working and are expected to work remotely). These enhancements and improvements will require additional investments and allocation of valuable management and employee time and resources. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in deploying our solutions, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features, or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.
Changes in our senior management team or other key personnel could have a negative effect on our ability to execute our business strategy.
Our success depends in a large part upon the continued service of our senior management team or other key personnel. In particular, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Suresh Venkatachari, is critical to our vision, strategic direction, culture, products, and technology. We do not maintain key-man insurance for Mr. Venkatachari or any other member of our senior management team. Any leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage, and an unsuccessful transition may cause disruption to our business. In addition, change in the senior management team may create uncertainty among investors concerning our future direction and performance. Any disruption in our operations or uncertainty around our ability to execute could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We may be unable to successfully introduce new products or services or fail to keep pace with advances in technology.
The successful implementation of our business model depends on our ability to adapt to evolving technologies and increasingly aggressive industry standards and introduce new products and services accordingly. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to introduce new products on schedule, or at all, or that such products will achieve market acceptance. Moreover, competitors may develop competitive products that could adversely affect our operating results. Any failure by us to introduce planned products or other new products or to introduce these products on schedule could have an adverse effect on our revenue growth and operating results.
22 |
If we cannot adapt to changing technologies, our products and services may become obsolete and our business could suffer. Because the markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological change, we may be unable to anticipate changes in our current and potential clients’ or users’ requirements that could make our existing technology obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to enhance our existing products and services, develop new technology that addresses the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our prospective clients and users, license leading technologies and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices, all on a timely and cost-effective basis. The development of our proprietary technology entails significant technical and business risks. We may not be successful in using new technologies effectively or adapting our proprietary technology to evolving client or user requirements or emerging industry standards. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our business depends in part on our ability to establish and maintain additional strategic relationships.
To be successful, we must continue to maintain our existing strategic relationships and establish additional strategic relationships with leaders in a number of the markets in which we operate. This is critical to our success because we believe that these relationships contribute towards our ability to:
• | extend the reach of our products and services to a larger number of participants in the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry; |
• | develop and deploy new products and services; |
• | further enhance our brand; and |
• | generate additional revenue and cash flows. |
Entering into strategic relationships is complicated because strategic partners may decide to compete with us in some or all of the markets in which we operate. In addition, we may not be able to maintain or establish relationships with key participants in the healthcare and Life Sciences industries if we conduct business with their competitors.
We depend, in part, on our strategic partners’ ability to generate increased acceptance and use of our products and services. If we lose any of these strategic relationships or fail to establish additional relationships, or if our strategic relationships fail to benefit us as expected, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate significantly.
Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use and benefits of our offerings and solutions, including the technical capabilities of our solutions and the potential cost savings and productivity gains achievable by deploying them. Additionally, many of our potential clients are typically already in long-term contracts with their current providers and face significant costs associated with transitioning to our offerings and solutions. As a result, potential customers typically undertake a significant evaluation process, which frequently involves not only our software platforms and component systems infrastructure and platforms but also their existing capabilities and solutions and can result in a lengthy sales cycle. We spend substantial time, effort, and money on our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. In addition, purchases of our platform as a service infrastructure are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unplanned administrative, processing, and other delays. Many of our potential hospital clients have used all or a significant portion of their revenues to comply with federal mandates to adopt electronic medical records to maintain their Medicaid and Medicare reimbursement levels. In the event we are unable to manage our lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle, our business may be adversely affected.
Our revenues have historically been concentrated among our top customers, and the loss of any of these customers could reduce our revenues and adversely impact our operating results.
Historically, our revenue has been concentrated among a small number of customers. In the six months ended June 30, 2021, our top customer and our top five customers accounted for 52% and 84% of our revenue, respectively. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our top customer and our top five customers accounted for 57% and 79% of our revenue, respectively. As a result, the loss of one or more of these customers could materially reduce our revenue, harm our results of operations, and limit our growth.
23 |
The pandemic caused by the spread of the COVID-19 could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations and other aspects of our business.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. This pandemic, which has continued to spread, and the related adverse public health developments, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions, and mandated business closures, have adversely affected workforces, organizations, governments, customers, economies, and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. It has also disrupted the normal operations of many businesses, including ours. We had to arrange work from home for its employees and incur additional administrative expenditures. This outbreak, as well as intensified measures undertaken to contain the spread of COVID-19, could decrease healthcare industry spending, adversely affect demand for our technology and services, cause one or more of our customers to file for bankruptcy protection or go out of business, cause one or more of our customers to fail to renew, terminate, or renegotiate their contracts, affect the ability of our sales team to travel to potential customers and the ability of our professional services teams to conduct in-person services and trainings, impact expected spending from new customers, negatively impact collections of accounts receivable, and harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Our Platforms and Services
Protection of certain intellectual property may be difficult and costly, and our inability to protect our intellectual property could reduce the value of our products and services.
Our trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights are important assets to us. Various events outside of our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights, as well as to our products, services, and technologies. For instance, any of our current or future intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.
We have taken efforts to protect our proprietary rights, including a combination of license agreements, confidentiality policies and procedures, confidentiality provisions in employment agreements, confidentiality agreements with third parties, and technical security measures, as well as our reliance on copyright, trademark, trade secret, and unfair competition laws. These efforts may not be sufficient or effective. For example, the secrecy of our trade secrets or other confidential information could be compromised by our employees or by third parties, which could cause us to lose the competitive advantage resulting from those trade secrets or confidential information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer portions of our products or otherwise infringe upon, misappropriate or use our intellectual property. We may not be able to discover or determine the extent of any unauthorized use of our proprietary rights. We may also conclude that, in some instances, the benefits of protecting our intellectual property rights may be outweighed by the expense.
In addition, our platforms incorporate “open source” software components that are licensed to us under various public domain licenses. Open-source license terms are often ambiguous, and there is little or no legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses. Therefore, the potential impact of such terms on our business is somewhat unknown. Further, some enterprises may be reluctant or unwilling to use cloud-based services, because they have concerns regarding the risks associated with the security and reliability, among other things, of the technology delivery model associated with these services. If enterprises do not perceive the benefits of our services, then the market for these services may not expand as much or develop as quickly as we expect, either of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, or operating results.
Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services are distributed.
Any impairment of our intellectual property rights, or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, could give our competitors access to our technology and could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results. Any increase in the unauthorized use of our intellectual property could also divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel and resulting in significant additional expense to us, which could materially and adversely impact our operating results.
24 |
Finally, in order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Negative publicity related to a decision by us to initiate such enforcement actions against a customer or former customer, regardless of its accuracy, may adversely impact our other customer relationships or prospective customer relationships, harm our brand and business, and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our brand and our business.
We may be liable for infringing the intellectual property rights of others.
Our competitors may develop similar intellectual property, duplicate our products and/or services, or design around any patents or other intellectual property rights we hold. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the patents, intellectual property, or other proprietary rights of third parties, which could be time-consuming and costly and have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Intellectual property infringement claims could be made against us and our ecosystem partners, especially as the number of our competitors grows. These claims, even if not meritorious, could be expensive and divert our attention from operating our company and result in a temporary inability to use the intellectual property subject to such claim. In addition, if we, our ecosystem partners, and/or customers become liable to third parties for infringing their intellectual property rights, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award and develop comparable non-infringing intellectual property, to obtain a license, or to cease providing the content or services that contain the infringing intellectual property. We may be unable to develop a non-infringing intellectual property or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Third parties may attempt to commercialize competitive products or services in foreign countries where we do not have a trademark or copyright registration or where legal recourse may be limited. This may have a significant commercial impact on our foreign business operations which we expect to expand.
Registration and enforcement of intellectual property rights to our platforms and services in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. For example, Europe has a heightened requirement for patentability of software inventions. Thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our products. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States and in some cases may even force us to grant a compulsory license to competitors or other third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States or from selling or importing products concerning our healthcare technology into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and services and further, may export otherwise infringing products and services to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products or services may compete with ours, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.
25 |
Our use of third-party open-source software could negatively affect our ability to offer our products and services through our platforms and subject us to possible litigation.
We have incorporated, and may in the future incorporate, third-party open-source software in our technologies. Open-source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. From time to time, companies that use third-party open-source software have faced claims challenging the use of such open-source software and requesting compliance with the open-source software license terms. Accordingly, we may be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open-source software or claiming non-compliance with the applicable open-source licensing terms. Some open-source software licenses require end-users who use, distribute or make available across a network software and services that include open-source software to offer to the public aspects of the technology that incorporates the open-source software for no cost, make publicly available source code (which in some circumstances could include valuable proprietary code) for modifications or derivative works created based upon incorporating or using the open-source software and/or to license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If we combine our proprietary software with open-source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain open-source licenses, be required to release or license the source code of our proprietary software to the public. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open-source software into software that we license from such provider, we could be required to disclose any of our source code that incorporates or is a modification of our licensed software. While we use tools designed to help us monitor and comply with the licenses of third-party open-source software and protect our valuable proprietary source code, we may inadvertently use third-party open-source software in a manner that exposes us to claims of non-compliance with the terms of their licenses, including claims of intellectual property rights infringement or for breach of contract. Furthermore, there exists today an increasing number of types of open-source software licenses, almost none of which have been tested in courts of law to provide guidance of their proper legal interpretations, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our use of the open-source software. If we were to receive a claim of non-compliance with the terms of any of these open-source licenses, we may be required to publicly release certain portions of our proprietary source code, expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer some of our software, or pay damages, settlement fees or a royalty to use certain open-source software. Any of the foregoing could disrupt and harm our business.
In addition, the use of third-party open-source software typically exposes us to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software because open-source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, controls, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding the functionality or origin of the software. Use of open-source software may also present additional security risks because the public availability of such software may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to compromise our platform. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property that is not registered could impair our business.
Although we rely on copyright laws to protect the works of authorship (including software) created by us, we do not register the copyrights in any of our copyrightable works. Copyrights of U.S. origin must be registered before the copyright owner may bring an infringement suit in the United States. Furthermore, if a copyright of U.S. origin is not registered within three months of publication of the underlying work, the copyright owner may be precluded from seeking statutory damages or attorney’s fees in any United States enforcement action, and may be limited to seeking actual damages and lost profits. Accordingly, if one of our unregistered copyrights of U.S. origin is infringed by a third party, we will need to register the copyright before we can file an infringement suit in the United States, and our remedies in any such infringement suit may be limited.
26 |
We are subject to numerous privacy and data security laws and related contractual requirements and our failure to comply with those obligations could cause us significant harm.
In the normal course of our business, we collect, process, use and disclose information about individuals, including protected health information and other patient data, as well as information relating to health professionals and our employees. The collection, processing, use, disclosure, disposal, and protection of such information is highly regulated both in the United States and other jurisdictions, including but not limited to, under HIPAA, as amended by HITECH; U.S. state privacy, security, and breach notification and healthcare information laws; the European Union’s GDPR; and other European privacy laws as well as privacy laws being adopted in other regions around the world. These laws and regulations are complex and their interpretation is rapidly evolving, making implementation and enforcement, and thus compliance requirements, ambiguous, uncertain, and potentially inconsistent. In addition, our collection, processing, use, disclosure, and protection of information are subject to related contractual requirements. Compliance with such laws and related contractual requirements may require changes to our collection, use, transfer, disclosure, or other processing of information about individuals, and may thereby increase compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and/or related contractual obligations could result in regulatory enforcement or claims against us for breach of contract, or may lead third parties to terminate their contracts with us and/or choose not to work with us in the future. Should this occur, there could be a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.
These regulations often govern the use, handling, and disclosure of information about individuals, including medical information, and require the use of standard contracts, privacy and security standards, and other administrative simplification provisions. In relation to HIPAA, we do not consider our service offerings to generally cause us to be subject as a covered entity; however, in certain circumstances, we are subject to HIPAA as a business associate and may enter into business associate agreements.
Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and many state attorneys general are interpreting existing federal and state consumer protection laws to impose evolving standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of information about individuals, including health-related information. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security, and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements that describe how we handle information about individuals and choices individuals may have about the way we handle their information. If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to government claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences. Furthermore, according to the FTC violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep information about consumers secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the FTC Act.
In addition, certain states have adopted robust privacy and security laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. For example, the CCPA, which took effect in 2020, imposes obligations and restrictions on businesses regarding their collection, use, and sharing of personal information and provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording them the right to access and delete their personal information and to opt-out of certain sharing of personal information. Protected health information that is subject to HIPAA is excluded from the CCPA, however, the information we hold about individuals that is not subject to HIPAA would be subject to the CCPA. It is unclear how HIPAA and the other exceptions may be applied under the CCPA. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Many similar privacy laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states.
The GDPR became enforceable on May 25, 2018. The GDPR regulates our processing of personal data, and imposes stringent requirements. The GDPR includes sanctions for violations up to the greater of €20 million or 4.0% of worldwide gross annual revenue and applies to services providers such as us. In addition, from the beginning of 2021(when the transitional period following Brexit expires), we will have to comply with the GDPR and also the UK GDPR, with each regime having the ability to fine up to the greater of €20 million (£17 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, for example how data transfers between EU member states and the United Kingdom will be treated and the role of the Information Commissioner’s Office following the end of the transitional period. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.
27 |
Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United States, e.g., on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework (“Privacy Shield”) under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to U.S. entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and a potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances; this has created uncertainty. At the moment we have not implemented any Privacy Shield procedures or certifications. We also currently rely on the standard contractual clauses to transfer personal data outside the EEA, including to the United States. It may subject us to a lawsuit of a European Union citizen, if we inadvertently process their personally-identifiable information.
The United States, the European Union, and other jurisdictions where we operate continue to issue new and enhance existing, privacy and data security protection regulations related to the collection, use, disclosure, disposal, and protection of information about individuals, including medical information. Privacy and data security laws are rapidly evolving both in the United States and internationally, and the future interpretation of those laws is somewhat uncertain. E.g., we do not know how E.U. regulators will interpret or enforce many aspects of the GDPR and some regulators may do so in an inconsistent manner. In the United States, privacy and data security is an area of emphasis for some but not all state regulators, and new legislation has been and likely will continue to be introduced at the state and/or federal level. For instance, there is a new act on the ballot in California, the California Privacy Rights Act, which may go into effect in 2023. Additional legislation or regulation might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-identified health or other information about individuals, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Markets for our products and services are highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change, and we may be unable to compete effectively in these markets.
The market for healthcare solutions is intensely competitive and is characterized by rapidly evolving technology, solution standards, and users’ needs, and the frequent introduction of new products and services. There can be no assurance that we capture additional opportunities in such rapidly evolving markets. Some of our competitors may be more established, benefit from greater name, recognition and have substantially greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than us. Moreover, we expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of potential incentives provided by government programs and as a result of consolidation in both the IT and healthcare industries. If one or more of our competitors or potential competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively.
We compete on the basis of several factors, including:
• | breadth and depth of services, including our open architecture and the level of product integration across care settings; |
• | integrated platform; |
• | regulatory compliance; |
• | reputation; |
• | reliability, accuracy, and security; |
• | client service; |
• | the total cost of ownership; |
• | innovation; and |
• | industry acceptance, expertise, and experience. |
28 |
There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that the competitive pressures that we face will not materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Increased government involvement in healthcare could materially and adversely impact our business.
United States healthcare system reform at both the federal and state level could increase government involvement in healthcare, reconfigure reimbursement rates and otherwise change the business environment of our clients and the other entities with which we have a business relationship. We cannot predict whether or when future healthcare reform initiatives at the federal or state level or other initiatives affecting our business will be proposed, enacted, or implemented or what impact those initiatives may have on our business, financial condition, or operating results. Our clients and the other entities with which we have a business relationship could react to these initiatives and the uncertainty surrounding these proposals by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our products and services.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Many healthcare industry organizations are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, thus decreasing the number of market participants, the competition to provide products and services like ours will become more intense, and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key industry participants will increase. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our products and services. Further, consolidation of management and billing services through integrated delivery systems may decrease demand for our products. Such consolidation may also lead to integrated delivery systems requiring newly acquired physician practices to replace our products and services with those already in use in the larger enterprise. Any of these factors could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We are subject to numerous regulatory requirements of the healthcare industry and is susceptible to a changing regulatory environment.
As a participant in the healthcare industry, our operations and relationships, and those of our clients, are regulated by a number of foreign, federal, state, and local governmental entities. The impact of such regulations on us, our products, and our services can be both direct and indirect. The direct impact is present to the extent we are ourselves subject to the pertinent laws and regulations. The indirect effect of such regulations can be experienced both in terms of the level of government reimbursement available to our clients and to the extent, our products must be capable of being used by our clients in a manner compliant with applicable laws and regulations. Furthermore, our efforts to expand into new markets internationally may subject us to numerous additional laws and regulations that may be potentially burdensome in compliance.
The ability of our clients to comply with laws and regulations while using our software platforms and solutions could affect the marketability of our products or our compliance with our client contracts, or even expose us to direct liability under the theory that we had assisted our clients in a violation of healthcare laws or regulations. Because our business relationships with doctors, hospitals, and Life Sciences clients are unique and the healthcare IT industry as a whole is to a certain extent, in its incipient stage, the application of many state and federal regulations to our business operations and to our clients may be uncertain.
Additionally, a tendency to impose additional regulation in the U.S. federal and state privacy and security laws (such as CCPA); fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and limitations on physician referrals; numerous quality measurement programs being adopted by our clients; and laws related to distribution and marketing, including the off-label promotion of prescription drugs, which may be directly or indirectly applicable to our operations and relationships or the business practices of our clients. It is possible that a review of our business practices or those of our clients by courts or regulatory authorities could result in a determination that could adversely affect us.
29 |
In addition, the healthcare regulatory environment may change in a way that restricts our existing operations or our growth. The healthcare industry generally and the EHR industry specifically are expected to continue to undergo significant legal and regulatory changes for the foreseeable future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. We cannot predict the effect of possible future enforcement, legislation, and regulation.
We may be directly and indirectly liable for its client’s non-compliance with laws and regulations addressing Electronic Health Records.
A number of relevant federal and state laws govern the use and content of EHRs, including fraud and abuse laws that may affect the approach to our technological solutions. We provide solutions and expert services in connection with EHR to a variety of healthcare providers. As a result, our platforms and services have to be designed in a manner that facilitates our clients’ compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We cannot predict the content or effect of possible changes to these laws or new federal and state laws that might govern these systems and services. Furthermore, we may be required to obtain pertinent certifications or permissions to meet industry standards that could adversely impact our business.
The Company and its products are subject to laws and regulations concerning privacy, information security, data protection, consumer protection, and protection of minors, and these laws and regulations are continually evolving. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, or prospects.
In addition to healthcare-specific information protection requirements, we store sensitive information, including personal information about our employees, and our platforms involve the storage and transmission of customers’ personal information on equipment, networks, and corporate systems run by us or managed by third parties including Amazon, Apple, Facebook, Google, and Microsoft. We are subject to a number of laws, rules, and regulations requiring us to provide notification to players, investors, regulators, and other affected parties in the event of a security breach of certain personal data, or requiring the adoption of minimum information security standards that are often vaguely defined and difficult to practically implement. The costs of compliance with these laws, including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), have increased and may increase in the future. Our corporate systems, third-party systems, and security measures may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, malfeasance, a combination of these, or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to, or compromise the integrity of, our data, our employees’ data, our customers’ data or any third-party data we may possess. Any such security breach could require us to comply with various breach notification laws, may affect our ability to operate, and may expose us to litigation, remediation and investigation costs, increased costs for security measures, loss of revenue, damage to our reputation, and potential liability, each of which could be material.
Various government and consumer agencies have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices and are continuing to review the need for greater regulation for the collection of information concerning consumer behavior on the Internet, including regulation aimed at restricting certain targeted advertising practices. For example, the State of California’s passage of the CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, and created new privacy rights for consumers residing in the state. There is also increased attention being given to the collection of data from minors. For instance, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”) requires companies to obtain parental consent before collecting personal information from children under the age of 13. Compliance with GDPR, CCPA, COPPA, and similar legal requirements has required us to devote significant operational resources and incur significant expenses.
We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations, and certain industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection, to the extent reasonably attainable. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. It is also possible that new laws, policies, legal obligations, or industry codes of conduct may be passed, or existing laws, policies, legal obligations, or industry codes of conduct may be interpreted in such a way that could prevent us from being able to offer services to citizens of a certain jurisdiction or may make it costlier or more difficult for us to do so. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policy and terms of service, our privacy-related obligations to players or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other player data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our players to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation or prospects. Additionally, if third parties we work with, such as players, vendors, or developers violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put our clients’ and their patients’ information at risk and could, in turn, have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, or prospects.
30 |
The Company and its products are subject to laws and regulations concerning healthcare provider’s practices and patients’ information protection. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, or prospects.
As part of the operation of our business, we, and our subcontractors may have access to, or our clients may provide to us, individually identifiable health information related to the treatment, payment, and operations of providers’ practices. In the United States, government and industry legislation and rulemaking, especially HIPAA, HITECH, and standards and requirements published by industry groups such as the Joint Commission require the use of standard transactions, standard identifiers, security other standards and requirements for the transmission of certain electronic health information. National standards and procedures underripe include the “Standards for Electronic Transactions and Code Sets” (the “Transaction Standards”); the “Security Standards” (the “Security Standards”); and the “Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information” (the “Privacy Standards”). The Transaction Standards require the use of specified data coding, formatting, and content in all specified “healthcare Transactions” conducted electronically. The Security Standards require the adoption of specified types of security measures for certain electronic health information, which is called Protected Health Information (“PHI”). The Privacy Standards grant a number of rights to individuals as to their PHI and restrict the use and disclosure of PHI by “Covered Entities,” defined as “health plans,” “healthcare providers,” and “healthcare clearinghouses.”
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with the aforementioned laws and regulations in connection with our products and services provided to our clients or used by third parties, or our related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer protected information, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, class action, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our clients to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation or prospects.
The Company and its products are subject to laws and regulations concerning electronic prescribing standards and the adoption of controlled substance electronic prescribing. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, or prospects.
The use of our software by physicians to perform a variety of functions, including electronic prescribing, which refers to the electronic routing of prescriptions to pharmacies and the ensuing dispensation, is governed by state and federal law, including fraud and abuse laws. States have differing prescription format requirements, which we have programmed into our software. There is significant variation in the laws and regulations governing prescription activity, as federal law and the laws of many states permit the electronic transmission of certain controlled prescription orders, while the laws of several states neither specifically permit nor specifically prohibit the practice. Restrictions exist at the federal level on the use of electronic prescribing for controlled substances and certain other drugs, including a regulation enacted by the Drug Enforcement Association in mid-2010. However, some states (most notably New York) have passed complementary laws governing the use of electronic prescribing tools in the use of prescribing opioids and other controlled substances, and we expect this to continue to be addressed with regulations in other states. In addition, the HHS published its final “E-Prescribing and the Prescription Drug Program” regulations in 2005 (effective January 1, 2006), and final regulations governing the standards for electronic prescribing under Medicare Part D in 2008 (effective June 6, 2008) (the “ePrescribing Regulations”). These regulations are required by the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”) and consist of detailed standards and requirements, in addition to the HIPAA Standard discussed above, for prescription and other information transmitted electronically in connection with a drug benefit covered by the MMA’s Prescription Drug Benefit. Further, in 2016, Congress passed the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act, which contained components related to Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs and other elements that relate to the use of our technologies. These standards are detailed and broad, and cover not only routing transactions between prescribers and pharmacies, but also electronic eligibility, formulary, and benefits inquiries. In general, regulations in this area can be burdensome and evolve regularly, meaning that any potential benefits to our clients from utilizing such solutions and services may be superseded by a newly-promulgated regulation that adversely affects our business model. Our efforts to provide solutions that enable our clients to comply with these regulations could be time consuming and expensive.
31 |
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with the aforementioned laws and regulations in connection with our products and services provided to our clients or used by third parties, or our related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer protected information, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, class action, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others and could cause our clients to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, or prospects.
We may be subject to liability as a result of a failure or a perceived failure to comply with laws and regulations governing approval and reimbursement of claims by healthcare industry payers.
Our software solutions allow to electronically transmits medical claims by physicians to patients’ payers for approval and reimbursement. In addition, our services include assistance in cloud processing and submission of medical claims by physicians to patients’ payers for approval and reimbursement. Federal law provides that it is both a civil and a criminal violation for any person to submit, or cause to be submitted, a claim to any payer, including, without limitation, Medicare, Medicaid, and all private health plans and managed care plans, seeking payment for any services or products that overbills or bills for items that have not been provided to the patient. We have in place policies and procedures that we believe assure that all claims that are transmitted by our system and through our services are accurate and complete, provided that the information given to us by our clients is also accurate and complete. If, however, we or our subcontractors do not follow those procedures and policies, or they are not sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims from being submitted, we could be subject to liability.
In the event our software platforms and solutions are found to be subject to FDA’s regulations and approval in connection with the certain types of medical devices our software integrates with, we may have to incur additional costs or be subjected to potential criminal and civil penalties in case of the actual or perceived failure of us to comply with such regulations.
Certain computer software products are regulated as medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The 21st Century Cures Act, passed in December 2016, clarified the definition of a medical device to exclude health information technology such as Electronic Health Records; however, the legislation did leave the opportunity for that designation to be revisited if determined to be necessary by changing industry and technological dynamics. Accordingly, the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) may become increasingly active in regulating computer software intended for use in healthcare settings. Depending on the product, we could be required to notify the FDA and demonstrate substantial equivalence to other products on the market before marketing such products or obtain FDA approval by demonstrating safety and effectiveness before marketing a product. Depending on the intended use of a device, the FDA could require us to obtain extensive data from clinical studies to demonstrate safety or effectiveness or substantial equivalence. If the FDA requires this data, we could be required to obtain approval of an investigational device exemption before undertaking clinical trials. Clinical trials can take extended periods of time to complete. We cannot provide assurances that the FDA would approve or clear a device after the completion of such trials. In addition, these products would be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act’s general controls. The FDA can impose extensive requirements governing pre- and post-market conditions such as approval, labeling, and manufacturing, as well as governing product design controls and quality assurance processes. Failure to comply with FDA requirements can result in criminal and civil fines and penalties, product seizure, injunction, and civil monetary policies—each of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
We may have to incur material expenses in order to accommodate its client’s interoperability requests dictated by interoperability standards of exchange of health information.
Our clients are concerned with and often require that our software solutions and health care devices be interoperable with other third-party health care information technology suppliers. With the passing of the MACRA in 2015, the U.S. Congress declared it a national objective to achieve widespread exchange of health information through interoperable certified EHR technology nationwide by December 31, 2018. The 21st Century Cures Act, which was passed and signed into law in December 2016, includes numerous provisions intended to encourage this nationwide interoperability.
32 |
In February 2019, HHS’s Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (“ONC”) released a proposed rule titled, “21st Century Cures Act: Interoperability, Information Blocking, and the ONC Health IT Certification Program.” Following an extended public comment period, in March 2020 ONC released the final rule which implements the key interoperability provisions included in the Cures Act. Specifically, it calls on developers of certified EHRs and health IT products to adopt standardized application programming interfaces (“APIs”), which will help allow individuals to securely and easily access structured and unstructured EHI formats using smartphones and other mobile devices. This provision and others included in the rule create a lengthy list of new certification and maintenance of certification requirements that developers of EHRs and other health IT products have to meet in order to maintain approved federal government certification status. Although our current products do not require such certification, they may be required to be certified in future. Meeting and maintaining this certification status will require additional development costs.
The ONC rule also implements the information blocking provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act, including identifying reasonable and necessary activities that do not constitute information blocking. Under the 21st Century Cures Act, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) has the regulatory authority to investigate and assess civil monetary penalties of up to $1,000,000 against certified health IT developers found to be in violation of “information blocking.” This new oversight and authority to investigate claims of information blocking creates significant risks for us and our clients and could potentially create substantial new compliance costs.
Other regulatory provisions included in the ONC Cures Act final rule could create compliance costs and/or regulatory risks for us. Because these regulations are subject to future changes and/or significant enforcement discretion by federal agencies, the ultimate impact of these regulations is unknown.
There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry, both as a result of recently enacted legislation and changing government regulation, which may have a material adverse impact on the businesses of our hospital clients and ultimately on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic, and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities, including our hospital clients. During the past decade, the healthcare industry has been subject to increased legislation and regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates, payment programs, information technology programs, and certain capital expenditures (collectively, the “Health Reform Laws”). The Health Reform Laws contain various provisions that impact us and our clients. Some of these provisions have a positive impact, by expanding the use of electronic health records in certain federal programs, for example, while others, such as reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers, have a negative impact due to fewer available resources. The continued increase in fraud and abuse penalties is expected to adversely affect participants in the healthcare sector, including us.
The activity related to the repeal, repair, and/or replacement of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”), including any changes resulting from continued judicial and congressional challenges to certain aspects of the law, and the 2015 repeal of the Sustainable Growth Rate and replacement with the MACRA may have an impact on our business. The Affordable Care Act, passed in 2010, contained various provisions that have impacted us and our clients, and any replacement or adjustment of that law may change requirements related to our products or how our clients use them, as well as reimbursement available to our clients. These may have a positive impact by requiring the expanded use of EHRs and analytics tools to participate in certain federal programs, for example, while others, such as those mandating reductions in reimbursement for certain types of providers, may have a negative impact by reducing the resources available to purchase our products. Increases in fraud and abuse enforcement and penalties may also adversely affect participants in the healthcare sector, including us.
As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect at this time. We have taken steps to modify our products, services, and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s attention and divert other company resources, and any non-compliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.
33 |
We may not see the benefits from government funding programs initiated to accelerate the adoption and utilization of health information technology.
While government programs have been implemented to improve the efficiency and quality of the healthcare sector, including expenditures to stimulate business and accelerate the adoption and utilization of healthcare technology, we may not see the anticipated benefits of such programs. Under the ARRA, the PPACA, and the MACRA, significant government financial resources are being invested in healthcare, including financial incentives to healthcare providers who can demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology since 2011. While we expect the ARRA, the PPACA, and the MACRA to continue to create sales opportunities over the next several years, we are unsure of the immediate or long-term impact of these government actions.
HITECH established the Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs to provide incentive payments for eligible professionals, hospitals, and critical access hospitals as they adopt, implement, upgrade, or demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology. HITECH, and subsequently MACRA, also authorized CMS to apply payment adjustments, or penalties, to Medicare eligible professionals and eligible hospitals that are not meaningful users under the Medicare EHR Incentive Program. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”),
Although we believe that our service offerings will meet the requirements of HITECH and MACRA to allow our clients to qualify for financial incentives and avoid financial penalties for implementing and using our services, there can be no guaranty that our clients will achieve meaningful use (or its equivalent under MACRA’s Merit Based Incentive Payment System, Promoting Interoperability) or actually receive such planned financial incentives for our services. We also cannot predict the speed at which healthcare providers will adopt electronic health record systems in response to these government incentives, whether healthcare providers will select our products and services, or whether healthcare providers will implement an electronic health record system at all. In addition, the financial incentives associated with the meaningful use program are tied to provider participation in Medicare and Medicaid, and we cannot predict whether providers will continue to participate in these programs. Any delay in the purchase and implementation of electronic health records systems by healthcare providers in response to government programs, or the failure of healthcare providers to purchase an electronic health record system, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. It is also possible that additional regulations or government programs related to electronic health records, amendment or repeal of current healthcare laws and regulations, or the delay in regulatory implementation could require us to undertake additional efforts to meet meaningful use standards, materially impact our ability to compete in the evolving healthcare IT market, materially impact healthcare providers’ decisions to implement electronic health records systems or have other impacts that would be unfavorable to our business. The costs of achieving and maintaining certified electronic health record technology (“CEHRT”) are also significant and because the definition of CEHRT and its use requirements for clients are subject to regulatory changes, these programs and future regulatory changes to them could adversely impact our business.
We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws.
There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid the submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid the abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure of our revenue cycle management services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development, and other resources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation, or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payers and have an adverse effect on our business.
If the healthcare information technology market fails to continue to develop as quickly as expected, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
The electronic healthcare information market is rapidly evolving. A number of market entrants have introduced or developed products and services that are competitive with one or more components of the platforms and programmatic solutions we offer. We expect that additional companies will continue to enter this market, especially in response to recent legislative actions. In new and rapidly evolving industries, there is significant uncertainty and risk as to the demand for, and market acceptance of, recently introduced products and services. Because the markets for our products and services are new and evolving, we are not able to predict the size and growth rate of the markets with any certainty. If markets fail to develop, develop more slowly than expected, or become saturated with competitors, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially and adversely impacted.
34 |
If the demand for cloud-based solutions declines, particularly in the Life Sciences industry, our revenues could decrease and our business could be adversely affected.
The continued expansion of the use of cloud-based solutions, particularly in the Life Sciences industry, depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with cloud-based solutions, as well as the ability of providers of cloud-based solutions to address and maintain security, privacy, and unique regulatory requirements or concerns. If we or other cloud-based solution providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for cloud-based solutions in the Life Sciences industry, including our solutions, may be adversely affected. If cloud-based solutions do not continue to achieve more widespread adoption in the Life Sciences industry, or there is a widespread reduction in demand for cloud-based solutions, our revenues could decrease and our business could be adversely affected.
Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the U.S. economy, or reductions in information technology spending, could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.
Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the United States economy on us or our clients. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depend on demand for the workforce and provide platforms and programmatic for healthcare providers. We sell our products and services to organizations whose businesses fluctuate based on general economic and business conditions. In addition, a portion of our revenue is attributable to the number of users of our products at each of our clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of our clients and potential clients. To the extent that economic uncertainty or weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their headcount, demand for our products may be negatively affected. If economic conditions deteriorate, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their workforce development budgets for cloud-based platforms and programmatic solutions by deferring or reconsidering purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.
The market for our data analysis systems and software solutions is new and unproven and may not grow.
We believe our future success will depend in large part on establishing and growing a market for our systems infrastructure and that are able to provide operational intelligence, particularly designed to collect and index machine data. Our systems infrastructure is designed to address interoperability challenges across the healthcare continuum. It integrates big data with real-time resources and applies machine learning algorithms to inform and optimize treatment decisions. In order to grow our business, we intend to expand the functionality of our offering to increase its acceptance and use by the broader market. In particular, our systems infrastructure is targeted at those in the healthcare continuum that are transitioning from fee-for-service to a value-based reimbursement model. While we believe this to be the current trend in healthcare, this trend may not continue in the future. Our systems infrastructure is less effective with a traditional fee-for-service model and if there is a reversion in the industry towards fee-for-service, or a shift to another model, we would need to update our offerings and we may not be able to do so effectively or at all. It is difficult to predict client adoption and renewal rates, client demand for our software, the size and growth rate of the market for our solutions, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Many of our potential clients may already be a party to existing agreements for competing offerings that may have lengthy terms or onerous termination provisions, and they may have already made substantial investments into those platforms which would result in high switching costs. Any expansion in our market depends on several factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with such operating system and software applications particularly considering the shifting market dynamics. Although we have experienced rapid adoption of our systems infrastructure and software solutions, the rate may slow or decline in the future, which would harm our business and operating results. In addition, while many large hospital systems and payers use our solutions, many of these entities use only certain of our offerings, and we may not be successful in driving broader adoption of our solutions among these existing users, which would limit our revenue growth.
If the market for our offerings does not achieve widespread adoption or there is a reduction in demand for our offerings in our market caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, lack of accessible machine data, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early terminations, reduced renewal rates or decreased revenues, any of which would adversely affect our business operations and financial results. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter in this new and unproven market.
35 |
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Securities
There is no active public trading market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop in the near future.
Our common stock is not quoted in the over-the-counter markets and is not listed on any stock exchange and there is currently no active trading in our securities. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HCTI.” We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop in the future due to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company that is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. We cannot give you any assurance that an active public trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. You may not be able to liquidate your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active.
The public price of our common stock may be volatile, and could, following a sale decline significantly and rapidly.
The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in the offering, or at all. Following this Offering, the public price of our common stock in the secondary market will be determined by private buy and sell transaction orders collected from broker-dealers.
We may not be able to satisfy the listing requirements of Nasdaq to maintain a listing of our common stock.
If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate the maintenance requirements for continued listing of our common stock, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. In addition, the delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital.
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of any net proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with how we use the proceeds, and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.
Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of any net proceeds from this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of any proceeds from the exercise of warrants on a cash basis in this offering and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for you.
Our Parent owns approximately 87% of our common stock and will be able to exert a controlling influence over our business affairs and matters submitted to stockholders for approval.
Our Parent owns approximately 87% of our common stock. After this offering, it is anticipated that our Parent will own or control 25,500,000 shares of our common stock, which will represent approximately 67.6% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after the closing of the offering (excluding any over-allotment shares). As a result, our Parent will have control over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the approval of any business combination, and any other significant corporate transaction. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. Additionally, Suresh Venkatachari, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is also a significant shareholder, a director, and the Chief Executive Officer of SecureKloud Technologies Ltd, which owns 65.2% of our Parent. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.
36 |
We have recently issued convertible promissory notes with warrants that are convertible into and exercisable for our common stock and could cause substantial dilution to investors and a decline in our stock price.
We have recently issued the Convertible Notes and the Warrants that are currently convertible into 2,218,297 shares of our common stock at conversion and exercise prices that are 40% and 28% less than the offering price in this initial public offering. Furthermore, if an event of default that is a payment default under the Convertible Notes occurs, the number of shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants would be increased from 739,438 to 1,109,145. Additionally, in order to raise additional capital, we may in the future offer additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Investors purchasing our shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing common stockholders, and the price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock in future transactions may be lower than the price per share in this offering. If the holders of the Convertible Notes and Warrants decide to exercise their conversion and exercise rights in full or additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock are issued in the future, you may experience substantial dilution and a decline in the value of your common stock, which could result in you suffering a loss.
Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock would have on the market price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Several analysts cover our stock. If one or more of those analysts downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted by SEC rules and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other SEC-registered public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the SOX, not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, the information we provide stockholders will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
37 |
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
You will incur immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock prior to completion of this offering. Based on our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020, upon the issuance and sale of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth under “About this Prospectus,” if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $3.93 per share in net tangible book value. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of warrants and stock options to purchase our common stock granted to our directors, officers, and employees under our current and future stock incentive plans. See “Dilution.”
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of any net proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with how we use the proceeds, and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.
Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of any net proceeds from this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of any proceeds from the exercise of warrants on a cash basis in this offering and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for you.
Investors in this offering may experience future dilution as a result of this and future equity offerings.
In order to raise additional capital, we may in the future offer additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Investors purchasing our shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing common stockholders, and the price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share in this offering.
Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock would have on the market price of our common stock.
Our stock price may change significantly following this offering, and you may not be able to resell shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. The stock market has experienced extreme volatility. This volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. We and the underwriters have negotiated to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in other portions of this “Risk Factors” section and the following:
• | results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
• | results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; |
• | changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; |
• | declines in the market prices of stocks generally; |
• | strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
• | announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments; |
• | changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets; |
• | changes in business or regulatory conditions; |
• | additions or departures of key management personnel; |
• | future sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing stockholders, or the perception of such future sales; |
• | investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives; |
• | the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; |
• | announcements relating to litigation; |
• | guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance; |
• | the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; |
• | changes in accounting principles; and |
• | other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events. |
38 |
The elimination of personal liability against our directors and officers under Delaware law and the existence of indemnification rights held by our directors, officers and employees may result in substantial expenses.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer to the extent permissible under Delaware law. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our Bylaws and individual indemnification agreements we have entered with each of our directors and executive officers provide that we are obligated to indemnify each of our directors or officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware law and, subject to certain conditions, advance the expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending any action, suit or proceeding prior to its final disposition. Those indemnification obligations could expose us to substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against our directors or officers, which we may be unable to afford. Further, those provisions and resulting costs may discourage us or our stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against any of our current or former directors or officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties, even if such actions might otherwise benefit our stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above
We believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents as it may limit any stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
These broad market and industry fluctuations may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock are low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
We currently do not intend to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, as a result, your returns on your investment may depend solely on the appreciation of our common stock.
We currently do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any determination to declare or pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and dependent upon a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, and overall financial conditions. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our Credit Facilities and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Accordingly, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our Company may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.
39 |
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements, and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggest,” “plan,” “believe,” intend,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimates,” “targets,” “projections,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “might,” “will,” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”
We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans, and assumptions, which we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we believe, are appropriate under the circumstances and at this time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections contained herein are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and therefore you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results, and therefore actual results might differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that might materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:
• | Our ability to effectively operate our business segments; |
• | Our ability to manage our research, development, expansion, growth, and operating expenses; |
• | Changes or delays in government regulation relating to the healthcare and Life Sciences industries; |
• | Our ability to evaluate and measure our business, prospects, and performance metrics; |
• | Our ability to compete, directly and indirectly, and succeed in the highly competitive and evolving ridesharing industry; |
• | Our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and customer behavior; |
• | Our ability to protect our intellectual property and to develop, maintain and enhance a strong brand; and |
• | other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to our industry, our operations, and results of operations. |
The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions, and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance, or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and future financial performance.
40 |
Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $35,800,000 (or approximately $41,800,000 proceeds if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of our common stock offered by us in this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the Selling Stockholders. However, upon any exercise of the Warrants, we will receive cash proceeds per share equal to the exercise price of the Warrants. The Warrants have a per share exercise price equal to 72% of the initial offering price ($3.60 per share based on an assumed initial offering price of $5.00). If all of the 739,438 Warrants are exercised, based on the assumed initial offering price of $5.00, the aggregate gross proceeds from the Warrant exercise price would be approximately $2,661,977. We cannot predict the number of Selling Stockholder Shares that will be exercised by the Selling Stockholders.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, including any proceeds received upon the exercise of the Warrants, for acquisitions (although we have no current plans, arrangements or agreements for any acquisitions), Convertible Note repayment, Working Capital and for general corporate purposes.
The Convertible Notes bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum. $1.6 million of Convertible Notes is due on September 29, 2021; $1.7 of Convertible Notes is due on October 13, 2021 and $0.9 million of Convertible Notes is due on November 10, 2021. The Proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes was used for platform development and to pay salaries.
The Company’s management will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock.
The table below sets forth the manner in which we expect to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering. All amounts included in the table below are estimates.
Description | Amount | |||
Acquisitions | $15,000,000 | |||
Convertible Note Repayment | $4,244,940 | |||
Working Capital and General corporate purposes | $16,555,060 | |||
Total | $35,800,000 |
MARKET PRICE FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information
Our common stock is not listed on any stock exchange or over-the-counter market or quotation system. There is currently no active trading market in our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HCTI.” For more information see the section “Risk Factors.”
The offering price of the common stock offered hereby has been arbitrarily determined and has no relationship to any objective criterion of value. The price does not have any relationship to our assets, book value, historical earnings, or net worth. In determining the offering price, we considered such factors as the prospects, if any, for similar companies, anticipated results of operations, present financial resources, and the probability of acceptance of this offering.
Holders
As of September 27, 2021, we have 29,738,750 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding and held by 19 stockholders of record.
41 |
We also have outstanding:
• | convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,244,940, convertible into 1,478,859 shares of our common stock; |
• | Warrants exercisable into 739,438 shares our common stock in the aggregate. |
• | Unvested incentive stock options to purchase 869,000 shares of our common stock have been issued under the Plan at an exercise price of $0.40 per share. |
• | Unvested non-qualified stock options to purchase 602,000 shares of our common stock have been issued outside of the Plan at an exercise price of $0.40 per share. |
Dividends
We have not declared any cash dividends since inception and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business, including potentially the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, technologies, or products that complement our existing business. The payment of dividends is within the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits, and other factors our board might deem relevant. There are no restrictions that currently limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock other than those generally imposed by applicable state law.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plan
On April 27, 2020, the Board and its stockholders adopted the Plan. The Plan governs equity awards to our employees, directors, officers, consultants, and other eligible participants. Under the Plan, there are 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance.
The types of awards permitted under the Plan include nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other awards. Each option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify.
The Board has the power to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan without stockholder approval or ratification at any time or from time to time. No change may be made that increases the total number of shares of our Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to incentive awards or reduces the minimum exercise price for options or exchange of options for other incentive awards, unless such change is authorized by our stockholders within one year.
As of September 27, 2021, the Company has granted 1,131,500 option awards under the Plan to 62 employees, in each case at an exercise price of $0.40 per share. As of December 31, 2020 the Company had not made any awards under the Plan.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and capitalization, as of June 30, 2021. Such information is set forth on the following bases:
• | Actual; and |
• | on a pro forma basis giving effect to the issuance of 340,000 shares of our common stock by us after June 30, 2021, but prior to the offering; and |
• | on a pro forma, as adjusted basis giving effect to the sale of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. |
42 |
You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2021:
Actual | Pro Forma | Pro Forma As Adjusted | ||||||||||
Cash | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 37,349,973 | ||||||
Promissory Note | — | |||||||||||
Convertible Notes | $ | 4,244,940 | $ | 4,244,940 | $ | 4,244,940 | ||||||
Total liabilities including lease obligations - net of current portion | $ | 4,244,940 | $ | 4,244,940 | $ | 4,244,940 | ||||||
Stockholders’ equity: | ||||||||||||
Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 29, 398,750 shares outstanding actual, 29,738,750 shares proforma and 37,738,750 shares outstanding pro forma as adjusted | $ | 294 | $ | 297 | $ | 377 | ||||||
Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized | ||||||||||||
Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value, 0 shares designated and 0 shares issued
actual; 20,000 shares designated and 6,000 shares issued proforma and proforma as adjusted
|
$ | 0.06 | $ | 0.06 | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | $ | 1,669,772 | $ | 1,805,769 | $ | 41,805,689 | ||||||
Accumulated (deficit)/Surplus | $ | 2,774,680 | $ | 2,774,680 | $ | 2,774,680 | ||||||
Total stockholders’ equity | $ | 4,444,746 | $ | 4,580,746 | $ | 44,580,746 | ||||||
Total capitalization | $ | 8,689,686 | $ | 8,825,686 | $ | 48,825,686 |
DILUTION
Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the as adjusted net tangible book value of their shares of our common stock. Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.
The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2021, was $4,444,746 or $0.15 per share. Historical net tangible book value per share of our common stock represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of that date. After giving effect to the sale of 8,000,000 shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share for net proceeds of approximately $35,800,000 as if such offering and such share issuances had occurred on June 30, 2021, our as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, would have been $40,244,746 or approximately $1.07 per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted pro forma, net tangible book value per share of $0.92 to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share of $3.93 to new investors who purchase shares of our common stock in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:
Public offering price per share | $ | 5.00 | ||
Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2021 | $ | 0.15 | ||
Increase in as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering | $ | 0.92 | ||
As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share | $ | 1.07 | ||
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors | $ | 3.93 |
After completion of this offering, our existing stockholders would own approximately 78.8% and our new investors would own approximately 21.2% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
To the extent that outstanding options or warrants are exercised, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.
Capitalization Table
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | |||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Amount | Percent | Per Share | ||||||||||||||||
Existing stockholders | 29,738,750 | 78.8 | % | $ | 4,444,746 | 10 | % | $ | 0.15 | |||||||||||
New Investors | 8,000,000 | 21.2 | % | $ | 40,000,000 | 90 | % | $ | 5.00 | |||||||||||
Total | 37,738,750 | 100 | % | $ | 44,444,746 | 100 | % | $ | 5.15 |
43 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the operating results, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows of our Company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” the condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto all included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity, and capital resources, and all other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements and are based on the beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”
Overview
Healthcare Triangle, Inc. is a leading healthcare information technology company focused on advancing innovative, industry-transforming solutions in the areas of cloud services, data science, professional and managed services for the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry.
The Company was formed on October 29, 2019, as a Nevada Corporation and then converted into a Delaware corporation on April 24, 2020, to provide IT and data services to the Healthcare and Life Sciences (“HCLS”) industry. The business commenced on January 1, 2020, after the Parent transferred its s Life Sciences business to us. As of September 27, 2021, we had a total of 69 full time employees, 142 sub-contractors, including 67 certified cloud, 16 Epic Certified EHR experts and 14 MEDITECH Certified EHR experts. Many of the senior management team and the members of our board of directors hold advanced degrees and some are leading experts in software development, regulatory science, and market access. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenues of approximately $31.3 million when compared to revenue of $28.7 million for the year ended December 31,2019 from the sale of our products and services which represents an increase of $2.6 million amounting to 9.1% increase when compared to the previous year.
Our approach leverages our proprietary technology platforms, extensive industry knowledge, and healthcare domain expertise to provide solutions and services that reinforce healthcare progress. Through our platform, solutions, and services, we support healthcare delivery organizations, healthcare insurance companies, pharmaceutical, and Life Sciences, biotech companies, and medical device manufacturers in their efforts to improve data management, develop analytical insights into their operations, and deliver measurable clinical, financial, and operational improvements.
We offer a comprehensive suite of software, solutions, platforms, and services that enables some of the world’s leading healthcare and pharma organizations to deliver personalized healthcare, precision medicine, advances in drug discovery, development and efficacy, collaborative research and development, respond to real-world evidence, and accelerate their digital transformation. We combine our expertise in the healthcare technology domain, cloud technologies, DevOps and automation, data engineering, advanced analytics, AI/ML, IoT, security, compliance, and governance to deliver platforms and solutions that drive improved results in the complex workflows of Life Sciences, biotech, healthcare providers, and payers. Our differentiated solutions, enabled by our intellectual property and delivered as a service, provide advanced analytics, data science applications, and data aggregation in these highly regulated environments in a more compliant, secure, and cost-effective manner to our customers.
Our deep expertise in healthcare allows us to reinforce our clients’ progress by accelerating their innovation. Our healthcare IT services include Electronic Health Records (EHR) and software implementation, optimization, extension to community partners, as well as application managed services, and backup and disaster recovery capabilities on public cloud. Our 24x7 managed services are used by hospitals and health systems, payers, Life Sciences, and biotech organizations in their effort to improve health outcomes and deliver deeper, more meaningful patient and consumer experiences. Through our services, our customers achieve a return on investment in their technology by delivering measurable improvements. Combined with our software and solutions, our services provide clients with an end-to-end partnership for their technology innovation.
Our Business Model
The majority of our revenue is generated by our full-time employees who provide software services and Managed Services and Support to our clients in the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry. Our software services include strategic advisory, implementation and development services and Managed Services and Support include post implementation support and cloud hosting. Our CloudEz and DataEz platforms became commercially available to deploy under solution delivery model in 2019 and Readabl.AI platform from last quarter of 2020. While these platforms are commercially available, we continue to develop and upgrade them on a regular basis.
We are in the early stages of marketing CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI as our SaaS offerings on a subscription basis, which we expect will provide us with recurring revenues. We do not yet have enough information about our competition or customer acceptance of the proposed SaaS offerings to determine whether or not recurring subscription revenue will have a material impact on our revenue growth. Our SaaS offerings are expected to become commercially available in the third quarter of 2021.
44 |
Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is likely to continue to have, a severe and unprecedented impact on the world and on our business. Measures to prevent its spread, including government-imposed restrictions on large gatherings, closures of face-to-face events, “shelter in place” health orders and travel restrictions have had a significant effect on certain of our business operations. In response to these business disruptions, which include a transition to remote working, reducing certain of our discretionary expenditures and eliminating non-essential travel particularly with respect to COVID-19 impacted operation and complying with health and safety guidelines to protect employees, contractors, and customers.
The Company reported sequential growth in revenue in 2020; the healthcare revenue was lower in the second and third quarters of 2020 due to COVID-19 as many hospitals delayed investments in new projects or upgrade; however, the Company witnessed strong growth in Life Sciences revenue due to investments in research and development for drug discovery to address COVID-19 challenges and healthcare revenues have returned to pre-COVID-19 levels in the fourth quarter 2020. We have obtained necessary funding to manage our short-term working capital requirements. We have not altered any credit terms with our customers and the realization from the customers have generally been on time. We have been able to service our debt and other obligations on time. There has been no material impact on our operational liquidity and capital resources on account of COVID-19.
On May 5, 2020, we received a PPP loan pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) amounting to $1.5 million. The principal and interest on the PPP loans are forgivable after eight weeks as long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll levels. The amount of loan forgiveness will be reduced if the borrower terminates employees or reduces salaries during the eight-week period. The unforgiven portion of the PPP loan is payable over five years at an interest rate of 1%, with a deferral of payments for the first six months. The Company has been notified by its lender that the Company’s PPP loan will be forgiven in whole on account of fulfilling the eligibility criteria and therefore this amount has been recognized by us as other income.
Because of COVID-19, healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace.
We believe our proprietary platforms and solutions address these challenges. Our business is focused on providing digital platform solutions to healthcare organizations and it is our mission to adequately address COVID-19 challenges for the benefit of our customers and society in general. As a result, consumers have better personal care, convenience, and value. We believe that COVID-19 is expected to drive increased utilization of technology during and after the pandemic, and such shift to a virtual approach creates a unique opportunity for our business to shape the new virtual-oriented experiences of businesses through our cloud technology and services.
45 |
Key Factors of Success
We believe that our future growth, success, and performance are dependent on many factors, including those mentioned below. While these factors present significant opportunities for us, they also represent the challenges that we must successfully address in order to grow our business and improve our results of operations.
Investment in scaling the business
We need to continuously invest in research and development to build new solutions, sales, and marketing to promote our solutions to new and existing customers in various geographies, and other operational and administrative functions in systems, controls and governance to support our expected growth and our transition to a public company. We anticipate that our employee strength will increase because of these investments.
Adoption of our solutions by new and existing customers
We believe that our ability to increase our customer base will enable us to drive growth. Most of our customers initially deploy our solutions within a division or geography and may only initially deploy a limited set of our available solutions. Our future growth is dependent upon our existing customers’ continued success and renewals of our solutions agreements, deployment of our solutions to additional divisions or geographies and the purchase of subscriptions to additional solutions. Our growth is also dependent on the adoption of our solutions by new customers. Our customers are large organizations who typically have long procurement cycles which may lead to declines in the pace of our new customer additions.
Subscription services adoption
The key factor to our success in generating substantial recurring subscription revenues in future will be our ability to successfully market and persuade new customers to adopt our SaaS offerings. We are in the early stages of marketing our SaaS offerings such as DataEz, CloudEz and Readabl.AI, which are not yet commercially available, and do not yet have enough information about our competition or customer acceptance to determine whether or not recurring subscription revenue from these offerings will have a material impact on our revenue growth. Our SaaS offerings are expected to become available in the third quarter of 2021.
Mix of solutions and software services revenues.
Another factor to our success is the ability to sell our solutions to the existing software services customers. During the initial period of deployment by a customer, we generally provide a greater number of services including advisory, implementation and training. At the same time, many of our customers have historically purchased our solutions after the deployment. Hence, the proportion of total revenues for a customer associated with software services is relatively high during the initial deployment period. While our software services help our customers achieve measurable improvements and make them stickier, they have lower gross margins than solution-based revenue. Over time, we expect the revenues to shift towards recurring and subscription-based revenues.
Liquidity
The current ratio measures a company's ability to pay off its current liabilities (payable within one year) with its total current assets such as cash, accounts receivable, and inventories. The higher the ratio, the better the company's liquidity position.
46 |
The Current ratio of the company based on the audited financial statement is 1.11 for 2020 this .83 for 2019, A good current ratio is between 1.2 to 2, which means that the business has 2 times more current assets than liabilities to covers its debts. A current ratio below 1 means that the company doesn't have enough liquid assets to cover its short-term liabilities.
The Company does not have inventory and hence the quick ratio is the same as current ratio.
Components of Results of Operations
Revenues
We provide our services and manage our business under these operating segments:
• | Software Services |
• | Managed Services and Support |
• | Platform Services |
Software Services
The Company earns revenue primarily through the sale of software services that is generated from providing strategic advisory, implementation, and development services. The Company enters into Statement of Work (SOW) which provides for service obligations that need to be fulfilled as agreed with the customer. The majority of our software services arrangements are billed on a time and materials basis and revenues are recognized over time based on time incurred and contractually agreed upon rates. Certain software services revenues are billed on a fixed fee basis and revenues are typically recognized over time as the services are delivered based on time incurred and customer acceptance. We recognize revenue when we have the right to invoice the customer using the allowable practical expedient under ASC 606-10-55-18 since the right to invoice the customer corresponds with the performance obligations completed.
Managed Services and Support
Managed Services and Support include post implementation support and cloud hosting. Managed Services and Support are a distinct performance obligation. Revenue for Managed Services and Support is recognized ratably over the life of the contract.
Platform Services
Platform Services from CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI are offered as a solution delivery model and will be offered as Software as a Service (SaaS) which is a subscription model. Our SaaS offerings are expected to become available in the third quarter of 2021.
The revenue from solutions delivery model contains a series of separately identifiable and distinct services that represent performance obligations that are satisfied over time. During the periods presented the company generated Platform revenue on solution delivery model only, which is non-recurring revenue.
Our SaaS agreements will be generally non-cancelable during the term, although customers typically will have the right to terminate their agreements for cause in the event of material breach.
SaaS revenues will be recognized ratably over the respective non-cancelable subscription term because of the continuous transfer of control to the customer. Our subscription arrangements will be considered service contracts, and the customer will not have the right to take possession of the software Segment wise revenue breakup.
47 |
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of employee-related costs associated with the rendering of our services, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, the cost of subcontractors, travel costs, cloud hosting charges and allocated overhead the cost of providing professional services is significantly higher as a percentage of the related revenues than for our subscription services due to the direct labor costs and costs of subcontractors.
Our business and operational models are designed to be highly scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue-generating activities. While we may grow our headcount overtime to capitalize on our market opportunities, we believe our increased investment in automation, electronic health record integration capabilities, and economies of scale in our operating model, will position us to grow our platform solutions revenue at a greater rate than our cost of revenue.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Research and development expense (majorly our investment in innovation) consists primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, incentives, employment taxes, severance, and equity compensation costs for our software developers, engineers, analysts, project managers, and other employees engaged in the development and enhancement of our cloud-based platform applications. Research and development expenses also include certain third-party consulting fees. Our research and development expense excludes any depreciation and amortization.
We expect to continue our focus on developing new product offerings and enhancing our existing product offerings. As a result, we expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars, although it may vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions, travel, discretionary incentive compensation, employment taxes, severance, and equity compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, sales support, business development, and marketing. Sales and marketing expense also includes operating expenses for marketing programs, research, trade shows, and brand messages, and public relations costs.
We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollar terms as we strategically invest to expand our business, although it may vary from period to period as a percentage of total revenues.
General and Administrative
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses including salaries, benefits, discretionary incentive compensation, employment taxes, severance, and stock-based compensation expenses , for employees who are responsible for management information systems, administration, human resources, finance, legal, and executive management. The general and administrative expenses also include occupancy expenses (including rent, utilities, and facilities maintenance), professional fees, consulting fees, insurance, travel, contingent consideration, transaction costs, integration costs, and other expenses. Our general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation and amortization.
In the nearest future, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase to support business growth. Over the long term, we expect general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue.
48 |
Depreciation and Amortization Expenses
Our depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of Customer relationship and capitalized software development costs, and amortization of intangible assets. We expect our depreciation and amortization expense to increase as we expand our business organically and through acquisitions.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists of finance cost and gains or losses on foreign currency.
Deferred revenues
Advanced billings to clients in excess of revenue earned are recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are met.
Unbilled accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable is a contract asset related to the delivery of our professional services for which the related billings will occur in a future period. Unbilled receivables are classified as accounts receivable on the consolidated balance sheet.
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments regarding revenue recognition is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.
Provision for Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States, including deferred income taxes reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes.
Paycheck Protection Program
On May 5, 2020, we received a PPP loan pursuant to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) amounting to $1.5 million. The PPP, established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), provides for loans to qualifying businesses for amounts up to 2.5 times of the average monthly payroll expenses of the qualifying business. The loans and accrued interest are forgivable after eight weeks as long as the borrower uses the loan proceeds for eligible purposes, including payroll, benefits, rent and utilities, and maintains its payroll levels. The amount of loan forgiveness will be reduced if the borrower terminates employees or reduces salaries during the eight-week period.
The unforgiven portion of the PPP loan is payable over five years at an interest rate of 1%, with a deferral of payments for the first six months. The Company has utilized the proceeds for purposes in line with the terms of the PPP. The Company has received communication from the bank for forgiveness of the loan, in whole on account of fulfilling the criteria and hence this amount has been considered under other income.
49 |
Results of Operations
The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenues for each of the periods indicated:
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | % Sales | 2020 | % Sales | 2021 | % of Sales | 2020 | % of Sales | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | 100 | % | $ | 7,556,838 | 100 | % | $ | 18,002,566 | 100 | % | $ | 14,983,533 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | 6,704,389 | 67 | % | 5,550,574 | 73 | % | 12,477,043 | 69 | % | 10,804,081 | 72 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Research & Development | 813,402 | 8 | % | 492,406 | 7 | % | 1,570,682 | 9 | % | 919,249 | 6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | 804,984 | 8 | % | 260,588 | 3 | % | 1,472,789 | 8 | % | 626,836 | 4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
General and Administrative | 1,048,068 | 10 | % | 911,149 | 12 | % | 2,308,447 | 13 | % | 1,743,466 | 12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization | 211,311 | 2 | % | 201,770 | 3 | % | 421,962 | 2 | % | 402,703 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other income ( PPP loan forgiveness) | — | 0 | % | — | 0 | % | — | 0 | % | — | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | 164,122 | 2 | % | 5,650 | 0 | % | 259,215 | 1 | % | 23,759 | 0 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expenses | 734 | 0 | % | 36,659 | 0 | % | 3,817 | 0 | % | 125,265 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income | $ | 302,706 | 3 | % | $ | 98,042 | 1 | % | ($ | 511,389 | ) | (3 | %) | $ | 338,173 | 2 | % |
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
Revenue from operations
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | $ | 7,556,838 | $ | 2,492,878 | 33 | % |
Revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 33% to $10 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $7.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Managed Services and Support has increased more than the decrease in the revenue from Software Services which resulted in net increase in revenue. The Software Services are typically short-term engagements to provide software consulting and development services, which do not require continual third-party maintenance. Managed Services and Support such as IT cloud hosting and support call for services on a continuous basis and allow for strengthening of client relationships which can lead to additional engagements from the client. Therefore, the Company is determined to focus on increasing the Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue to enhance our relationship and long-term engagement with our customers. We have made additional investments in Sales & Marketing and Research & Development to grow Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue. We expect this trend to continue and have a net positive impact on overall results of the operations.
Our top 5 customers accounted for 85% in quarter ended June 30, 2021 and 88% in during quarter ended June 30, 2020, respectively.
The following table has the breakdown of our revenues for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 for each of our top 5 customers. Several of the top 5 customers in 2021 are not the same for 2020. However, F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd, a Swiss multinational healthcare company (“Customer 1”) and Customer 5 held those positions for both Quarter ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
Top Five Customers Revenue for three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
2021
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 5,038,198 | 50 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 1,450,000 | 14 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 959,788 | 10 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 651,345 | 6 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 471,208 | 5 | % |
2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | |||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 4,895,761 | 65 | % | |||||
Customer 2 | 629,003 | 8 | % | ||||||
Customer 3 | 492,648 | 7 | % | ||||||
Customer 4 | 403,770 | 5 | % | ||||||
Customer 5 | $ | 230,047 | 3 | % |
Significance of Customer 1
We have been engaged by Customer since 2017 in their cloud transformation projects pursuant to an IT Master Procurement Agreement (“MSA”) effective as of May 1, 2017 between Customer 1 and the Parent. All of Parent’s rights and obligations under the MSA were transferred to us under the Asset Transfer Agreement. Initially we started with their cloud assessment and expanded to their cloud transformation journey. Our revenues are consistently growing with this customer as we continue to grow in our Managed Services and Support. While we are dependent on Customer 1 for a majority of our revenues, our revenues are from multiple projects within various divisions of Customer 1. In addition, we are continuously adding new customers and growing other existing customers to reduce our dependency on Customer 1.
Terms of Customer 1 Agreements
The MSA establishes the terms and conditions under which we supply Customer 1 with our services on each project, including, but not limited to, Customer 1’s intellectual property ownership rights, data privacy rights, representations and warranties and indemnification. The term of the MSA commences on the MSA Effective Date and continues until terminated by either party. Customer 1 may terminate the MSA for any reason with 30 days’ notice and we may terminate the MSA for cause with 30 days’ notice. The scope of work for each project and the compensation we receive is governed by a Statement of Work (“SOW”). Depending on the SOW, Customer 1 may terminate such SOW with either 30 days’ or 24 hour notice.
The summaries of the MSA and SOW are not complete descriptions of the provisions of the MSA and any particular SOW and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the MSA and form of SOW, each filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
The following table provides details of Customer 1 revenue by operating segments:
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 723,330 | $ | 1,231,052 | $ | (507,722 | ) | (41 | %) | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 4,314,868 | 3,077,371 | 1,237,497 | 40 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | — | 587,338 | (587,338 | ) | (100 | %) | ||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 5,038,198 | $ | 4,895,761 | $ | 142,437 | 3 | % |
Revenue from Customer 1 increased by $0.1 million, or 3% to $5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $4.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Software services revenue decreased by $0.5 million or 41% to $0.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Managed Services and Support revenue increased by $1.2 million, or 40% to $4.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $3.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Platform Services decreased by $0.6 million, or 100% to $0 for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization)
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 6,704,389 | $ | 5,550,574 | $ | 1,153,815 | 21 | % |
Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization increased by $1.1 million, or 21%, to $6.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $5.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to increase in Managed Services and Support cost for quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
50 |
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased by $1 million, or 54% to $2.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, the increase is attributable primarily to investment in Platform Development, Sales and Marketing and General and Administrative expenses.
Research and Development
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Research & Development | $ | 813,402 | $ | 492,406 | $ | 320,996 | 65 | % |
Research & Development expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 65% to $0.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to higher investments in Platform Development.
Sales and Marketing
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | $ | 804,984 | $ | 260,588 | $ | 544,396 | 209 | % |
Sales and Marketing expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 209% to $0.8 million for the, the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to additional investment in Sales and Marketing.
General and Administrative
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
General and Administrative | $ | 1,048,068 | $ | 911,149 | $ | 136,919 | 15 | % |
General and Administrative expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 15 % to $1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to increase in stock-based compensation expenses.
51 |
Depreciation and amortization
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 211,311 | $ | 201,770 | $ | 9,541 | 5 | % |
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.01 million, or 5% to $0.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
Interest expense
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Interest expense | $ | 164,122 | $ | 5,650 | $ | 158,472 | 2,805 | % |
Interest expenses increased by $0.15 million, or 2805% to $0.16 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.01 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to interest on convertible note.
Provision for Income Taxes
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense | $ | 734 | $ | 36,659 | $ | (35,925 | ) | (98) | % |
Income tax expenses decreased by $0.03 million, or 98% to $0.01 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.04 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to higher income before tax for six months ended June 30, 2020.
Revenue, Cost of Revenue and operating profit by Operating Segment
We currently provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments which are Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services.
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 3,216,842 | $ | 3,343,455 | $ | (126,613 | ) | (4) | % | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 5,304,120 | 3,626,045 | 1,678,075 | 46 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 1,528,754 | 587,338 | 941,416 | 160 | % | |||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | $ | 7,556,838 | $ | 2,492,878 | 33 | % |
Revenue from Software Services decreased by $.1 million, or 4% to $3.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $3.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. We faced delays in closing deals in the Software Services segment as customers optimized the cost of supporting legacy systems during the pandemic. The total customers serviced during the quarter ended June 30, 2021, dropped to 26 from 32 for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $1.7 million, or 46% to $5.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $3.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The growth in Managed Services and Support revenue reflected our existing customers’ continued adoption and acceleration in the demand for cloud technology. Revenue from Managed Services and Support include Cloud hosting revenue of $3.9 million and $1.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Revenue from Platform Services increased by $0.9 million, or 160% to $1.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Platform Services increased due to increase in the number of customers to 3 for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 as compared to 1 for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
Factors affecting revenues of Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services
Our strategy is to achieve meaningful long-term revenue growth through sales of Managed Services and Support and Platform Services to existing and new clients within our target market. In order to increase our cross-selling opportunity between our operating segments and realize long time revenue growth, our focus has shifted more towards Managed Services and Support and Platform Services which is of recurring nature when compared to Software Services segment which is of non-recurring nature. This also helps in retaining existing customers by leveraging our Managed Services and Support and Platform Services as a growth agent. This renewed focus on driving demand for subscription and platform-based model will help us in expanding our customer base and enhance customer retention which is a challenge for our existing Software Services segment. Software Services contracts are driven by Time and Material and on site employees delivering services at customers location. This has been impacted due to COVID-19 restrictions in employee’s travel.
Our CloudEz and DataEz platforms are getting more traction, and this led to increase in Managed Services and Support revenue. We have made additional investments in Sales & Marketing and Research & Development to grow Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue. We expect this trend to continue and have a net positive impact on overall results of operations.
Cost of Revenue
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 2,298,394 | $ | 2,325,101 | $ | (26,707 | ) | (1 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 3,864,781 | 2,694,491 | 1,170,290 | 43 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 541,214 | 530,982 | 10,232 | 2 | % | |||||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 6,704,389 | $ | 5,550,574 | $ | 1,153,815 | 21 | % |
Cost of Revenue from Software Services decreased by $0.03 million, or 1% to $2.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $2.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The drop in cost of Software Services is due to lower Software Services revenue. Cost of Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $1.1 million, or 43% to $3.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $2.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The increase is on account of increase in the Managed Services and Support revenue driven by higher adoption of cloud hosting. Cost of Revenue from Platform Services increased by $0.01 million, or 2% to $0.54 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.53 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
Segment operating profits by reportable segment were as follows:
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 521,275 | $ | 628,565 | $ | (107,290 | ) | (17 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 1,439,339 | 931,555 | 507,784 | 55 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 174,137 | (436,050 | ) | 610,187 | (140) | % | ||||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 2,134,751 | 1,124,070 | 1,010,681 | 90 | % | |||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 1,667,189 | 983,719 | 683,471 | 69 | % | |||||||||||
Income from operations | 467,562 | 140,352 | 327,210 | 233 | % | |||||||||||
Interest expense | 164,122 | 5,650 | 158,472 | 2805 | % | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | 303,440 | $ | 134,701 | $ | 168,739 | 125 | % |
Operating profit from Software Services decreased by $0.1 million, or 17% to $0.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, mainly due to reduction in the Software Services revenue. Operating profit from Managed Services and Support increased by $0.5 million, or 55% to $1.4 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020, mainly due to increase in revenue. Operating profit from Platform Services increased by $0.6 million, or 140% to $0.2 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, as compared to ($0.4) million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 due to increase in revenue from Platform Services.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
Revenue from operations
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 18,002,566 | $ | 14,983,533 | $ | 3,019,033 | 20 | % |
Revenue increased by $3 million, or 20% to $18 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $15 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Managed Services and Support has increased more than the decrease in the revenue from Software Services which resulted in net increase in revenue. The Software Services are typically short-term engagements to provide software consulting and development services, which do not require continual third-party maintenance. Managed Services and Support such as IT cloud hosting and support call for services on a continuous basis and allow for strengthening of client relationships which can lead to additional engagements from the client. Therefore, the Company is determined to focus on increasing the Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue to enhance our relationship and long-term engagement with our customers. We have made additional investments in Sales & Marketing and Research & Development to grow Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue. We expect this trend to continue and have a net positive impact on overall results of the operations.
Our top 5 customers accounted for 84% in six months ended June 30, 2021 and 78% in during six month ended June 30, 2020, respectively.
52 |
The following table has the breakdown of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 for each of our top 5 customers. Several of the top 5 customers in 2021 are not the same for 2020. However, Customer 1 and Customer 5 held those positions for both six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 .
Top Five Customers’ Revenue for six months ended June 30, 2021
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | |||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 9,290,614 | 52 | % | |||||
Customer 2 | 1,850,735 | 10 | % | ||||||
Customer 3 | 1,799,010 | 10 | % | ||||||
Customer 4 | 1,507,695 | 8 | % | ||||||
Customer 5 | $ | 754,262 | 4 | % |
Top Five Customers’ Revenue for six months ended June 30, 2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 8,464,113 | 56 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 1,159,845 | 8 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 1,001,928 | 7 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 535,915 | 4 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 470,018 | 3 | % |
The following table provides details of Customer 1 revenue by operating segments:
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 1,451,432 | $ | 1,602,679 | $ | (151,247 | ) | (9 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 7,321,928 | 5,371,828 | 1,950,100 | 36 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 517,254 | 1,489,606 | (972,352 | ) | (65 | )% | ||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 9,290,614 | $ | 8,464,113 | $ | 826,501 | 10 | % |
Revenue from Customer 1 increased by $0.80 million, or 10% to $9.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $8.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Software Services revenue decreased by $0.1 million or 9% to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Managed Services and Support revenue increased by $1.9 million, or 36% to $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Platform Services decreased by $1 million, or 65% to $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization)
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 12,477,043 | $ | 10,804,081 | $ | 1,672,962 | 15 | % |
Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization increased by $1.7 million, or 15%, to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $10.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily due to increase in Managed Services and Support cost for six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020.
53 |
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased by $2.1 million, or 56% to $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, the increase is attributable primarily to investment in Platform Development, Sales and Marketing and General and Administrative expenses.
Research and Development
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Research & Development | $ | 1,570,682 | $ | 919,249 | $ | 651,433 | 71 | % |
Research & Development expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 71% to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to higher investments in Platform Development.
Sales and Marketing
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | $ | 1,472,789 | $ | 626,836 | $ | 845,953 | 135 | % |
Sales and Marketing expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 135% to $1.5 million for the, the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to additional investment in Sales and Marketing.
General and Administrative
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
General and Administrative | $ | 2,308,447 | $ | 1,743,466 | $ | 564,981 | 32 | % |
General and Administrative expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 32 % to $ 2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to increase in stock-based compensation expenses.
54 |
Depreciation and amortization
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 421,962 | $ | 402,703 | $ | 19,259 | 5 | % |
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.01 million, or 5% to $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.
Interest expense
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Interest expense | $ | 259,215 | $ | 23,759 | $ | 235,456 | 991 | % |
Interest expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 991% to $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.02 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to interest on convertible note.
Provision for Income Taxes
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense | $ | 3,817 | $ | 125,265 | $ | (121,448 | ) | (97 | )% |
Income tax expenses decreased by $0.1 million, or 97% to $0.01 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.1 million
for the six months ended June 30, 2020, this is primarily due to higher income before tax for six months ended June 30, 2020.
Revenue, Cost of Revenue and operating profit by Operating Segment
We currently provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments which are Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services.
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 5,941,423 | $ | 7,154,749 | $ | (1,213,326 | ) | (17 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 9,530,409 | 6,339,178 | 3,191,231 | 50 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 2,530,734 | 1,489,606 | 1,041,128 | 70 | % | |||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 18,002,566 | $ | 14,983,533 | $ | 3,019,033 | 20 | % |
Revenue from Software Services decreased by $1.2 million, or 17% to $6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. We faced delays in closing deals in the Software Services segment as customers optimized the cost of supporting legacy systems during the pandemic. The total customers serviced during the six months ended June 30, 2021, reduced to 26 from 32 for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $3.2 million, or 50% to $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $6.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The growth in Managed Services and Support revenue reflected our existing customers’ continued adoption and acceleration in the demand for cloud technology. Revenue from Managed Services and Support include Cloud hosting revenue of $6.9 million and $4.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Revenue from Platform Services increased by $1 million, or 70% to $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Revenue from Platform Services increased due to increase in the number of customers to 3 for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to 1 for the six months ended June 30, 2020.
Factors affecting revenues of Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services
Our strategy is to achieve meaningful long-term revenue growth through sales of Managed Services and Support and Platform Services to existing and new clients within our target market. In order to increase our cross-selling opportunity between our operating segments and realize long time revenue growth, our focus has shifted more towards Managed Services and Support and Platform Services which is of recurring nature when compared to Software Services segment which is of non-recurring nature. This also helps in retaining existing customers by leveraging our Managed Services and Support and Platform Services as a growth agent. This renewed focus on driving demand for subscription and platform-based model will help us in expanding our customer base and enhance customer retention which is a challenge for our existing Software Services segment. Software Services contracts are driven by Time and Material and on site employees delivering services at customers location. This has been impacted due to COVID-19 restrictions in employee’s travel.
Our CloudEz and DataEz platforms are getting more traction, and this led to increase in Managed Services and Support revenue. We have made additional investments in Sales & Marketing and Research & Development to grow Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue. We expect this trend to continue and have a net positive impact on overall results of the operations.
Cost of Revenue
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of Software Services | $ | 4,221,036 | $ | 5,021,140 | $ | (800,104 | ) | (16 | )% | |||||||
Cost of Managed Services and Support | 7,202,076 | 4,888,872 | 2,313,204 | 47 | % | |||||||||||
Cost of Platform Services | 1,053,931 | 894,069 | 159,862 | 18 | % | |||||||||||
Total Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 12,477,043 | $ | 10,804,081 | $ | 1,672,962 | 15 | % |
Cost of Revenue from Software Services decreased by $0.8 million, or 16% to $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The drop in cost of Software Services is due to lower Software Services revenue. Cost of Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $2.3 million, or 47% to $7.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase is on account of increase in the Managed Services and Support revenue driver by higher adoption of cloud hosting. Cost of Revenue from Platform Services increased by $0.1 million, or 18% to $1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 988,927 | $ | 1,210,552 | $ | (221,625 | ) | (18 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 2,328,333 | 1,450,306 | 878,027 | 61 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | (93,879 | ) | (323,712 | ) | 229,833 | (71 | )% | |||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 3,223,381 | 2,337,146 | 886,235 | 38 | % | |||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 3,471,738 | 1,849,948 | 1,621,790 | 88 | % | |||||||||||
Income from operations | (248,357 | ) | 487,198 | (735,553 | ) | (151 | )% | |||||||||
Interest expense | 259,215 | 23,759 | 235,456 | 991 | % | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | (507,572 | ) | $ | 463,438 | $ | (971,010 | ) | (210 | )% |
Operating profit from Software Services decreased by $0.2 million, or 18% to $1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, mainly due to reduction in the Software Services revenue. Operating profit from Managed Services and Support increased by $0.9 million, or 61% to $ 2.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $1.45 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, mainly due to increase in Managed Services and Support revenue . Operating loss from Platform Services decreased by $0.2 million, or 71% to $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to $0.36 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 due to increase in revenue from Platform Services.
55 |
Fiscal 2020 and 2019
The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data and such data as a percentage of total revenues for each of the periods indicated:
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2020 | % Sales | 2019 | % Sales | |||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 31,338,936 | 100 | % | $ | 28,736,614 | 100 | % | ||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | 22,753,067 | 72.6 | % | 22,888,057 | 79.6 | % | ||||||||||
Research & Development | 1,743,079 | 5.6 | % | 1,013,469 | 3.5 | % | ||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | 2,424,842 | 7.7 | % | 687,600 | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||
General and Administrative | 2,438,042 | 7.8 | % | 1,702,292 | 5.9 | % | ||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization | 803,194 | 2.6 | % | 776,132 | 2.7 | % | ||||||||||
Other income ( PPP loan forgiveness) | (1,512,758 | ) | (4.8 | )% | — | 0.0 | % | |||||||||
Interest expense | 78,646 | 0.3 | % | 52,576 | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
Income tax expenses | 257,381 | 0.8 | % | 444,371 | 1.5 | % | ||||||||||
Net income | $ | 2,353,443 | 7.5 | % | $ | 1,172,116 | 4.1 | % |
Revenue from operations
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 31,338,936 | $ | 28,736,614 | $ | 2,602,321 | 9 | % |
Revenue increased by $2.6 million, or 9% to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, referred to as fiscal 2020 as compared to $28.7 million for the year ended December 31 2019, referred to as fiscal 2019.The increase is attributable primarily to growth in the Life Sciences business during fiscal 2020, as compared to fiscal 2019. Our top 5 customers accounted for 79% in 2020 and 62% in 2019, respectively. Based on our experience we expect revenue growth from our current top 5 customers; however, we are adding new customers every year and we cannot determine with certainty whether or not the revenue of any of our top 5 customers will continue to be material to the company. The following table is the breakdown of our revenues in 2020 and 2019 for each of our top 5 customers. Several of the top 5 customers in 2020 are not the same for 2019. However, Customer 1 was our top customer for both years ended December 30, 2021, and 2020.
Top Five Customers’ Revenue for FY 2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 17,958,974 | 57 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 2,383,250 | 8 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 1,827,752 | 6 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 1,520,067 | 5 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 1,033,142 | 3 | % |
Top Five Customers’ Revenue for FY 2019
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 10,144,431 | 35 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 3,294,041 | 11 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 1,871,200 | 7 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 1,381,744 | 5 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 1,237,090 | 4 | % |
The following table provides details of Customer 1 revenue by operating segments:
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 2,533,263 | $ | 3,512,451 | $ | (979,188 | ) | (28 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 12,855,875 | 4,491,768 | 8,364,107 | 186 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 2,569,835 | 2,140,212 | 429,623 | 20 | % | |||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 17,958,973 | $ | 10,144,431 | $ | 7,814,542 | 77 | % |
Revenue from Customer 1 increased by $8 million, or 77% to $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, referred to as fiscal 2020 as compared to $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, referred to as fiscal 2019 Software Services revenue decreased by $1 million or 28% to $2.5 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $3.5 million for fiscal 2019. Managed Services and Support revenue increased by $8.4 million, or 186% to $12.9 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $4.5 million for fiscal 2019. Revenue from Platform Services increased by $0.4 million, or 20% to $2.5 million for fiscal, 2020, as compared to $2.1 million for fiscal 2019.
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization)
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 22,753,067 | $ | 22,888,057 | $ | (134,990 | ) | (1 | )% |
Cost of revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization decreased by $0.1 million, or 1%, to $22.7 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $22.8 million for fiscal 2019.
56 |
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased by $3.2 million, or 77% to $7.4 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $4.2 million for the fiscal 2019. This increase is primarily due to investment in Platform Development and Sales and Marketing.
Research and Development
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Research & Development | $ | 1,743,079 | $ | 1,013,469 | $ | 729,610 | 72 | % |
Research & Development expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 72% to $1.7 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $1.0 million for the fiscal 2019. This is primarily due to additional investments in Platform development.
Sales and Marketing
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | $ | 2,424,842 | $ | 687,600 | $ | 1,737,242 | 253 | % |
Sales and Marketing expenses increased by $1.7 million, or 253% to $2.4 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $0.7 million for the fiscal 2019 . This is primarily due to additional investment in Sales and Marketing.
General and Administrative
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
General and Administrative | $ | 2,438,042 | $ | 1,702,292 | $ | 735,750 | 43 | % |
General and Administrative expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 43% to $2.4 million for fiscal 2020 as compared to $1.7 million for the fiscal 2019. This is primarily due to additional expenses in support function.
57 |
Depreciation and amortization
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | $ | 803,194 | $ | 776,132 | $ | 27,062 | 3 | % |
Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.02 million, or 3% to $0.8 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $0.7 million for the fiscal 2019.
Other Income
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Other income (PPP loan forgiveness) | $ | 1,512,758 | $ | — | $ | 1,512,758 | 100 | % |
Other Income increased by $1.5 million, or 100% to $1.5 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $0.0 million for fiscal 2019. This is primarily due $1.5 million of Paycheck Protection Program received under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act or the Act).
Interest expense
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Interest expense | $ | 78,646 | $ | 52,576 | $ | 26,070 | 50 | % |
Interest expense increased by $0.02 million, or 50% to $0.07 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $0.05 million for the fiscal 2019.
Provision for Income Taxes
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense | $ | 257,381 | $ | 444,371 | $ | 186,990 | (42 | )% |
Income tax expense decreased by $0.2 million, or 42% to $0.3 million for the fiscal 2020 as compared to $0.4 million for the fiscal 2019 primarily due to lower income before tax.
Revenue, Cost of Revenue and operating profit by Operating Segment
We currently provide our services and manage our business under three operating segments which are Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services.
Fiscal Year Ended | Changes | |||||||||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 12,892,078 | $ | 20,067,650 | $ | (7,175,572 | ) | (36 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 15,199,744 | 6,528,752 | 8,670,992 | 133 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 3,247,114 | 2,140,212 | 1,106,902 | 52 | % | |||||||||||
Total | $ | 31,338,936 | $ | 28,736,614 | $ | 2,602,322 | 9 | % |
58 |
Revenue from Software Services decreased by $7.2 million, or 36% to $12.9 million for the fiscal 2020, as compared to $20.1 million for the fiscal 2019. We faced delays in closing deals in the Software Services segment as customers optimized the cost of supporting legacy systems during the pandemic. The total customers serviced during fiscal 2020 reduced to 40 from 45 for fiscal 2019. Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $8.7 million, or 133% to $15.2 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $6.5 million for fiscal 2019. The growth in Managed Services and Support revenue reflected our existing customers’ continued adoption and acceleration in the demand for cloud technology. Revenue from Managed Services and Support include Cloud hosting revenue of $11 million and $3.7 million for the fiscal 2020, and 2019, respectively. Revenue from Platform Services increased by $1.1 million, or 52% to $3.2 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $2.1 million for fiscal 2019. Revenue from Platform Services increased due to increase in the revenue from existing customers.
Factors affecting revenues of Software Services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services
Our strategy is to achieve meaningful long-term revenue growth through sales of Managed Services and Support and Platform Services to existing and new clients within our target market. In order to increase our cross-selling opportunity between our operating segments and realize long time revenue growth, our focus has shifted more towards Managed Services and Support and Platform Services which is of recurring nature when compared to Software Services segment which is of non-recurring nature. This also helps in retaining existing customers by leveraging our Managed Services and Support and Platform Services as a growth agent. This renewed focus on driving demand for subscription and platform-based model will help us in expanding our customer base and enhance customer retention which is a challenge for our existing Software Services segment. Software Services contracts are driven by Time and Material and on site employees delivering services at customers location. This has been impacted due to COVID-19 restrictions in employee’s travel.
Our CloudEz and DataEz platforms are getting more traction, and this led to increase in Managed Services and Support revenue. We have made additional investments in Sales & Marketing and Research & Development to grow Managed Services & Support and Platform Services revenue. We expect this trend to continue and have a net positive impact on overall results of the operations.
Cost of Revenue
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of Software Services | $ | 9,724,004 | $ | 16,415,435 | $ | (6,691,431 | ) | (41 | )% | |||||||
Cost of Managed Services and Support | 11,724,623 | 5,164,455 | 6,560,168 | 127 | % | |||||||||||
Cost of Platform Services | 1,304,440 | 1,308,167 | (3727 | ) | 0 | % | ||||||||||
Total Cost of Revenue (exclusive of depreciation /amortization) | $ | 22,753,067 | $ | 22,888,057 | $ | (134,990 | ) | (1 | )% |
Cost of Revenue from Software Services decreased by $6.7 million, or 41% to $9.7 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $16.4 million for fiscal 2019. The drop in cost of Software Services is due to lower Software Services revenue. Cost of Revenue from Managed Services and Support increased by $6.6 million, or 127% to $11.7 million for the for fiscal 2020, as compared to $5.1 million for fiscal 2019. The increase is on account of increase in the Managed Services and Support revenue driven by higher adoption of cloud hosting. Cost of Revenue from Platform Services increased by $0.01 million, or 0% to $1.3 million for the fiscal 2020, as compared to $1.3 million for fiscal 2019.
Operating Profit by Operating Segment
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 1,277,775 | $ | 2,721,374 | $ | (1,443,599 | ) | (53 | )% | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 3,475,122 | 1,364,297 | 2,110,825 | 155 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 199,594 | (181,424 | ) | 381,018 | (210 | )% | ||||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 4,952,491 | 3,904,247 | 1,048,244 | 27 | % | |||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 2,263,021 | 2,235,184 | 27,837 | 1 | % | |||||||||||
Income from operations | 2,689,470 | 1,669,063 | 1,020,407 | 61 | % | |||||||||||
Interest expense | 78,646 | 52,576 | 26,070 | 50 | % | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | 2,610,824 | $ | 1,616,487 | $ | 994,337 | 62 | % |
Operating profit from Software Services decreased by $1.4 million, or 53% to $1.3 million for fiscal 2020, as compared to $2.7 million for fiscal 2019 primarily on account of decrease in revenue. Operating profit from Managed Services and Support increased by $2.1 million, or 155% to $3.5 million fiscal 2020, as compared to $1.3 million for fiscal 2019 mainly due to growth in Managed Services and Support revenue. Operating profit from Platform Services increased by $0.4 million, or 210% to $0.2 million for fiscal 2020 as compared to ($0.2) million for fiscal 2019 due to higher revenue from Platform Services.
59 |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2020 | As of December 31, 2019 | As of June 30, 2021 | As of June 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,402,700 | $ | 974,830 | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 818,984 | ||||||||
Short-term investments | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments | $ | 1,402,700 | $ | 974,830 | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 818,984 |
As of December 31, 2020 | As of December 31, 2019 | As of June 30, 2021 | As of June 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
Cash flows provided by operating activities | $ | (734,673 | ) | $ | 3,967,802 | $ | (3,486,008 | ) | $ | (1,351,579 | ) | |||||
Cash flows used in investing activities | (477,457 | ) | (3,648,941 | ) | (40,190 | ) | 12,336 | |||||||||
Cash flows provided by financing activities | 1,640,000 | — | 3,673,470 | 1,183,395 | ||||||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 427,870 | $ | 318,861 | $ | 147,272 | $ | (155,848 | ) |
As of December 31, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity for working capital purposes were cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaling $1.4 million.
We have financed our operations primarily through financing activity and operating cash flows. We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital over at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the expansion of sales and marketing activities and the ongoing investments in platform development.
Sources of Liquidity
As of December 31, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $1.4 million which was mainly on account of raising debt to the extent of $2.7 million during the period. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents of December 31, 2020, and the future operating cash flows of the entity will provide adequate resources to fund ongoing cash requirements for the next twelve months. If sources of liquidity are not available or if we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations during the next twelve months, we may be required to obtain additional sources of funds through additional operational improvements, capital market transactions, asset sales or financing from third parties, a combination thereof or otherwise. We cannot provide assurance that these additional sources of funds will be available or, if available, would have reasonable terms.
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and net cash generated from operations was $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and $3.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
Financing Activities
Cash flows from financing activities was $1.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 and $0 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. During the year 2020, we raised the aggregate amount of $1.6 million by issuing convertible promissory notes to various investors in a private exempted offering.
In addition, we raised approximately $1.7 million on January 13, 2021 and $0.9 million on February 10, 2021 and by means of the PPP loan forgiveness of $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Total principal amount of convertible promissory notes issued is $4.2 million. These notes carry an interest rate of 10% per annum payable quarterly. For a more detailed description of the Convertible Notes see “Description of Securities—Convertible Notes.”
60 |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of SEC Regulation S-K, as of December 31, 2020.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2020, our material obligations requiring payments in the future are set forth below to reflect (i) our real estate lease obligations, and (ii) the Company’s convertible note obligations, and related interest payments as follows:
Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | Less than 1 year | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than 5 years | Total | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations | $ | 100 | $ | 199 | — | — | $ | 299 | ||||||||||||
Interest on Convertible note obligations | $ | 121 | — | — | — | $ | 121 | |||||||||||||
Total Contractual obligations | $ | 221 | $ | 199 | — | — | $ | 420 |
The Company has entered into a sublease agreement with SecureKloud Technologies, Inc.
The Company has raised a debt of $4.2 million in the form of a convertible note as on February 10, 2021 which is subject to an interest of 10% per annum. The maturity date for the convertible note is September 30, 2021 and the note is convertible to equity at the option of the note holder.
Critical Accounting Policies Fiscal 2020 and 2019
General
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Securekloud Technologies Inc. (“Parent’) and the Subsidiary, Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC. The financial statements are prepared as if HCLS operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented. These financials are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Historically, the Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in the Parent’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Parent based on historical cost method of accounting. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the cost basis of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the individual businesses of Parent’s historical HCLS.
The Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in its Financial Statements.
The healthcare Business was operated as a subsidiary and consolidated along with the Parent’s financial statements.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include certain assets and liabilities that are held by Parent that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the HCLS. All intercompany transactions and balances within the HCLS have been eliminated.
61 |
Cash is managed centrally through bank accounts controlled and maintained by Parent.
Accordingly, cash and cash equivalents held at the Parent were not attributable to the Life Sciences Business for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to the Life Sciences Business are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Transfers of cash, both to and from Parent’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a component of Due to/from related party in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as an operating activity on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Historically, the Life Sciences Business received or provided funding as part of Parent’s centralized treasury program.
Third-party debt obligations of Parent and the corresponding financing costs related to those debt obligations, specifically those that relate to revolving credit facilities, have not been attributed to the Life Sciences Business, as the Life Sciences Business was not the legal obligor on the debt.
During the periods presented, the Parent performed certain corporate functions for the Life Sciences and Healthcare Business. Therefore, certain corporate costs, including compensation costs for corporate employees, have been allocated from Parent. These allocated costs are for corporate functions including, but not limited to, senior management, legal, human resources, finance and accounting, treasury, information technology which are not provided at the HCLS Business. Where possible, these costs were allocated based on direct usage, with the remainder allocated on a basis of cost, headcount, or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The Consolidated Financial Statements do not necessarily include all the expenses that would have been incurred or held by the HCLS had it been a separate, standalone company. It is not practicable to estimate actual costs that would have been incurred had the HCLS been a separate standalone company during the periods presented. The Company expects to incur additional expenses as a separate, standalone publicly traded company, however, we do not expect the cost to be materially different had the company operated as a separate standalone company.
The management believes that the assumptions underlying the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the HCLS Business during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the Consolidated Financial Statements may not be indicative of the HCLS Businesses’ future performance.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements is in conformity with GAAP which requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the financial statements and the notes thereto. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. On a regular basis, management evaluates these estimates and assumptions. Items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to:
• | the standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation |
• | the determination of the period of benefit for amortization of deferred costs. |
• | the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed for business combinations; and |
Segment Information
The management has chosen to organize the company around differences in products and services and segregated the reporting segments as Software Services, Managed Services and Support, and Platform Services.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company define the term ‘‘chief operating decision maker’’ to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer along with the management team reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in three distinct reportable operating segments, and all required financial segments information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.
Expenses included in segment operating profit consist principally of direct selling, delivery costs and research and development expenses. Certain Sales and Marketing expenses, General and Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization are not allocated to individual segments in internal management reports used by the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, such expenses are excluded from segment operating profit and are included below as “unallocated costs” and adjusted against our total income from operations. Additionally, management has determined that it is not practical to allocate identifiable assets by segment, since such assets are used interchangeably among the segments.
62 |
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenues as we transfer control of deliverables (services, solutions, and platform) to our clients in an amount reflecting the consideration to which we expect to be entitled. To recognize revenues, we apply the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenues when a performance obligation is satisfied. We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from all parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay based on a variety of factors including the customer’s historical payment experience.
For performance obligations where control is transferred over time, revenues are recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the deliverables to be provided.
Software Services
The Company enters into contractual obligations with the customers to perform (i) Strategic advisory services which include assessment of the enterprise network, applications environment and advise on the design and tools; (ii) Implementation services which include deployment, upgrades, enhancements, migration, training, documentation and maintenance of various electronic health record systems and (iii) Development services which include customization of network and applications in the public cloud environment.
Revenue from Strategic advisory, Implementation and Development services are distinct performance obligation and is recognized on time-and-material or fixed-price project basis. Revenues related to time-and-material are recognized over the period the services are provided using labor hours. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
We may enter into contracts that consist of multiple performance obligations. Such contracts may include any combination of our deliverables. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised deliverables, we apply judgment to determine whether promised deliverables are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised deliverables are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. For contracts with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to the customer. When not directly observable, we estimate standalone selling price by using the expected cost plus a margin approach. We establish a standalone selling price range for our deliverables, which is reassessed on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change.
Managed Services and Support
The Company has standard contracts for its Managed Services and Support, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Managed Services and Support contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Cloud hosting, Continuous monitoring of applications, security and compliance and support.
Revenue from Managed Services and Support is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP (standalone selling price), ratably on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are rendered. Contract with customers includes subcontractor services or third-party cloud infrastructure services in certain integrated services arrangements. In these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when the Company is the principal for the transaction. In doing so, the Company first evaluates whether it controls the platform or service before it is transferred to the customer. The Company considers whether it has the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, pricing discretion and other factors to determine whether it controls the platform or service and therefore is acting as a principal or an agent. Payment for Managed Services and Support is due monthly.
63 |
Platform Services
The Company has standard contracts for its Platform Services, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Platform Services contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Data Analytics, Backup and Recovery, through our Platform.
The revenue from Platform Services is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP. During the periods presented the Company generated revenue from Platform Services on a fixed-price solutions delivery model. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
Our contractual terms and conditions for Software services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services mandate that our services are documented and subject to inspection, testing at the time of delivery to customer. In addition, the Company needs to integrate seamlessly into the customers’ systems. Also, the customer has a right to cancel all, or part of the services rendered if it is not in accordance with statement of work and within the stipulated time.
Contract Balances
The timing of revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled revenue (contract assets), and customer advances and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, generally monthly upon achievement of contractual milestones. Generally, billing occurs after revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. However, we sometimes receive advances or deposits from our customers, particularly on our international contracts, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. These deposits are liquidated when revenue is recognized.
The beginning and ending contract balances were as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Accounts Receivables | $ | 6,396,150 | $ | 4,170,237 | ||||
Unbilled Revenue | — | — | ||||||
Deferred Revenue | $ | 297,775 | $ | 749,029 |
Revenue recognized for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of each year was $749,029 and $0 respectively.
64 |
Economic factors affecting performance.
• | The changing regulatory environment could impact the business environment of our Life Sciences customers. |
• | Consolidation of companies within the Life Sciences industry may delay or reduce their IT spending. |
• | Changes in global economic conditions and the global availability of healthcare treatments provided by the Life Sciences companies may increase the sales cycle and slow the adoption of new product offerings. |
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect and do not bear interest. The collectability of trade receivable balances is regularly evaluated based on a combination of factors such as customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment pattern. Additionally, if it is determined that a customer will be unable to fully meet its financial obligation, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or other material event impacting its business, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts may be recorded to reduce the related receivable to the amount expected to be recovered.
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in required allowances that could be material.
Business Combination
Effective May 8, 2020, the Company acquired the entire equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC in exchange for a promissory note. In accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement dated May 8, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC for a total consideration of $7,000,000. The total purchase price of $7.0 million was allocated to net working capital of $4.7 million and intangibles of $2.3 million, taking into consideration projected revenue from the acquired list of Subsidiary’s customers over a period of five years.
Reorganization; Asset Transfer
In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent and the Company entered into an Asset Transfer Agreement pursuant to which the Parent transferred to us its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of our common stock. The transaction has been accounted on historic cost accounting basis as per the GAAP and therefore the Intellectual Property has been valued at historic cost.
65 |
Subsequent Events
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 01, 2021 the date, which the financial statements were available to be issued. No reportable subsequent events have occurred through June 01, 2021, which would have a significant effect on the financial statements as of December 31, 2020 except as otherwise disclosed.
In January of 2021, the Company issued 807,500 incentive stock options to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January of 2021, the Company issued 807,500 incentive stock options to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January of 2021, three of our directors, Vivek Prakash, Lakshmanan Kannappan and Shibu Kizhakevilayil were each granted 50,000 non-qualified stock options (“Director Stock Option”) that are exercisable for $0.40 per option. The Director Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Director Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable director’s termination from the board and 10 years after the date of the grant.
The Company amended the “2020 Stock Incentive Plan” on April 1, 2021 to increase the amount of common stock reserved under the Plan from 2,200,000 to 4,000,000 shares.
66 |
Income Taxes
Income taxes have been provided for using an assets and liability approach in which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of deferred tax assets when, based on available evidence, it is not “more-likely-than-not” that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rate and laws.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
As a result of our consolidation of Life Sciences and healthcare business to HTI, the Company experienced significant changes in internal controls over financial reporting.
The Company has also made a significant investment in its finance function, adding a Director/Advisor of Financial Reporting with extensive backgrounds in audit and financial reporting for publicly traded companies, as well as expertise in US GAAP accounting.
67 |
BUSINESS
Our Company
We are a healthcare information technology company focused on advancing innovative, industry-transforming solutions in the areas of cloud services, data science, professional and managed services for the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry.
Our approach leverages our proprietary technology platforms, extensive industry knowledge, and healthcare domain expertise to provide solutions and services that reinforce healthcare progress. Through our platform, solutions, and services, we support healthcare delivery organizations, healthcare insurance companies, pharmaceutical and Life Sciences, biotech companies, and medical device manufacturers in their efforts to improve data management, develop analytical insights into their operations, and deliver measurable clinical, financial, and operational improvements. We offer a comprehensive suite of software, solutions, platforms and services that enables some of the world’s leading healthcare and pharma organizations to deliver personalized healthcare, precision medicine, advances in drug discovery, development and efficacy, collaborative research and development, respond to real world evidence, and accelerate their digital transformation. We combine our expertise in the healthcare technology domain, cloud technologies, DevOps and automation, data engineering, advanced analytics, AI/ML, IoT, security, compliance, and governance to deliver platforms and solutions that drive improved results in the complex workflows of Life Sciences, biotech, healthcare providers, and payers. Our differentiated solutions, enabled by our intellectual property and delivered as a service, provide advanced analytics, data science applications, and data aggregation in these highly regulated environments in a more compliant, secure, and cost-effective manner to our customers.
Our deep expertise in healthcare allows us to reinforce our clients progress by accelerating their innovation. Our healthcare IT services include EHR and software implementation, optimization, extension to community partners, as well as application managed services, and backup and disaster recovery capabilities on public cloud. Our 24x7 managed services are used by hospitals and health systems, payers, Life Sciences, and biotech organizations in their effort to improve health outcomes and deliver deeper, more meaningful patient and consumer experiences. Through our services our customers achieve return on investment in their technology by delivering measurable improvements. Combined with our software and solutions, our services provide clients with an end-to-end partnership for their technology innovation.
We believe our principal competitive factor in our market is our technology capabilities, domain expertise, and on-demand customer support for companies to realize the benefits of modern cloud, data, and security architectures through our technology platforms CloudEz and DataEz. There are several unique factors as mentioned below that make HTI an attractive service provider for healthcare and Life Sciences companies:
• | Technology Platforms: our proprietary software platforms, CloudEz and DataEz, are leveraged by our healthcare and Life Sciences customers for cloud transformation, automation, data management, security and data governance, and clinical and non-clinical operations management. Our SaaS offering, Readabl.AI platform uses state-of-the-art public cloud artificial intelligence and machine learning to recognize and extract healthcare information from documents, faxes, and narrative reports. |
• | Technology Enabled Services: our ability to deliver world-class services in the areas of cloud technologies, data, AI/ML, security, compliance, governance and extend these capabilities with clinical and operational consultants that work across the healthcare industry to improve patient and consumer outcomes. |
• | Expertise in Compliance: our compliance and validation experts enable us to implement Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements in GxP regulated establishments; GxP encompasses a broad range of compliance-related activities such as Good Laboratory Practices (GLP), Good Clinical Practices (GCP), and Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP). HTI’s technology platforms CloudEz and DataEz are HITRUST self-certified. HTI also supports BAA (Business Associate Agreement) coverage for healthcare clients along with cloud providers and PCI-DSS standards. |
• | Engagement and Flexibility: HTI’s ability to achieve customer operational objectives through our design and commercialization of innovative solutions with an outcome-based approach and prompt feedback. |
• | Team Members: our world-class team of certified cloud architects and our unique expertise in large global pharmaceutical and biotech organizations and other participants of the healthcare industry. |
• | Personal Approach to Customers: our strong relationship management and deep understanding of customer requirements enable us to continuously drive innovation. Our delivery methodology and automation-based approach give us the ability to respond to our customers’ needs and requirements rapidly. |
• | Partnership with Industry Leaders: our established relationships with healthcare and Life Sciences teams of the public cloud providers, including Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), Google Cloud, Microsoft Azure Cloud, and EHR vendors such as MEDITECH and Epic Systems while engaging with our customers for overall success. |
68 |
Our organizational capabilities and unique advantages also include solving data insights and data interoperability challenges for the HCLS industry with our domain knowledge and technology solutions. To accelerate healthcare providers’ adoption of cloud and next-generation technologies, we leverage our Life Sciences and medical device industry experience in cloud, data, IoT, AI/ML, security & compliance.
Background
The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. HTI that was originally formed as a Nevada corporation on October 29, 2019, and then converted into a Delaware corporation on April 24, 2020 to provide IT and data services to the HCLS industry. In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent and the Company entered into an Asset Transfer Agreement pursuant to which the Parent transferred to us its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of our common stock. As a result, the of such businesses platforms are now directly owned by HTI.
We are led by a diverse, global, and talented team of thought leaders, data scientists, software developers, and subject matter experts. As of September 27, 2021, we had a total of 69 full time employees, 142 sub-contractors, including 67 certified cloud, 16 Epic Certified EHR experts and 14 MEDITECH Certified EHR experts. Many of the senior management team and the members of our board of directors hold advanced degrees and some are leading experts in software development, regulatory science, and market access. Our Parent is 65.2% owned by SecureKloud Technologies Ltd., an Indian company that is publicly traded in India. Mr. Suresh Venkatachari, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a 37% shareholder, a director, and the Chief Executive Officer of SecureKloud Technologies Ltd.
We conduct our business directly with hospitals and other healthcare providers. Our healthcare IT services include systems selection, EHR implementation, post-implementation support to manage EHRs, legacy support, optimization, training, and creation of efficient EHR systems and improvement of clinical outcomes for hospitals.
HTI, along with the Parent, is a born-on-the-cloud Premier Partner of AWS and an audited next generation MSP. We are a leading partner of Google Cloud and a Gold Cloud Partner of Microsoft Azure Cloud. HTI, along with the Parent, is currently one of the top tier healthcare and Life Sciences competency partners of AWS among more than 70,000 partners in their overall ecosystem. The Company is also recognized as one of the top eight partners of Google Cloud Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program. The Company has also established partnerships with Medical Information Technology, Inc. MEDITECH, Epic Systems, Splunk Inc., Snowflake Inc., Looker, Inc. (acquired by Google), and other technology companies. Our We were rated by Solutions Review, an independent magazine, as one of the elite 21 next-generation AWS-managed services providers (1). The Company has several Fortune 500 clients in both the Life Sciences industries and works with many hospitals. In fiscal years 2020 and 2019 $22,403,552 and $13,302,713 of our revenues, respectively, were from Fortune 500 clients. For fiscal year 2020, revenue from Fortune 500 clients represented 98% of our Life Sciences revenues, 0% of our healthcare revenues and 71% of our total revenues. For fiscal year 2019, revenue from Fortune 500 clients represented 89% of our Life Sciences revenues, 0% of our healthcare revenues and 46% of our total revenues.
Our Market
Our target markets are Healthcare delivery organizations (e.g., hospitals, clinics, physician practices, and other Healthcare providers) and Life Sciences organizations (e.g., pharmaceutical and biotech companies). These target markets are large and rapidly expanding, and the opportunity before us is substantial as data increasingly becomes more critical to successful clinical quality improvement and outcomes, financial performance, drug discoveries, and the ever important need to ensure a positive patient and consumer experience.
US Healthcare cloud transformation services market will grow to $30B by 2027 with 17.4% CAGR as per Absolution Market Insights (2). Bloomberg business report estimates that global market for healthcare data science and analytics to be $40B by 2025 with a CAGR of 23.5% (3). US Healthcare IT services market is estimated to be $149B by 2025 with a CAGR 11.7% as per Allied Market Research (4). The medical document management market is estimated to be $555M by 2025 and it was $292M in 2020 as per Market Data Forecast (5).
Based on the above market data on cloud transformation, Healthcare data science and analytics, Healthcare IT services and medical document management we believe CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI platforms have significant market opportunity. As COVID-19 and technological advancements accelerate a rapid shift toward digital health, Healthcare technology companies like HTI will help to transform Healthcare, Life Sciences and pave the way for sizeable market opportunities.
We believe the industry challenges and market dynamics described below are transforming the way data and analytics are used by healthcare organizations and provide us with a significant opportunity.
(1) See https://solutionsreview.com/cloud-platforms/best-aws-managed-service-providers/
69 |
We believe the industry challenges and market dynamics described below are transforming the way data and analytics are used by healthcare organizations and provide us with a significant opportunity.
Challenges enterprises face with their business transformation
We believe that many CIOs are being swept over by a stream of digital opportunities. They cannot respond in a timely manner, which threatens the success of the business and the credibility of their IT organization. There is a perception that IT is a bottleneck, and this perception has led to the proliferation of “Shadow IT” in organizations. In response to these challenges, we believe that many CIOs have a second mode of IT operations that is more agile. Driving this transformation results in the growing adoption of cloud technology to increase value across all lines of business.
We believe our CloudEz proprietary software platform addresses these business transformation challenges with a fully managed, secure, and compliant cloud platform that provides regulated organizations with a framework that guides them through the complex process of transitioning to the cloud irrespective of a public, private, or hybrid model. CloudEz considers all the resources, processes, and tools needed to effectively deploy, manage and optimize our customers’ choice of cloud infrastructure and helps them to move from a capex to an opex model, thereby saving costs.
Challenges associated with increasing complexity of healthcare data
Across the healthcare landscape, a significant amount of data is being created every day, driven by patient care, payment systems, regulatory compliance, and recordkeeping. This includes information within patient health records, clinical trials, pharmacy benefit programs, imaging systems, sensors, and monitoring platforms, laboratory results, patient-reported information, hospital, and physician performance programs, and billing and payment processing.
The U.S. Healthcare system has invested billions of dollars to collect vast amounts of detailed information in digital format. Examples of major areas of investment include electronic transactional systems that digitize clinical information (e.g., EHR systems, pharmacy, laboratory, imaging, patient satisfaction, and healthcare information exchanges), financial information (e.g., general ledger, costing, and billing), and operational information (e.g., supply chain, human resources, time and attendance, IT support, and patient engagement). Wearables and sensors drive personalized health data for continuous monitoring of patients through daily activity logs, biometric sensors, fall sensors, social activity sensors, etc. These result in a proliferation of healthcare data that also includes socioeconomic, genomic, and remote patient monitoring information. Collecting, storing, and using healthcare data is complicated by the breadth and depth of disparate sources, the multitude of formats, and increasing regulatory requirements.
The data is also fast becoming vital for Life Sciences and pharmaceutical industries; however, traditional and current data platforms are not equipped to meet this surge or the analytic demands. Today, the data platform is expected to stay relevant for at least 15 years, be able to democratize the data, and still be secure and compliant. Data and analytics in healthcare is transforming the way illnesses are identified and treated, improving quality of life and avoiding preventable deaths.
We believe our DataEz platform addresses these challenges. DataEz is a cloud-based data pipeline platform that helps to enable personal healthcare data management, analytics, and data science capabilities for large Life Sciences, pharmaceutical, and healthcare organizations. It integrates with a larger variety of data sources to ingest, process, store, analyze, and gain insights from the data. By leveraging the real-world evidence data and the ability to diagnose through advanced predictive modeling, AI/ML makes the process simpler and less expensive. Life Sciences industries will require a secure, privacy-compliant, and future-proof data platform as a foundation for large-scale genomics collaborations and for efforts to re-analyze archived data, including privacy-protected data. This means most organizations will turn into data organizations and will aggressively leverage data as a core asset to drive innovation in their businesses.
70 |
Challenges due to lack of coordination and interoperability
The healthcare industry is fragmented and inefficient, with different legacy health insurers, hospital systems, provider groups, and pharmacy networks each possessing distinct incentive structures—some or all of which may diverge from consumers’ interests. Even as consumer demand for greater coordination grows, inflexible and disparate legacy technological systems present a significant barrier to meeting consumers’ wants and needs.
After decades of investing in EHR technology, the state of interoperability is insufficient and inhibits care coordination, health data exchange, clinical efficiency, and the quality of care provided to patients. Given that the EHR is the principal electronic interface used today at the point of care, the path to improved data-driven decision support will require integration between EHR systems and other data and analytics providers. Incidentally, the U.S. Healthcare system is in the midst of an “open data wave,” with an increasing focus on, and demand for, patient data interoperability. Additionally, recent laws and regulations, such as the 21st Century Cures Act, promote and prioritize interoperability and the free exchange of health information. The pandemic in 2020 has helped to pave the way for advancements in EHR interoperability and standardization. The federal government’s new regulations aim to help patients gain better control of their health data via smartphone apps, interoperability is expected to increase between providers, payers, and healthcare technology companies.
We believe our Healthcare Interoperability solutions and proprietary platforms drive resilient interoperable health infrastructure as a catalyst for delivering better care and reducing costs. We participate in Google Cloud’s Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program, which aims to help free up patient data and make it more accessible across the continuum of care, as well as set up organizations for long-term success with more modern, interoperable API-first architectures. We help healthcare providers understand their current interoperability maturity levels and map out a stepwise journey to enable interoperability. For example, our Readabl.AI is a Google Cloud-based AI/ML platform to ingest documents, which provides OCR (optical character recognition) capabilities with Natural Language Processing where the patient information is extracted and matched/validated with healthcare providers’ EHR system via FHIR (Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources) API.
Impact of, and response to, COVID-19 pandemic
Because of COVID-19, healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace.
We believe our proprietary platforms and solutions address these challenges. Our business is focused on providing digital platform solutions to healthcare organizations and it is our mission to adequately address COVID-19 challenges for the benefit of our customers and society in general. As a result, consumers have better personal care, convenience, and value. We believe that COVID-19 is expected to drive increased utilization of technology during and after the pandemic, and such shift to a virtual approach creates a unique opportunity for our business to shape the new virtual-oriented experiences of businesses through our cloud technology and services.
Our Technology and Services
We offer two proprietary software platforms, CloudEz and DataEz, for cloud transformation, automation, data management, security and data governance, and clinical and non-clinical operations management. The platforms are composed of individual, proprietary technology toolsets and deep data assets that can be rapidly configured to empower the operationalization of large-scale, data-driven healthcare initiatives. The platforms enable healthcare organizations to implement highly sophisticated value-based initiatives on a very large scale. At the core of value-based initiatives is the need to aggregate and analyze data, garner meaningful insight from the results, and use these insights to drive material change to outcomes and economics. The platforms address these needs through their major competencies: (i) large-scale data connectivity, integration, and validation capabilities, (ii) advanced predictive analytics and high-speed computing, (iii) toolsets to translate resulting insights into real-world impact, and (iv) purpose-built data visualization and reporting.
71 |
CloudEz technology platform
CloudEz is an enterprise multi-cloud transformation and management platform that enables customers to manage their cloud infrastructure across private, hybrid, and public cloud infrastructures from providers such as AWS, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud. CloudEz offers cloud services to highly regulated industries, including healthcare, Life Sciences, and pharma and biotech organizations, in their cloud transformation journey. It leverages a library of infrastructure and application code developed ‘in-house’ to deliver infrastructure services that are secure and compliant. CloudEz also delivers an automated infrastructure compliance framework that facilitates our customers in being continuously compliant with regulatory requirements.
Implementing a secured cloud that requires continuous adherence of GxP / HIPAA compliance across a number of business units that individually span over a number of different vendors is the biggest challenge across all regulatory specific industries, such as pharma and Healthcare. An automation framework that offers secure, continuous GxP / HIPAA compliance for pharmaceutical and Healthcare businesses is required for faster deployment of business applications.
CloudEz platform has several security controls including identity & access management, cloud security & governance, data security, security information & event management, network and application security.
72 |
DataEz technology platform
Managing a data and data analytics platform is cumbersome with numerous moving components and current best practices that are prone to over-complication. The implemented architecture of some competing solutions is typically not scalable or does not allow workload flexibility. Reengineering such massive ecosystems is neither cost-effective nor practical for enterprises that want to focus on maintaining their market position. Additionally, and more importantly, when enterprise IT teams want to build their Data Lakes, centralized repository that store data, on the cloud, they must deal with overwhelming complexities – from choosing the right cloud provider that addresses their needs and ensures necessary government regulatory security and compliances are met to continuously managing a cost-effective infrastructure.
HTI brings together large-scale datasets, expansive connectivity, robust technology infrastructure, and industry-leading subject matter expertise. The capabilities of the HTI platforms enable both the efficient determination of highly meaningful insights and the reliable achievement of meaningful impact in the quality and economics of healthcare.
DataEz is a cloud-based data analytics and data science platform purpose-built for the data analytics and data science requirements of large Life Sciences/pharmaceutical and healthcare provider organizations. This platform enables our healthcare customers to ingest, securely analyze, and transform data from disparate sources to gain operational, financial, and clinical insights. DataEz is a fully secured and compliant platform that meets the regulatory requirements and we offer this as a solution and Software as a service (SaaS) subscription model for Life Sciences and healthcare provider customers.
Combinations of all proprietary technology toolsets are configured to quickly empower highly differentiated solutions for customer needs in a highly scalable fashion. The flexibility of the platform’s modular design enables customers to integrate the capabilities of the platform with their own internal capabilities or other third-party solutions. The platforms bring to the marketplace a highly extensible, national-scale capability to interconnect with the healthcare ecosystem on a massive scale. This enables healthcare organizations to aggregate and analyze data in petabyte volumes, arrive at sophisticated insights in real-time, drive meaningful impact, and intuitively visualize data and information to inform business strategy and execution.
DataEz platform includes the advanced analytics capability for data scientists and analysts to rapidly spin up secure analytics workbenches. Analytics workbench enables agile analytics, by providing capabilities of data discovery, model building, model management, model consumption, visualization, and workflow management in an integrated platform to accelerate the data science life cycle using AI/ML algorithms as well as data analytics at scale.
73 |
DataEz Platform Architecture:
DataEz platform architecture is composed of various stages of data pipeline management including ingestion, quarantine, pre-curated, data curated, analytics/data warehouse, visualization/data warehouse and visualization/data science.
DataEz: Data Lake Management, Analytics & Data Science platform architecture diagram
Readabl.AI
Despite significant investments in electronic health records, paper-based unstructured data, such as faxes and clinical reports, remain the prevalent methods to share information about patients as they navigate the continuum of care. This reality has been particularly obvious during the COVID 19 pandemic. The NY Times recently highlighted that the fax machine continues to be a primary data communication tool in the fight against the virus.
Healthcare organizations demand an advanced automation solution to easily convert paper-based unstructured data into meaningful information for patient care. Readabl.AI uses state-of-the-art public cloud artificial intelligence and machine learning to recognize and extract healthcare information from documents, faxes, and narrative reports. Including Readabl.AI in customer organization’s workflow improves patient care and clinical efficiencies while maintaining security & confidentiality. Readabl.AI ensures that the necessary health information is available for patient care with reduced labor requirements and faster processing.
74 |
Readabl.AI is offered as a solution on public cloud marketplaces such as Google Cloud Marketplace and commercially available on a Software-as-a-Service subscription model in the near future.
Cloud IT Services
• | Multi-Cloud Advisory: Our certified public cloud architects and engineers are highly experienced and successful in providing end-to-end cloud advisory and deployment services. Our expert team of cloud certified professionals develops and deploys complex applications onto public, private, and hybrid clouds. In addition, we have a proven track record of migrating various IT infrastructures into cloud technologies, enabling healthcare organizations to attain their business goals. We help our customers analyze and identify suitable cloud options for their IT enterprise by clearly defining strategies of the cloud and the roadmap for its transformation. Our experts create secure, scalable, innovative, and robust cloud solutions that address the requirements of healthcare organizations by performing a detailed evaluation of technical compatibility and business objectives. |
• | DevOps as a Service: Cloud DevOps, often also referred to as DevSecOps given the criticality of security of the cloud, is the IT methodology through which enterprises migrate and manage their platforms and solutions in a continuous fashion on the cloud. healthcare enterprise IT leadership can rely on HTI’s turnkey managed services, strategic advisory services, proven methodology, automation capabilities, and expertise to steadily migrate their IT assets to the cloud. |
• | Cloud Security Operations Center (SOC): CloudEz comes with advanced AI/ML-enabled alerts and monitoring services over and across the enterprise cloud environment. By implementing automated BOTs, our operations center ensures our clients have a de-risked cloud environment by ensuring continuous security and regulatory compliance. |
• | healthcare Cloud Backup and Disaster Recovery (BU/DR): Our cloud disaster recovery solution is a fully managed infrastructure solution that enables hospitals to host their DR instances on public cloud platforms such as AWS. Our solution specifically serves the MEDITECH market today. MEDITECH BU/DR solution will soon be available on AWS marketplace for healthcare customers. |
75 |
Healthcare IT Services
Our Healthcare IT services are utilized by 100+ hospitals across the US. These services include electronic health records (“EHR”) implementation and optimization, managed services, interoperability, data assessments and tools, and clinical and training consulting to improve clinical outcomes and the patient experience.
• | EHR Implementation and Optimization: HTI is a READY certified implementation partner for MEDITECH, a leading EHR system vendor. The company has worked with hundreds of MEDITECH customers and successfully implemented and optimized the MEDITECH platform. Additionally, HTI is one of the 15 partners (out of 200 total firms tracked by Epic - a leading EHR system vendor) that works with Epic on a regular basis to discuss synergies and client performances. Our implementation solution set specifically addresses mergers and acquisitions as well as community technology extensions. We have successfully enabled over 600 community physicians in over 100 locations through our community technology deployment services. |
• | EHR Managed Services: Our end-to-end EHR managed services cover hospital-wide IT support including Tier 2/Tier 3 support, technical support, report writing, on-demand application support, Community Connect, and acquisition services. HTI addresses healthcare organizations’ growing frustrations, inefficiencies, and high provider turnover in the healthcare communities through training and support to prevent loss of additional clinical resources, downturns in patient service volume, and loss of significant revenue. HTI’s Epic team offers a monthly support plan that provides comprehensive flexibility. It gives “flex support” for clients, allowing for the division of necessary work hours across different Epic resources and applications. Since the pandemic started, more hospitals and health systems are slowly making the transition to cloud platforms to host their EHRs and information systems to offer real-time data insights and more storage solutions. HTI sees this as an opportunity to provide EHR-as-a-service capabilities in real-time for hospitals on public cloud platforms. |
• | Interoperability Assessments and Services: HTI is recognized as one of the top eight partners of the Google Cloud Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program (https://cloud.google.com/blog/topics/healthcare-life-sciences/google-cloud-healthcare-interoperability-readiness-program). Our services enable health systems to understand their readiness to meet CURES act requirements and develop and execute a roadmap across technology platforms utilizing HL7’s (Health Level Seven International provides standards and solutions to empower global health data interoperability) and FHIR (Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resources) standards. |
• | Data Assessment and Toolsets: healthcare clients also approach us to build two-way data applications for quick and seamless communication with patients and to perform predictive analytics based on prior outcomes and readings from monitoring devices. We offer self-cataloging data lakes and automated data quality check solutions. These cutting-edge solutions consist of a public cloud-based data lake where the data from various devices and sensors are ingested and stored through automated provisioning, and a scalable dashboard that is capable of monitoring hundreds of thousands of patients at a time based on the cloud-stored data. |
• | Clinical and Training Consulting: HTI also provides clinical and operational consultants to healthcare organizations to support the improvement of their business, clinical, and patient outcomes and experience. |
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategies reflect our mission to be the pioneer for massive, measurable, data-informed healthcare improvement. We believe there is a large, addressable market opportunity remaining in our core business and significant market share to win from our competitors. We strive to become a top-10 health-IT company in North America by growing our business through recurring revenues using software as a service subscription model for CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI platforms. In order to continue to grow and increase our both topline and bottom line, our sales teams will execute on SaaS land and expand business opportunities in the existing client base. In addition to the organic growth, we plan to acquire strategic healthcare IT solutions and services companies to increase up sell and cross sell HTI offerings.
We intend to pursue these strategies by:
• | scaling growth through AWS, Google Cloud, and Microsoft Azure Cloud and other channel partnerships; |
• | driving additional recurring revenues through managed services offerings, and competitive differentiation; |
• | expanding in the U.S. and globally; |
• | increasing up sell and cross sell opportunities; |
• | building innovative platforms and solutions; |
• | improving operational efficiencies to increase profitability |
76 |
Intellectual Property
We regard some aspects of our internal operations, software, and documentation as proprietary, and rely primarily on a combination of contract and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary information. We believe, because of the rapid pace of technological change in the computer software industry, trade secret and copyright protections are less significant than factors such as the knowledge, ability, and experience of our employees, frequent software product enhancements, and the timeliness and quality of our support services. The source code for our proprietary software is protected as a trade secret. We enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants, and clients, and control access to and distribution of our software, documentation, and other proprietary information. We cannot guarantee that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.
We do not believe our software products or other proprietary rights infringe on the property rights of third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us with respect to current or future software products or that any such assertion may not require us to enter into royalty arrangements or result in costly litigation.
We have registered trademark and copyrights for the HTI logo and company name, Healthcare Triangle, Inc. We may file trademarks, copyrights, and patents for our proprietary technology platforms such as CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI.
Strategic Partnerships
HTI is able to rapidly achieve the following through our strategic partnerships with major cloud providers and technology vendors:
• | be in a strong position to enable Life Sciences organizations to achieve digital transformation, move compliant workloads to cloud, deploy emerging new pharma use cases, build and manage personalized health platforms as well as manage customers’ security and Cloud infrastructure strategies; |
• | become the trusted go-to vendor and advisor for public, hybrid, private cloud deployments and integrating multivendor cloud solutions for our customers; and |
• | generate additional revenues through reselling cloud services and consumption. |
We have the following additional partnership benefits available through major cloud providers:
• | Lead and opportunity referrals through the customer engagement and opportunity management platforms as well as access to sales and technical support resources to help drive successful customer engagements; |
• | Access to cloud provider promotional cash credits and vouchers for cloud certification attainment; |
• | Access to partner opportunity acceleration funding; |
• | Discounted training; |
• | Access to partner development and solutions resources; |
• | Creation of co-branded campaigns and Market development funds; |
• | Tools available to support lead management and customized campaign development with an approved digital agency; |
• | Eligible to apply for solution provider and service delivery programs; |
• | Access to vendor Marketplace for solutions selling; and |
• | Added value through achieving several competencies and specializations including audited MSP, healthcare, Life Sciences, devops, big data, security and AI/ML. |
77 |
Amazon Web Services
HTI, along with the Parent, is a born-on-the-cloud Premier Partner of Amazon Web Services and an audited next generation MSP. HTI, along with the Parent, is currently one of the top tier healthcare and Life Sciences competency partners of AWS among more than 70,000 partners in their overall ecosystem. We were rated by Solutions Review, an independent magazine, as one of the elite 21 next-generation AWS-managed services providers. HTI has brokered the partnership with AWS to leverage their workload migration program (WMP) and accelerate more MEDITECH clients to use our BU/DR solution on the cloud.
Google Cloud
We are a leading partner of Google Cloud. HTI is also recognized as one of the top eight partners of the Google Cloud Healthcare Interoperability Readiness Program. HTI also signed a partnership with Google’s company Looker, Inc. for leveraging their Data Analytics platform. HTI offers solution sets within the Google Market place.
Microsoft Azure Cloud
We are a leading Gold Cloud Partner of Microsoft Azure Cloud. Currently engaged with enterprise customers enabling their infrastructure and data initiatives on Microsoft Azure Cloud. Also, we are engaged in next generation initiatives like digital backbone, AI driven chatbots, intelligent dosing and AR (augmented reality), VR (virtual reality) and Mixed Reality.
MEDITECH:
The Company has an established partnership with Medical Information Technology, Inc. (“MEDITECH”). HTI is among one of the few MEDITECH READY -certified implementation partners for MEDITECH, a leading EHR system vendor. This READY certification from MEDITECH enables HTI to provide hospital clients with their EHR implementations. The company has worked with hundreds of MEDITECH customers and successfully implemented and optimized the MEDITECH platform. Additionally, HTI is one of the 15 partners (out of 200 total firms tracked by Epic Systems, Inc., a leading EHR system vendor) that works with Epic on a regular basis to discuss synergies and client performances. Our implementation solution set specifically addresses mergers and acquisitions as well as community technology extensions. We have successfully enabled over 600 community physicians in over 100 locations through our community technology deployment services.
EPIC Systems:
The Company has an established partnership with Epic Systems and is one of approximately 15 tracked firms among hundreds of firms in the space. Under this partnership effort, HTI works with Epic on a regular basis to discuss synergies and client performances. Our implementation solution set, specifically addresses mergers and acquisitions as well as community technology extensions as HTI is involved in rolling out many Epic Community Connect programs.
Other Partners:
We partner with Splunk, Snowflake and Looker to enhance our platform and offerings in cloud security, compliance and data management.
78 |
Clients, Sales, and Marketing
Life Sciences cloud and data analytics business target markets:
Our target customers for the CloudEz and DataEz platforms include large pharmaceuticals, Life Sciences and healthcare organizations covering business needs around drug discovery, drug efficacy, personalized healthcare, real world evidence, compliant collaborative research, medical device manufacturers, clinical research organizations, labs and research facilities, health systems and payer entities.
As of December 31, 2020, we served over 10 Life Sciences customers, including few of the top global pharmaceutical companies. We deliver solutions to companies throughout the Life Sciences industry, including pharmaceuticals, biotechnology. Our customers range from the largest global pharmaceutical companies to Lab device manufactures, digital health and clinical research organizations.
In the Life Sciences cloud and data management target market, we are now actively pursuing our CloudEz and DataEz platforms-based offerings to countries outside the U.S., including Canada, EU and Asia. We are establishing key business relationships Europe and Asia.
CloudEz platform accelerates these target customers launching new business initiatives around efficient ways of performing clinical research, clinical trials and collaboration using public cloud. This also enables client’s enterprise IT to offer public cloud infrastructure as a service model to its internal business globally and eliminate shadow IT at scale.
Our business strategy is to become a data-driven company. Our expertise is in designing, developing and delivering Next Generation Data Analytics & Data Science Platform for the Life Sciences & healthcare industry verticals. We specialize in delivering R&D Platforms for large enterprises, on the cloud, that require continuous security and continuous compliance capabilities built in. Our capabilities include all aspects of data analytics and data science, which includes data ingestion, data classification, data provenance, data lineage, data security, data quality, data cleansing, data transformations, AI & ML model development etc.
healthcare IT Services and Cloud Solutions business target markets:
The target market for our Readabl.AI platform consists of community hospitals with fewer than 200 acute care beds, with a primary focus on hospitals with fewer than 100 acute care beds. In the United States, there are approximately 3,900 community hospitals with fewer than 200 acute care beds, with approximately 2,900 of these having fewer than 100 acute care beds.
The expanded target market for our EHR implementation and cloud services consists of small to mid-size hospitals in the United States and globally. In the US, there are approximately 4,000 of these hospitals with fewer than 600 beds. As of the date of this filing, we maintain MSAs with over 80 health systems of which more than 20 use our various healthcare IT services, utilize our cloud disaster recovery solutions, and use our managed IT services.
In the healthcare provider market, we are now actively marketing our EHR implementation and cloud services to countries outside the U.S., including Canada, South Africa, Middle East and Australia. We have established business relationships with key Canadian technology providers that we believe will be a significant factor in penetrating the Canadian market. We have concluded our evaluation of the unique requirements of the Canadian healthcare system and are actively working on pursuing clients.
For our fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, 86% of the total revenues come from top 5 customers and 93% comes from the top 10 customers.
Sales Staff. We have dedicated sales teams for Life Sciences and healthcare delivery organization. Many of our sales personnel hired have previous experience in either healthcare or Life Sciences industry with EHR or cloud services selling experience. We believe this experience positions them to more effectively sell our products and services within our defined target markets. Our sales organizations are generally divided into four areas: sales management, new client sales, existing client sales, sales support staff including technical pre-sales. New client sales staff are typically organized based on geographic territories, though we also have sales personnel that focus on national accounts in our EHR business. Our sales representatives who sell to existing clients have assigned clients within their territory, which is also geographically based. A significant portion of the compensation for all sales personnel, except for administrative support staff, is commission based.
79 |
Marketing Strategy. Our primary goal is to become one of the top 10 innovative healthcare information technology companies in the North American market focused on advancing digital transformation and industry-transforming solutions in the areas of cloud services, data science, and managed services for the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry. Our corporate marketing strategy positions HTI as a healthcare IT company serving healthcare delivery, healthcare payer, and Life Sciences organizations through our family of HCLS platforms, solutions and services. Our overall marketing plan is based on the market research on emerging healthcare trends and cloud technologies, existing players and new market entrants, identified key target markets, competitive analysis and go to market strategy, product/solution and managed services pricing and positioning.
Competition
We are experiencing and also expecting increased competition from a number of existing companies and new market entrants including Veeva Systems, Inovalon, Health Catalyst, ClearDATA, The HCI Group and CitiUSTech to name a few.
The overall market for Life Sciences software is global, rapidly evolving, highly competitive and subject to changing regulations, technology and shifting customer needs. The solutions and applications offered by our competitors vary in size, breadth and scope. HTI’s solutions compete with offerings from large global System Integrators (SIs) and also compete with Life Sciences-specific niche vendors in infrastructure and data management areas.
Our CloudEz platform competes with offerings from large regulated infrastructure vendors as well as the cloud native managed services offering from the public cloud providers. Our DataEz platform competes with healthcare and Life Sciences from specific cloud native data lake management vendors.
We also compete with global technology system integrators such as Accenture, Cognizant, HCL, and Wipro that provide solutions specific to Life Sciences domain and managed services on the public cloud platforms.
In the healthcare space, our primary competitors are EHR consulting and solution providers, healthcare providers who perform their own data analytics and other large health systems who seek to commercialize their offerings. healthcare IT professional services industry is very competitive and continuously changing. We compete with a large number of service and solution providers including companies with specialty healthcare consulting background and having a variety of healthcare IT skills, certifications and domain expertise. This also includes consulting firms offering strategy, advisory, EHR system selection and cloud provider selection.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:
• | Our technology platforms CloudEz, DataEz and Readabl.AI; |
• | Speed of innovation, early customer adoption of new technologies and faster adoption of cloud services; |
• | Level of customer satisfaction; |
• | Meet evolving HCLS compliance regulations and standards; |
• | HCLS domain expertise and industry specific SOPs (standard operating procedures); |
• | Strategic relationships with cloud providers, technology partners and EHR vendors; |
• | Ability to integrate with legacy enterprise infrastructures, large cloud platforms and 3rd party applications; |
• | Pricing and total cost of ownership; |
• | Credibility and the ability to attract and retain top talents with broad capabilities; |
• | Ability to manage customer engagements effectively to drive high value and sustainable results. |
80 |
Government Regulation
Privacy and Security Laws. The collection, processing, use, disclosure, disposal, and protection of information about individuals, in particular healthcare data, is highly regulated both in the United States and other jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, under HIPAA, as amended by HITECH; U.S. state privacy, security, and breach notification and healthcare information laws; the GDPR; and other European privacy laws as well as privacy laws being adopted in other regions around the world. Although most of the clinical data we receive from our customers is de-identified, in certain parts of our business, such as our real-world data and analytics program, we hold confidential personal health and other information relating to persons who have been, are and may in the future be involved in clinical trials. The possession, retention, use, and disclosure of such information is highly regulated, including under the laws and regulations described above. These data privacy and security regulations govern the use, handling, and disclosure of information about individuals and, in the case of HIPAA, require the use of standard contracts, privacy and security standards, and other administrative simplification provisions. In relation to HIPAA, we do not consider our service offerings to generally cause us to be subject as a covered entity; however, in certain circumstances we are subject to HIPAA as a business associate and may enter into business associate agreements with our customers who are covered entities under HIPAA. These business associate agreements define our obligations to safeguard the personal health information of patients provided by our customers. We have adopted identity protection practices and have implemented procedures to satisfy data protection requirements and safeguards regarding the creation, receipt, maintenance, and transmission of protected health information.
In addition, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting existing federal and state consumer protection laws to impose evolving standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of information about individuals, including health-related information. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice, security, and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements that describe how we handle information about individuals and choices individuals may have about the way we handle their information. Certain states have also adopted robust data privacy and security laws and regulations.
In response to the data privacy laws and regulations discussed above, we have implemented several technological safeguards, processes, contractual third-parties’ provisions, and employee trainings to help ensure that we handle information about our employees, customers, and in a compliant manner. We maintain a global privacy policy and related procedures, and train our workforce to understand and comply with applicable privacy laws.
Bribery, Anti-Corruption, and Other Laws. We are subject to compliance with the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws, such as the Bribery Act, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In addition, in the United States, we may also be subject to certain state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and False Claims Act, that are intended to reduce waste, fraud and abuse in the health care industry. Our employees, distributors, and agents are required to comply with these laws, and we have implemented policies, procedures, and training, to minimize the risk of violating these laws.
Litigation
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that we do not have any pending or threatened litigation which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and/or cash flows.
Properties
We lease and maintain our primary offices and manufacturing facility at 4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150, Pleasanton, CA 94588. We do not currently own any real estate.
81 |
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of July 23, 2021.
Name | Age | Position |
Suresh Venkatachari | 54 | Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors |
Anand Kumar | 47 | Senior Vice President, Sales |
Sudish Mogli | 53 | Chief Technology Officer |
Thyagarajan Ramachandran | 46 | Chief Financial Officer |
Ashleigh Rogers | 35 | Vice President, Sales & Product Development |
Michael Gill | 43 | Vice President, Finance |
Lakshmanan Kannappan | 54 | Head of Strategic Partnership and Director |
Shibu Kizhakevilayil | 49 | Head of M&A and Director |
Vivek Prakash | 64 | Director |
Brendan Gallagher | 52 | Director |
April Bjornstad | 49 | Director |
John Leo | 56 | Director |
Dave Rosa | 57 | Director |
Suresh Venkatachari
Mr. Venkatachari has served as our Chairman & Chief Executive Officer since October 2019 and leads our global leadership team. Mr. Venkatachari is also serving as the CEO of the Parent, SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. since 2011. Mr. Venkatachari is also serving as the CEO and Board Member of SecureKloud Technologies Ltd. which is the parent of SecureKloud Technologies Inc. since 2010. He has more than 30 years of experience in the IT solutions & services industry. Mr. Venkatachari is a thoughtful leader and entrepreneur and has developed and executed demand-driven strategies to grow the businesses. He has founded multiple IT companies over the past 25 years, specialized in Banking, healthcare and in Cloud Technologies. Prior to this, he was the Head of Electronic Banking at Deutsche Bank, Singapore. Suresh holds a bachelor’s degree in electronics and instrumentation engineering from Annamalai University, India.
We believe Mr. Venkatachari is well qualified to lead as CEO due to his prior management experience in running both private and public limited companies and expertise in building and growing the business and creating wealth for our investors.
Anand Kumar
Mr. Kumar has served as our Senior Vice President for Life Sciences division of global business since January 2020. Prior to that, he served as a Vice President at SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. for Life Sciences business from 2013 to December 2019. He has deep domain expertise in successful multi and hybrid cloud strategy, enterprise cloud business transformation, and Data transformation combined with his background in IT security, compliance, and governance. Prior to HTI, he was the Managing Director at MyCroft, a security and IAM solutions provider. He also led sales and business development efforts for ILantus a global security solution provider where he was the Senior Vice President instrumental in growing the organization more than ten-fold during his tenure. Mr. Kumar holds a Bachelors’ & Master’s Degree in Computer Science and a Master’s in Business Administration from IIT, Chicago.
We believe that Mr. Kumar is qualified to serve as our Senior Vice President due to his extensive sales leadership experience, and his thorough Life Sciences domain, security, and compliance expertise.
82 |
Sudish Mogli
Mr. Mogli has served as our Chief Technology Officer since January 2020. Mr. Mogli served as the Vice President, Technology and leading the product engineering team at SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. from 2012 until December 2019, and is credited with envisioning SecureKloud’s Cloud solutions for the Life Sciences and healthcare industry verticals. Mr. Mogli was a Senior Engineering leader at Cisco Systems from 1997 – 2012, building software products for the World’s leading Telecom providers and Fortune 500 Enterprises to secure, manage and optimize their Wired and Wireless Networks and IT infrastructure respectively. Mr. Mogli received an M.S degree in Computer Engineering from Louisiana State University and has completed the Product Management and Financial Analysis program for executives from the University of California at Berkeley.
We believe that Mr. Mogli is qualified to serve as the CTO of the Company based on his experience working with very large Enterprises and Telecom providers and his knowledge of the Life Sciences, pharmaceutical, and healthcare industry segments.
Thyagarajan Ramachandran
Mr. Ramachandran has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2021. In his current role as CFO at HTI, he is responsible for managing US GAAP accounting, Corporate Governance, Investor Relations, and communication of HTI’s strategy, financial and business performance. Mr Ramachandran is also serving as the CFO of the Parent, SecureKloud Technologies Ltd since July 2020. Prior to that he served as Executive Director Finance with Trimble from May 2019 to June 2020 and with Servion Global Solutions from Nov 2014 to Feb 2019. He is a senior industry leader with around 25 years of experience across Strategic Management, M&A, Fund Raising, Business Partnering, Corporate Governance and Financial Accounting. He has managed multiple cross-industry CFO positions dealing with PE and Institutional investors. Mr Ramachandran is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ACA), a member of the Institute of Cost and Management Accountants of India (CMA) and a bachelor’s in finance from Chennai University.
We believe Mr. Ramachandran is well qualified to lead as CFO due to his prior financial management experience in running both private and public limited companies and expertise in financial accounting, internal controls and corporate governance.
Ashleigh Rogers
Ms. Rogers has served as a Vice President for Healthcare Triangle since 2020. Ms. Rogers served as the Delivery Manager of Cornerstone Advisors from 2015 to 2019 which HTI acquired. She is a seasoned Healthcare executive leader who brings nearly 15 years of enterprise Healthcare technology delivery and sales experience to her role. After starting her career at Epic Systems, she went on to work for Healthcare start-ups, payors, and Fortune 1000 organizations driving major enterprise technology implementations and technology transformation initiatives. Throughout her career, she has worked with over 30 Healthcare provider organizations advising on Healthcare technology strategy by offering a deep background in EHR technologies, organizational transformation, and strategic solutions. Prior to joining Healthcare Triangle, Ms. Rogers drove technology delivery and go-to-market efforts for companies like Practice Fusion, Alameda Alliance for Health, Cornerstone Advisors, and Autodesk. Ashleigh received her BA degree in International Relations and German from Wheaton College and resides in the San Francisco, CA area.
We believe she is well qualified to serve as a Vice President due to her deep Healthcare technology expertise and experience advising Healthcare organizations.
Michael Gill
Mr. Gill has served as our Vice President of Finance since May 2020 and responsible for finance, accounting, and compliance. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Finance and Senior Controller at SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. from February 2017 to April 2020. His career includes accounting and financial services at one of the top public accounting firms in the world. Mr. Gill worked as an Independent Financial and Accounting Consultant from 2015 to 2017 and as a Controller at Swiftwick from 2013 to 2015. Mr. Gill graduated with a BS in Accounting from The University of Mississippi and is a member of the Tennessee Society of CPAs.
We believe Mr. Gill is strongly qualified to contribute his knowledge and expertise in the fields of accounting, finance, and leadership.
Lakshmanan Kannappan
Mr. Kannappan has served as a Head of Strategic Parternships and a member of our Board since October 2019. He has been the Chief Operating Officer and Head of Cloud, Identity, and Access Management business for SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. since 2013. Mr. Kannappan is a visionary leader who directs the business/ technology operations, product management, and strategic partnerships for SecureKloud. He founded FuGen Solutions acquired by SecureKloud in 2013, is a serial entrepreneur with 25+ years of software industry experience, and also supports investments and M&A activities for SecureKloud. He is also one of the original founders of SAML 2.0 protocol and Federated Identity Management model for the industry while at Orange-France Telecom, which changed the way Identity Information is shared between Service Providers and enabled the huge success of SaaS, Cloud and Social Networking. Mr. Kannappan has played senior technical, business, and managerial roles in various segments including B2B, healthcare, eCommerce, Telecom, Digital Identity Management systems, Cyber Security, and Cloud. He is a regular invited speaker in industry-related events. Mr. Kannappan holds Master’s in Electrical Engineering from Anna University, India and Bachelor’s in Electronics and Instrumentation from Annamalai University, India. He sits on the University of Chicago’s California Advisory Council since 2015.
83 |
We believe that Mr. Kannappan is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on his experience in technology, business, and managerial capabilities.
Shibu Kizhakevilayil
Mr. Kizhakevilayil has served as Head of M&A and a member of our Board since October 2019. In his role as Global healthcare President, he was leading the healthcare division of SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. from 2015 to 2020 and was also instrumental in identifying, acquiring, and integrating healthcare IT companies. Mr. Kizhakevilayil had successfully built and sold 3 IT consulting companies specializing in enterprise content management, data warehousing, and business intelligence solutions in his earlier career. He has over 20 years of experience in the IT industry with expertise in the healthcare domain. He serves as a member of the Board of several private companies. Shibu holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from College of Engineering Trivandrum, India.
We believe that Mr. Kizhakevilayil is qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on his outstanding skills and unique experience in IT industry in connection with healthcare domain.
Vivek Prakash.
Mr. Prakash has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2019. Mr. Prakash currently serves as a member of the Board and various committees of private companies. Mr. Prakash during the period 2014-2019 has served as a member of the Board and various committees of an International Oil and Gas Company. He is a multifaceted business leader with over 40 years of proven track record and accomplishments in large commercial enterprises with a global footprint. Mr. Prakash is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and also holds a BA (Honors) in Economics from the University of Delhi.
We believe Mr. Prakash is well qualified to serve as a member of our Board based on his experience as a seasoned investor, a current and former director of many companies, and of his leadership experience, his extensive knowledge, and experience of commercial, financial and strategic management matters.
Brendan Gallagher
Mr. Gallagher has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Since May 2021 Mr. Gallagher has been and currently is a Managing Director with CFGI, a Carlyle Company. Prior to joining CFGI, Mr. Gallagher was a Principal in Ernst & Young’s Transaction Advisory Practice for 6 years from 2014 - 2020 and was Manager 2002 – 2014. Mr. Gallagher was appointed to serve a two-year term on Ernst & Young’s America’s People Advisory Forum, as well as other internal and external firm initiatives. Mr. Gallagher has more than 22 years of experience advising both public and private companies across numerous industries for strategic transactions and other corporate development activities. Mr. Gallagher holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Loyola Marymount University and a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of San Diego.
We believe that Mr. Gallagher is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his experience in Mergers & Acquisitions and Transaction Advisory.
April Bjornstad
Ms. Bjornstad has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Ms. Bjornstad is Director, Investor Relations at Microsoft Corporation where she has worked since 2013. Prior to her current role, Ms. Bjornstad was Director Revenue Planning and Strategy for Business Applications from October 2018 to Nov 2020 and Director of Finance and Business Development - Intellectual Property Group from Jan 2013 to October 2018. Ms. Bjornstad is a senior finance leader with nearly three decades of experience across strategic management, M&A, and corporate finance. In her current role as Director, Investor Relations at Microsoft Corporation, she is responsible for formulating and managing external communication of Microsoft’s strategy, financial and business performance. Through her career, she has managed multiple M&A deals involving complex financial deal modelling and has worked closely with company executives, institutional investors and analysts. Prior to joining Microsoft, Ms. Bjornstad served in senior leadership roles at Applied Materials Inc., Sybase Inc., Broadcom Corporation and Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Bjornstad holds an MBA from J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management in Chicago, IL and a BA in Finance and Marketing from Vanguard University in Costa Mesa, CA and was a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) charterholder, CFA Institute, from 1998 to 2000.
We believe that Ms. Bjornstad is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with her Global experience in managing International Finance, Mergers and Acquisitions and Investor relations.
John Leo
Mr. Leo is an experienced business operator, investment banker and fund manager. His experience includes deal origination, execution and financing for a broad range of investment banking transactions on a global basis. In addition to his experience managing business and financial transactions, he has hands on operational experience with general compliance issues, drafting and negotiating term sheets, offering documents, fairness opinions, as well as negotiating and structuring mergers and acquisitions.
Mr. Leo was the founder and CEO of American Union Securities, a full-service investment banking firm focused on international cross border transactions (China / US). Mr. Leo formed the firm in 2002 and sold the firm 2007, after completing approximately thirty cross border transactions over a five-year period. In March of 2007 Mr. Leo formed Primary Capital, a full-service investment banking firm focused on raising capital for public and private companies. From 2007 thru September 2021 Mr. Leo served as its Chairman and Managing Member. In addition to capital raising, the firm provides advisory services on mergers, acquisitions, valuation analysis, and market entry into China. Mr. Leo has the following FINRA registrations: Series 7, 24, 55, 63, 79 and 99. Mr. Leo is a graduate of Rollins College, with a degree in Psychology. We believe that Mr. Leo is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his strong investment banking and securities business experience.
Dave Rosa
Mr. Rosa has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2021. Since 2016, Mr. Rosa has been and currently is President and CEO of NeuroOne Medical Technologies(NMTC:Nasdaq), a publicly traded company on the Nasdaq. He also serves on the boards of Biotricity(BTCY:OTC), a publicly traded company on the Over the Counter(OTC) platform, where he currently serves as compensation committee chairman and Neuro Event Labs, a privately held company in Finland, where he currently serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Rosa has over 25 years of experience holding a variety of senior management roles representing several medical device markets. His recent experience includes developing early stage companies to commercialization and Nasdaq uplsting. Mr. Rosa holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Duquesne University and bachelor of science degree in Commerce and Engineering from Drexel University.
We believe that Mr. Dave is well qualified to serve as a Director on our Board with his entrepreneurial, leadership, operational and capital markets experience.
84 |
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of eight (8) members, five of (5) of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.
Directors serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified. Officers are appointed to serve for one year until the meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified.
Director Independence
Our board of directors is composed of a majority of “independent directors” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq. We use the definition of “independence” applied by Nasdaq to make this determination. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) provides that an “independent director” is a person other than an officer or employee of the company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of the Company’s Board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The Nasdaq listing rules provide that a director cannot be considered independent if:
• | the director is, or at any time during the past three (3) years was, an employee of the company; |
• | the director or a family member of the director accepted any compensation from the company in excess of $120,000 during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months within the three (3) years preceding the independence determination (subject to certain exemptions, including, among other things, compensation for board or board committee service); |
• | the director or a family member of the director is a partner in, controlling shareholder of, or an executive officer of an entity to which the company made, or from which the company received, payments in the current or any of the past three fiscal years that exceed 5% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenue for that year or $200,000, whichever is greater (subject to certain exemptions); |
• | the director or a family member of the director is employed as an executive officer of an entity where, at any time during the past three (3) years, any of the executive officers of the company served on the compensation committee of such other entity; or |
• | the director or a family member of the director is a current partner of the company’s outside auditor, or at any time during the past three (3) years was a partner or employee of the company’s outside auditor, and who worked on the company’s audit. |
85 |
Under such definitions, our Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on the information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our Board has determined that Vivek Prakash, Brendan Gallagher, April Bjornstad, John Leo and Dave Rosa are all independent directors of the Company. However, our common stock is not currently quoted or listed on any national exchange or interdealer quotation system with a requirement that a majority of our Board be independent and, therefore, the Company is not subject to any director independence requirements.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of the committees has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.
Audit Committee
We have established an audit committee consisting of at least three directors, all of which are be “independent” as defined by Nasdaq and include an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The audit committee’s duties are specified in a charter and include, but are not limited to:
• | reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our annual disclosure report; |
• | discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements; |
• | discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies; |
• | monitoring the independence of the independent auditor; |
• | verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law; |
• | reviewing and approving all related-party transactions; |
• | inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations; |
• | pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed; |
• | appointing or replacing the independent auditor; |
• | determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work; |
• | establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and |
• | approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses. |
86 |
The audit committee is composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards. The Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. The members of the audit committee are currently April Bjornstad, John Leo and Vivek Prakash, who serves as the chairman and audit committee financial expert.
Compensation Committee
We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors, which consists of at least three directors, all of which are “independent” as defined by Nasdaq. The compensation committee’s duties are specified in a charter and include, but are not limited to:
• | reviews, approves and determines, or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers; |
• | administers our equity compensation plans; |
• | reviews and approves, or makes recommendations to our board of directors, regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and |
• | establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees. |
The composition members of the compensation Committee are currently Dave Rosa, Brendan Gallagher and Vivek Prakash, who serves as the chairman.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
We have established a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting of at least two directors, all of which are “independent” as defined by Nasdaq. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s duties are specified in a charter and include, but are not limited to:
• | identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our board of directors consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; |
• | evaluating director performance on our board of directors and applicable committees of our board of directors and determining whether continued service on our board of directors is appropriate |
• | evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our board of directors; and |
• | corporate governance matters |
The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee is currently April Bjornstad, Brendan Gallagher and Vivek Prakash, who serves as the chairman.
Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process
Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management, and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, cybersecurity, strategic, and reputational risk.
87 |
Code of Ethics
Our Board has adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics (“Code”) that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post on our website a current copy of the Code and all disclosures that are required by law in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, none of our current directors or executive officers has, during the past ten (10) years:
• | been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); |
• | had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two (2) years prior to that time; |
• | been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity; |
• | been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; |
• | been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or |
• | been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member. |
88 |
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table illustrates the compensation paid by the Company to its executive officers. The disclosure is provided for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
Name and Principal Position | Year | (Salary $) | (Bonus $) | (Total $) | ||||||||||||
Suresh Venkatachari, | 2020 | $ | 240,000 | (1) | — | $ | 240,000 | |||||||||
Chief Executive Officer | 2019 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Sudish Mogli, | 2020 | $ | 213,333 | (2) | $ | 30,000 | $ | 243,333 | ||||||||
Chief Technology Officer | 2019 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Anand Kumar | 2020 | $ | 203,333 | (3) | $ | 30,000 | $ | 233,333 | ||||||||
Vice President, Sales | 2019 | — | — | — |
(1) All of Mr. Venkatachari’s cash compensation was paid by the Parent. Mr. Venkatachari has been paid by us from January 2021 to July 11, 2021 pursuant to an “at will” employment offer letter from us which provides for an annual salary of $240,000. Since July 12, 2021, Mr. Venkatachari has been employed by us pursuant to the Employment Agreement, which has a four-year term and provides for an annual base salary of $300,000. See “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreement” below.
(2) Mr. Mogli executed an “at will” employment offer letter from us on January 1, 2020, which provides for an annual salary of $210,000 which was increased on December 1, 2020 to $250,000.
(3) Mr. Kumar executed an “at will” employment offer letter from us on January 1, 2020, which provides for an annual salary of $200,000 which was increased on December 1, 2020 to $240,000.
Employment Agreement
The Company and Mr. Venkatachari entered into a four year employment agreement dated July 12, 2021(the “Employment Agreement”) pursuant to which Mr. Venkatachari will perform the duties of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and receive an annual base salary of $300,000, a signing bonus of vested options to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, 6,000 shares of our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock (which entitle the holder to 1,000 votes per share), a cash bonus to be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors and other usual and customary perquisites. The Employment Agreement renews automatically for additional one year terms until it is terminated or a new mutually acceptable agreement is executed. In the event the agreement is terminated without cause by the Company or for “good reason” by Mr. Venkatachari, the Company will pay Mr. Venkatachari severance equal to two years’ of then current base salary, vesting any unvested options held by him and the cash equivalent of all accrued and untaken vacation pay. Mr. Venkatachari is subject to certain post-employment restrictions on competition and solicitation of Company clients subject to applicable law.
Board Compensation Our board of directors did not receive any compensation in fiscal years ended December 31,2020 and 2019.
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information, as of September 27, 2021, with respect to the holdings of (1) each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Company voting stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each executive officer, and (4) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.
Beneficial ownership of the voting stock is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes any shares of Company voting stock over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or of which a person has a right to acquire ownership at any time within 60 days of September 27, 2021. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of voting stock held by them. Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 29,738,750 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on September 27, 2021, and 37,738,750 shares issued and outstanding after the offering (excludes (i) 1,478,859 shares which may be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Notes; (ii) 739,438 shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Warrants; (iii) 30,872 shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; and (iv) 1,200,000 shares which may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). As of September 27, 2021 there were 19 holders of our common stock.
To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse. To our knowledge, none of the shares listed below are held under a voting trust or similar agreement, except as noted. To our knowledge, there is no arrangement, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) | Title | Class Of Voting Stock Beneficially Owned | Number of Shares Beneficially Owned | Percent of Class Before Offering | Percent of Class After Offering | Percent of Total Voting Power After Offering | ||||||||||||||
Officers and Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Suresh Venkatachari(2) | Chief Executive Officer and Chairman | Common Stock | 750,000 | 3.3%(4) | 2.60 | % | 2.30 | % | ||||||||||||
Super Voting Preferred Stock(3) | 6,000 | 100% | 100 | % | 13.60 | % | ||||||||||||||
Thyagarajan Ramachandran | Chief Financial Officer | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
Anand Kumar | Vice President, Sales | Common Stock | 150,000 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||
Sudish Mogli | Chief Technology Officer | Common Stock | 200,000 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||
Michael Gill | Vice President, Finance | -- | — | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
Lakshmanan Kannappan | Director | Common Stock | 200,000 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||
Shibu Kizhakevilayil | Director | Common Stock | 200,000 | * | * | * | ||||||||||||||
Vivek Prakash | Director | Common Stock | 350,000 | 2.0%(5) | 1.50 | % | 1.30 | % | ||||||||||||
Brendan Gallgher | Director | -- | — | — | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
April Bjornstad | Director | -- | — | — | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
John Leo | Director | -- | — | — | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
Dave Rosa | Director | -- | — | — | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||
Officers and Directors as a Group (total of 12 persons) | Common Stock | 1,850,000 | 7.80% | 6.10 | % | 5.30 | % | |||||||||||||
Super Voting Preferred Stock | 6,000 | 100% | 100 | % | 13.70 | % | ||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders | ||||||||||||||||||||
SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. (6) | Common Stock | 25,500,000 | 85.7% | 67.60 | % | 58.3 | % | |||||||||||||
Suresh Venkatachari | Super Voting Preferred Stock | 6,000 | 100% | 100 | % | 13.60 | % |
than 1%.
(1) The principal address of the named officers, directors and 5% stockholders of the Company is c/o Healthcare Triangle, Inc., 4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150, Pleasanton, CA 94588.
(2) Suresh Venkatachari owns 37% shares in SecureKloud Technologies Ltd, which owns 65.2% of the Parent. Mr. Venkatachari is also a director and Chief Executive Officer of SecureKloud Technologies Ltd.
(3) Entitles the holder to 1,000 votes per share.
(4) Includes 250,000 of common stock shares underlying an option granted to Mr. Venkatachari pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement.
(5) Includes 250,000 shares underlying convertible notes and warrants owned by Mr. Prakash.
(6) Includes (i) 250,000 of common stock shares underlying an option granted to Mr. Venkatachari pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement and (ii) 250,000 shares underlying convertible notes and warrants owned by Mr. Prakash that are exercisable within 60 days of September 27, 2021
(7) SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. is 65.2% owned by SecureKloud Technologies Ltd., which is a publicly traded company in India.
89 |
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We have engaged in the following related party transactions with the Parent.
In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent and the Company entered into an Asset Transfer Agreement pursuant to which the Parent transferred to us its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of our common stock On January 1, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Master Services Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent has agreed to develop software for the Company for fees negotiated in good faith that will be set forth in a separate statement of work for each software development project. The agreement has a two-year term, with automatic one-year renewals unless a party terminates at least 60 days prior to the end of the term.
On January 1, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Shared Services Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent will provide ongoing services to the Company that include infrastructure development, sales support, recruitment and immigration support, project coordination, human resources and operation support and management/advisory services. Under the agreement, the Parent receives monthly compensation of $48,090. The term of the agreement is for two years and then continues on a month-to-month basis unless earlier terminated.
On January 4, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into a Rental Sub-Lease Agreement, pursuant to which the Company subleases 3,500 square feet of office space from the Parent for $8,500 per month. The term of the sublease is three years and renewable for two-year terms until cancelled by either party with 30 days’ notice.
On May 8, 2020, the Company and the Parent entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement pursuant to which, the Company acquired all of the equity of Cornerstone Advisors Group, LLC (“Cornerstone”) from the Parent in return for a $7,000,000 Promissory Note, which has been repaid in full through the assumption of a $4,000,000 debt to Cornerstone owed by the Parent (the “Cornerstone Debt”) and cash payments to the Parent. The Company has repaid the Cornerstone Debt in full.
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
Selling Stockholder Sales
This prospectus covers the possible resale by the Selling Stockholders identified in the table below of up to 1,184,438 shares of our common stock, including 370,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes at a conversion price of 60% of the initial public offering price and 739,438 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants at an exercise price of 72% of the initial public offering price or $3.60 per share based on an assumed initial offering price of $5.00. The Selling Stockholders acquired the Convertible Notes and the Warrants pursuant to a private placement of securities. See “Description of Securities—Convertible Notes” and “—Common Stock Purchase Warrants” for a more detailed description of the private placement, the Convertible Notes and the Warrants.
The Selling Stockholders may sell some, all or none of their Selling Stockholder Shares. We do not know whether any Selling Stockholder will exercise the Warrants, and upon such exercise, how long such Selling Stockholders will hold the Selling Stockholder Shares before selling them, and we currently have no agreements, arrangements or understandings with the Selling Stockholders regarding the sale of any of the Selling Stockholder Shares. We have received a conversion notice from the Selling Stockholder whose share of common stock underlying its Convertible Note are covered by this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, no Selling Stockholder has had any material relationship with us or any of our affiliates within the past three years other than as a security holder.
We have prepared the following table based on written representations and information furnished to us by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders. Since the date on which the Selling Stockholders provided this information, the Selling Stockholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion of the Warrants in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, we believe that: (i) none of the Selling Stockholders are broker-dealers or affiliates of broker-dealers, and (ii) no Selling Stockholder has direct or indirect agreements or understandings with any person to distribute their Selling Stockholder Shares. To the extent any Selling Stockholder identified below is, or is affiliated with, a broker-dealer, it could be deemed, individually but not severally, to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. Information about the Selling Stockholders may change over time.
The following table presents information regarding the Selling Stockholders and the Selling Stockholder Shares that each may offer and sell from time to time under this prospectus. The table is prepared based on information supplied to us by the Selling Stockholders, and reflects their respective holdings as of September 27, 2021, unless otherwise noted in the footnotes to the table. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this table, including the Warrants, to our knowledge and subject to applicable community property rules, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all equity interests beneficially owned. The percentage of shares beneficially owned before and after the offering is based on 29,738,750 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on September 27, 2021, and 37,738,750 shares issued and outstanding after the offering (excludes (i) 1,478,859 shares which may be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Notes; (ii) 739,438 shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Warrants; (iii) 30,872 shares which may be issued upon exercise of the Placement Agent Warrants; and (iv) 1,200,000 shares which may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
90 |
Selling Stockholder |
Shares
Beneficially Owned Before this Offering |
Percentage of
Outstanding Shares Beneficially Owned Before this Offering |
Shares
to be
Sold in this Offering |
Shares
Beneficially After this Offering |
Percentage of Outstanding Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering(1) | |||||||||||||||
Aruna Iyer(2) | 0 | 0 | % | 23,300 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Craig Muir(3) | 0 | 0 | % | 35,845 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Madhumati Hitenchand Shah(4) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,481 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sameer Azad(5) | 0 | 0 | % | 8,334 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sanjay Jain(6) | 0 | 0 | % | 13,439 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sridhar Rao(7) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,167 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Target Capital LLC(8) | 0 | 0 | % | 555,000 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Vinay Kumar Chedalla(9) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,167 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Anant Umesh Shah(10) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Brandon Shimasaki(11) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Brijbala Saini(12) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Chedalla Shravan Kumar(13) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,167 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Gopinath Viswanathan(14) | 0 | 0 | % | 8,927 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Hema Mandar Shahade(15) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,459 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Joseph Murphy(16) | 0 | 0 | % | 44,635 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Lakshmi Gopalakrishnan(17) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,167 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Marwan Khalil(18) | 0 | 0 | % | 44,635 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Nidhi Umesh Shah(19) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Ramaswamy Parthasarathy(20) | 0 | 0 | % | 8,927 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Roshan Sivakumar(21) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Samit Guha(22) | 0 | 0 | % | 6,249 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sasan Azari Najafabadi(23) | 0 | 0 | % | 8,927 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
The Hurst Tran Family Trust(24) | 0 | 0 | % | 35,708 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Vaidehi Siddhartha Dhamankar(25) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,464 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Vinod Arora(26) | 0 | 0 | % | 17,847 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Vivek Prakash(27) | 350,000 | 1.2 | % | 89,270 | 350,000 | * | ||||||||||||||
622 Capital LLC(28) | 0 | 0 | % | 41,667 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Georges Salibi(29) | 0 | 0 | % | 70,905 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Jaishankar Srinivasan(30) | 0 | 0 | % | 26,590 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sangeetha SR(31) | 0 | 0 | % | 4,432 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Sriram Iyer(32) | 0 | 0 | % | 12,409 | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||
Alchemy Advisory LLC(33) | 75,000 | * | 75,000 | 0 | 0 | % |
*Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1) Assumes all shares offered by the Selling Stockholders hereby are sold and that the Selling Stockholders buy or sell no additional shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of this offering. The registration of these shares does not necessarily mean that the Selling Stockholders will sell all or any portion of the shares covered by this prospectus.
(2) The shares being offered include up to 23,300 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 70 The Marlowes, London, London NW8 N6NA.
(3) The shares being offered include up to 35,845 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Apt 901, Marina Quays East Tower, Dubai Marina,Dubai , United Arab Emirates , 0000.
(4) The shares being offered include up to 4,481 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 14/356 Rajniketan Telang Road Matunga East, Mumbai, Maharashtra, 400019.
(5) The shares being offered include up to 8,334 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 1634 Glengate Cir, Morrisville, NC 27560.
(6) The shares being offered include up to 13,439 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 57 Charlemont road walsall, Birmingham, West Midlands WS5 3NQ.
(7) The shares being offered include up to 4,167 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 4597 Jade Ln, Hoffman Estates, IL 60192.
(8) Dmitriy Shapiro has voting and dispotive voting power over Target Capital LLC. The shares being offered consists of 555,000 shares of common stock, which includes 370,000 shares issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note held by the Selling Stockholder and up to 185,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 13600 Carr 968, Apt 64, Rio Grande, PR 00745.
(9) The shares being offered include up to 4,167 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 1933 W Black Hill Rd, Phoenix, AZ 85085.
(10) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 1502 Parasmani Towers, 95 Naigaon X Road, Dadar (East), Mumbai, 400014, India .
(11) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 770 South Grand Ave, Apt 4128, Los Angeles, CA 90017.
(12) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Flat No.302,Gift House Chsl, Plot No.940, New Prabhadevi Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai-400025, India.
(13) The shares being offered include up to 4,167 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Plot No 151, Vasavi Colony, Kothapet,Hyderabad, Telangana 500035.
(14) The shares being offered include up to 8,927 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Villa 7, 34b, Al Garhoud, Dubai, United Arab Emirates 23467.
91 |
(15) The shares being offered include up to 4,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 1204/A Ankur Building New Link Road Opp Hyper City Goregaon, Mumbai, Maharashtra 400014, India.
(16) The shares being offered include up to 44,635 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Villa K40 Frond K, Palm Jumeirah, Dubai- UAE.
(17) The shares being offered include up to 4,167 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 18, Cheltenham Court, Dexter Close,St.Albans,United Kingdom AL1 5WB.
(18) The shares being offered include up to 44,635 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Villa 4/3 W Sube Meter, Emirates Hill Third, Hattan Villas, Premise # 388991259, Dubai, United Arab, Emirates.
(19) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 1502 Parasmani Towers, 95 Naigaon X Road, Dadar E, Mumbai, India 400014.
(20) The shares being offered include up to 8,927 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is B 2901,Tirumala Habitats, Bal Rajeshwar Road, Mulund (W), Mumbai, India 400080.
(21) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 2536 Overlook Road #403, Cleveland, Ohio 44106.
(22) The shares being offered include up to 6,249shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Flat 301, Tower 23, Vipul Greens, Sohna Road, Gurugram, Haryana 122 018.
(23) The shares being offered include up to 8,927 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Flat 710 Building 1, shoreline apartments, Palm jumeirah, Dubai, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
(24) Roy R Hurst Jr and Ann V Tran as trustees have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by The Hurst Tran Family Trust. The shares being offered include up to 35,708 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 290 Santa Ana Ave, Long beach, CA 90803.
(25) The shares being offered include up to 4,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 146L Dhamankar House, T. H. Kataria Marg, Mahim, Mumbai, Maharashtra 400016.
(26) The shares being offered include up to 17,847 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Villa No. HT-19 , Lailak Street, Emirates Hills, PO Box 8436, Dubai UAE.
(27) The shares being offered include up to 89,270 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Jumeirah island,cluster15 villa 8, Dubai, UAE 0000.
(28) Gary Clyburn Jr. has voting and dispositve power over shares held by 622 Capital LLC. The shares being offered include up to 41,667 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 575 Fifth Avenue, 14th Fl, New York, NY 10017.
(29) The shares being offered include up to 70,905 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is Villa 195 Millennium Estates - Nad El Sheba 1 - Latifa Bin Hamdan Strt, Dubai, UAE.
(30) The shares being offered include up to26,590 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 12-01 9 Tanjong Rhu Road, Singapore 436894.
(31) The shares being offered include up to 4,432 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is M 231. Tower Lu. DLF Newtowii Heigiits 90" Sector 90, Gurgaon, Haryana 122545.
(32) The shares being offered include up to 12,409 shares of common stock issuable upon the full exercise of the Warrant held by the Selling Stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 70 The Marlowes, London, London, UK NW8 6NA.
(33) Dmitriy Shapiro has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Alchemy Advisory LLC. The shares being offered include 75,000 shares we issued to the selling stockholder. The address for this Selling Stockholder is 13600 Carr 968, Apt 64, Rio Grande, PR 00745.
92 |
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following discussion is a summary of the rights and preferences of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and amended and restated bylaws, as each will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of Delaware law. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively.
General
The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock. The total number of shares of stock which the Company is authorized to issue is 110,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, of which 20,000 have been designated as Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value (the “Super Voting Preferred Stock”). As of September 27, 2021, there were 29,738,750 shares of our common stock outstanding and 6,000 shares of our Super Voting Preferred Stock outstanding.
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:
Voting Rights. Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, all elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.
93 |
Dividends. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.
Liquidation. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of our preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.
Fully Paid and Nonassessable. All of our outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
Super Voting Preferred Stock. We have designated 20,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock and have issued 6,000 shares of our Super Voting Preferred Stock to Suresh Venkatachari, our founder and Chief Executive Officer. The following is a summary of the material terms of our Super Voting Preferred Stock
Voting Rights. Each share of our Super Voting Preferred Stock entitles its holder to 1,000 votes per share and votes with our common stock as a single class on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders.
Dividend Rights. The holders of our Super Voting Preferred Stock are not entitled to any dividend rights.
Liquidation Rights. The holders of our Super Voting Preferred Stock are not entitled to any liquidation preference.
Other Matters. The holders of our Super Voting Preferred Stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges and are not subject to redemption. Our Super Voting Preferred Stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our Super Voting Preferred Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.
Our Board also has the authority to issue up to 9,980,000 additional shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.
While we do not currently have any plans for the issuance of any additional preferred stock, the issuance of additional preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock and, therefore, reduce the value of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of the common stock until the Board determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock; however, these effects may include:
• | Restricting dividends on the common stock; |
• | Diluting the voting power of the common stock; |
• | Impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or |
• | Delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company without consent of the stockholders |
94 |
Convertible Notes
During the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, we entered into several Securities Purchase Agreements with 31 accredited investors pursuant to which we issued the Convertible Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $4,244,940 and the Warrants. The terms of the Warrants are further described below. Each Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum, which is payable quarterly on the first day of January, April, July, and October, beginning on the first such date after the issuance of such Convertible Note and ends on the maturity date of such Convertible Note. The maturity date of the Convertible Notes is the earlier of 9 months from their issuance date or the closing of the offering, subject to a three-month extension at the option of the Company; provided, however, if we exercise this option with respect to any Convertible Note, the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note will increase by 30% and the interest rate thereon will increase to 15% per annum. The Convertible Notes are convertible in whole or in part, at the option of the holder during the seven-day period immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The total number of shares that any Convertible Note may be converted into is calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note plus any unpaid accrued interest and any fees and any and all other outstanding amounts owing thereon by (y) a conversion price equal to 60% of the offering price of the common stock in this offering. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock underlying the Convertible Notes is, based on the assumed $5.00 per share initial offering price, 1,478,859. The number of shares of common stock that the Convertible Notes are convertible into is subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
95 |
As long as any portion of the Convertible Notes remain outstanding, unless the holders of at least 67% in principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible Notes shall have otherwise given prior written consent, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (i) other than certain permitted indebtedness (including any indebtedness up to $200,000) and , enter into, create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any indebtedness; (ii) amend its charter documents, in any manner that materially and adversely affects any rights of Convertible Noteholders unless consented to by the Holder; (iii) repurchase common stock, with certain exceptions; (iv) repurchase or repay debt other than the Convertible Notes on a pro rata basis other than regularly scheduled principal payments unless an event of default exists under the Convertible Notes; (v) pay cash dividends or distributions on any equity securities; (vi) enter into any transactions with affiliates unless such transaction is on an arm’s length basis and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board or (vii) enter into an agreement to with respect to clauses (i) through (vi).
The occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the Company is an “Event of Default” under the Convertible Notes: (i) any default in the payment under the Convertible Note when due that is not cured within 5 trading days; provided, however, there is no cure period for a default on the payment of principal; (ii) breaches of covenants or agreements contained in the Convertible Notes or the related transaction documents that exist after the expiration of certain cure periods; (iii) a default or event of default under the transaction documents related to the Convertible Notes or any of the Company’s material agreements; (iv) material untrue statements contained in material representations or warranties made in the Convertible Notes or related transaction documents or materially untrue statements as of the date they were made contained in financial statements, reports or certificated delivered to Convertible Noteholders contained in any documents delivered to the Convertible Noteholders; (v) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any significant subsidiary; (vi) the Company shall default on any of its obligations under any mortgage, credit agreement or other facility, indenture agreement, factoring agreement or other instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for borrowed money or money due under any long term leasing or factoring arrangement that (a) involves an obligation greater than $200,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, and (b) results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable; (vii) the Company is subject to a change of control transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in excess of 33% of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions; (viii) the Company shall fail for any reason to deliver the conversion shares pursuant to a conversion under the Convertible Note within the time frame set forth in the Convertible Note; and (ix) a final non-appealable judgment by any competent court in the United States for the payment of money in an amount of at least $250,000 is rendered against the Company, and the same remains undischarged and unpaid for a period of 45 days during which execution of such judgment is not effectively stayed.
If any Event of Default occurs, the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Convertible Noteholder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash at 130% of the aggregate of such amounts and the interest rate on the Convertible Notes shall accrue at an interest rate equal to the lesser of 15% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. If any amounts under any Convertible Note remain unpaid after the date that is 12 months after its issuance, the Company shall, in addition to any and all other remedies available, make monthly payments of 5% of its gross revenue for the previous month until such Convertible Note is paid in full.
Common Stock Purchase Warrants
We have issued Warrants as described above, each of which entitles the holder thereof to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into at a price equal to 120% of the conversion price of such Convertible Note (i.e., 72% of the offering price per share in this offering). Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default that is a payment default, the number of shares underlying each Warrant will increase to 75% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into. Each Warrant expires on the second anniversary of its issuance. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants is currently 739,438 and if an Event of Default that is a payment default occurs, the number of shares of our common stock underlying the Warrants would be increased to 1,109,145.
The warrants are subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
Warrant holders have “piggyback” registration rights as set forth therein and a breach of such rights with respect to any Warrant would result in an increase by 25% of the shares of our common stock underlying such Warrant.
EF Hutton will receive Placement Agent Warrants which will have an exercise price of 110% of the public offering price and will be non-exercisable for 180 days following the commencement of sales of the offering (except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2)) and will expire five (5) years following the commencement of such sales in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A). Based on the assumed $5.00 initial public offering price, the Placement Agent Warrants will be purchase 30,872 shares of common stock. The Placement Agent Warrants will have customary anti-dilution provisions (for stock dividends and splits and recapitalizations) and anti-dilution protection (adjustment in the number and price of such warrants and the shares underlying such warrants) resulting from corporate events (which would include dividends, reorganizations, mergers, etc.) and future issuance of common stock or common stock equivalents at prices (or with exercise and/or conversion prices) below the offering price as permitted under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(E). The Placement Agent Warrants will not have demand registration rights or “piggyback” registration rights for the shares of common stock exercisable.
96 |
Options
In January of 2021, the Company issued 807,500 incentive stock options to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In July of 2021, the Company issued 324,000 incentive stock options to 6 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) at an exercise price of $0.40. Out of these granted incentive stock options 262,500 have vested and 37,500 vest over a one-year period. All the other Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January of 2021, the Company issued 452,000 non-qualified stock options to various employees of the Parent and consultants for services rendered (“Non-Employee Stock Options”) at an exercise price of $0.40 per option. The Non-Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to employees of the Parent terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to consultants terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable consultant’s termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January of 2021, the three of our directors, Vivek Prakash, Lakshmanan Kannappan and Shibu Kizhakevilayil l were each granted 50,000 non-qualified stock options (“Director Stock Option”) that are exercisable for $0.40 per option. The Director Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Director Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable director’s termination from the board and 10 years after the date of the grant.
On July 12, 2021, the Company granted Suresh Venkatachari, our founder and Chief Executive Officer an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.
S-8 Registration Statement
Under the Plan, the Company may grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other awards. Awards of up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock to Company employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors are available under the Plan. The type of grant, vesting provisions, exercise price and expiration dates are to be established by the Board at the date of grant. Currently, 56 awards have been granted under the Plan as described above. We may file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock issued or issuable under our Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will become effective automatically upon filing. Once these shares are registered, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and vesting restrictions.
Exclusive Forum
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage lawsuits against us or our directors or officers. The provision does not apply to any actions arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as is set forth in Article VII of our certificate of incorporation. See “Risk Factors.”
97 |
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:
• | a stockholder who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (otherwise known as an “interested stockholder”); |
• | an affiliate of an interested stockholder; or |
• | an associate of an interested stockholder, for three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. |
A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 do not apply if:
• | our board of directors approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder,” prior to the date of the transaction; |
• |
after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of our common stock; or at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is VStock Transfer, LLC.
Listing
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HCTI.”
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
There is not currently an established U.S. trading market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding warrants, in the public market after this offering, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon completion of the sale of 8,000,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to this offering, we will have 37,654,750 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full, we will have 38,854,750 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.
All previously issued shares of our common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:
• | 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or |
• | 1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; |
provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice, and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.
98 |
UNDERWRITING
The representative is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering and as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, through the representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the following respective number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
Underwriters |
Number
of
Shares |
||
EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC | [*] | ||
Total | [*] |
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of our common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares as described below. Our shares of common stock are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:
• | receipt and acceptance of our shares of common stock by the underwriters; and |
• | the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part. |
We have been advised by EF Hutton that the underwriters intend to make a market in our shares of common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters have 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of our common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.
Underwriting Discount
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the public offering price. The underwriters may offer the shares through one or more of their affiliates or selling agents. If all the shares are not sold at the public offering price, EF Hutton may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.
The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share, less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters. We have agreed to sell the shares of our common stock to the underwriters at the offering price of $[●] per share, which represents the public offering price of our shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less an 8.0% underwriting discount. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we and the underwriters have agreed that Company-introduced investors may purchase a portion of the common stock in this offering at an underwriting discount and commission of four percent (4%) (an offering price of $[●] per share) instead of the underwriting discount and commission set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
99 |
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to additional shares.
No
Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
|||||||
Per share | $ | $ | ||||||
Total | $ | $ |
We have agreed to pay EF Hutton’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses, including EF Hutton’s legal fees and disbursements, up to a maximum amount of $125,000, irrespective of whether the offering is consummated. We have paid $15,000 to EF Hutton as an advance to be applied towards reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (which we refer to as the Advance). Any portion of the Advance shall be returned back to us to the extent not actually incurred.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximate $725,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred by them.
Underwriter Warrants
In addition, as additional compensation for EF Hutton’s services, we agreed to issue warrants to the EF Hutton or its designees to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to one point twentty five percent (1.25%) of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock sold in this offering (excluding shares of common stock sold to cover over-allotments, if any) at an exercise price equal to 110% of the public offering price of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering. We are registering hereby the issuance of the underwriters’ warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. The underwriters’ warrants will be non-exercisable for 180 days following the commencement of sales of the offering (except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2)) and will expire five (5) years following the commencement of such sales in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A). The underwriters’ warrants will provide for one-time demand registration rights and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights for the shares of our common stock exercisable thereunder as well as customary anti-dilution provisions (for stock dividends and splits and recapitalizations) and anti-dilution protection (adjustment in the number and price of such warrants and the shares underlying such warrants) resulting from corporate events (which would include dividends, reorganizations, mergers, etc.) and future issuance of common stock or common stock equivalents at prices (or with exercise and/or conversion prices) below the offering price as permitted under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(E). The demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rules 5110(g)(8)(C) and (D).
Placement Agent Warrants
During the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, the Company entered into several securities purchase agreements with certain investors pursuant to which the Company issued 10% Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,244,940 and Common Stock Purchase Warrants.
EF Hutton served as placement agent for this private offering and received cash compensation of approximately $170,000 and will receive warrants, based on the assumed $5.00 initial public offering price, to purchase 30,872 shares of common stock (the “Placement Agent Warrants”). The Placement Agent Warrants will have an exercise price of 110% of the public offering price and will be non-exercisable for 180 days following the commencement of sales of the offering (except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2)) and will expire five (5) years following the commencement of such sales in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A). The Placement Agent Warrants will have customary anti-dilution provisions (for stock dividends and splits and recapitalizations) and anti-dilution protection (adjustment in the number and price of such warrants and the shares underlying such warrants) resulting from corporate events (which would include dividends, reorganizations, mergers, etc.) and future issuance of common stock or common stock equivalents at prices (or with exercise and/or conversion prices) below the offering price as permitted under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(E). The Placement Agent Warrants will not have demand registration rights or “piggyback” registration rights for the shares of common stock exercisable.
Determination of Offering Price
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Accordingly, the public offering price will be negotiated between us and the Representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:
• | the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters; |
• | the prospects for our Company and the industry in which we operate; |
• | an assessment of our management; |
• | our past and present financial and operating performance; |
• | our prospects for future earnings; |
• | financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours; |
• | the prevailing conditions of United States securities markets at the time of this offering; and |
• | other factors deemed relevant. |
Neither we nor EF Hutton can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
100 |
Lock-Up Agreements
The Company, each of our directors and executive officers have agreed not to, subject to certain limited exceptions, offer, issue, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, or to enter into any hedge or other arrangement or any transaction that transfers, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of EF Hutton.
In connection with the 185,000 shares of common stock underlying the Warrants issued to Target Capital LLC, a Selling Stockholder, the Company and such Selling Stockholder have entered into a Leak-Out Agreement (the “Target Leak-Out Agreement). In connection with the 75,000 shares issued to Alchemy Advisory LLC, a Selling Stockholder, pursuant to a Consulting Agreement dated December 18, 2020 between the Company and such Selling Stockholder, the Company and such Selling Stockholder have entered into a Leak-Out Agreement (the “Alchemy Leak-Out Agreement” and together with the Target Leak-Out Agrement, the Leak-Out Agreements”). Pursuant to each Leak-Out Agreement, the applicable Selling Stockholder would agree that, for a period (the “Leak-Out Period”) beginning on the date of the applicable Leak-Out Agreement and ending on, and including, the date that is ninety (90) days after the closing of this initial public offering, the applicable Selling Stockholder will not, without the prior written consent of EF Hutton (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, by making any short sale, engage in any hedging, monetization or derivative transaction) or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement or prospectus with the SEC in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to (i) any of the Company’s common stock or (ii) any other securities of the Company that are substantially similar to common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any options or warrants or other rights to purchase common stock (the “Related Securities”), (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s common stock or Related Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Company’s common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to, among other things: (a) transfers of shares of the Company’s common stock or Related Securities disposed of as bona fide gifts;and (b) transactions by the Undersigned relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering or those shares of Common Stock or Restricted Securities underlying the Convertibel Note held by Target Capital, LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to shares of common stock or Related Securities for an amount of common stock and Related Securities for an amount less than 5.0% of the daily average composite trading volume of the Company’s common stock as reported by Bloomberg, LP for any trading day for the principal trading market for the Common Stock and further provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any actual “long” (as defined in Regulation SHO of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) sales by the applicable Selling Stockholder or any of its affiliates at a price greater than 30.0% higher than the initial offering price.
Tail Period
In the event that this offering is not consummated as contemplated herein, until November 26, 2023, EF Hutton will be entitled to receive a cash fee equal to four percent (4.0%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the securities to any investor actually introduced by EF Hutton to the Company during the period beginning on August 26, 2021 and ending on November 26, 2022 (the “Engagement Period”) and such tail financing is consummated at any time during the Engagement Period or with twelve (12) month period following the expiration of the Engagement Period, provided that such financing is by a party actually introduced to us in an offering in which we have direct knowledge of such party’s participation.
Right of First Refusal
Until twelve (12) months from the closing date of this offering, the Representative will have an irrevocable right of first refusal, in its sole discretion, to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, and/or sole placement agent, for all future public and private equity and debt offerings, including all equity-linked financings. The Representative will have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer will have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, peg, fix, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum. These stabilizing transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market prices of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market prices of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for its own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of our common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of our common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of our common stock involved is greater than the number of shares our common stock in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position, the underwriters may elect to exercise all or part of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also elect to stabilize the price of our common stock or reduce any short position by bidding for, and purchasing, our common stock in the open market.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing shares of our common stock in this offering because the underwriter repurchases the shares of our common stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in market-making transactions, including “passive” market-making transactions as described below.
These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these activities. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect or direction or magnitude of any effect that stabilizing transactions may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or on any other trading market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
101 |
In connection with this offering, the underwriter or its affiliates may engage in passive market-making transactions in our common stock immediately prior to the commencement of sales in this offering, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Rule 103 generally provides that:
• | a passive market maker may not effect transactions or display bids for our common stock in excess of the highest independent bid price by persons who are not passive market makers; |
• | net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are generally limited to 30% of the passive market maker’s average daily trading volume in our common stock during a specified two-month prior period or 200 shares, whichever is greater, and must be discontinued when that limit is reached; and |
• | passive market-making bids must be identified as such. |
However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid that bid must then be lowered when specific purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Electronic Offer, Sale, and Distribution of Shares
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Other Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
102 |
Nasdaq Listing
Our shares of our common stock have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HCTI.”
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities arising under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities
EXPERTS
Ram Associates, CPAS, an independent certified public accounting firm, audited our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019. We have included our financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the reports of Ram Associates, CPAS, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP, New York, New York. Lucosky Brookman LLP, Woodbridge, New Jersey is acting as counsel for the representative of the underwriters with respect to the offering.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
On the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.healthcaretriangle.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
103 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2021 and 2020
F-1 |
Financial Statements | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 | F-4 |
Consolidated Statements of Income For The Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 | F-5 |
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity For The Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 | F-6 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 | F-7 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-8 |
F-2 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE INC | ||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets | ||||||||
June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | (Audited) | |||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Current assets | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 1,402,700 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 6,827,694 | 6,396,150 | ||||||
Contract Asset/ Unbilled Revenue | 1,318,306 | — | ||||||
Other current assets | 527,986 | 228,848 | ||||||
Total current assets | 10,223,958 | 8,027,698 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net | 46,653 | 15,786 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net | 2,206,435 | 2,619,076 | ||||||
Due from affiliates | 826,303 | 445,003 | ||||||
Total Assets | $ | 13,303,349 | $ | 11,107,563 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity | ||||||||
Current liabilities | ||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 2,440,307 | $ | 4,349,638 | ||||
Other current liabilities | 782,503 | 491,780 | ||||||
Convertible notes | 1,952,672 | 754,400 | ||||||
Warrant Liability | 2,347,616 | 885,600 | ||||||
Payroll protection program loan | 1,068,530 | — | ||||||
Deferred revenue | 266,975 | 297,775 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 8,858,603 | 6,779,193 | ||||||
Long-term liabilities | ||||||||
Due to affiliates | — | — | ||||||
Convertible notes | ||||||||
Loans from shareholder | ||||||||
Total current and long-term liabilities | 8,858,603 | 6,779,193 | ||||||
Stockholders' equity | ||||||||
Preferred stock, par value $0.00001; 10,000,000 authorized | ||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.00001; 100,000,000 authorized 29,398,750 and 27,900,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 respectively | 294 | 279 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 1,669,772 | 1,042,021 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 2,774,680 | 3,286,070 | ||||||
Total stockholders' equity | 4,444,746 | 4,328,370 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | $ | 13,303,349 | $ | 11,107,563 |
F-3 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE INC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income
Three Months Ended June 30, | Six Months Ended June 30, | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | |||||||||||||||
Net revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | $ | 7,556,838 | $ | 18,002,566 | $ | 14,983,533 | ||||||||
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) | 6,704,389 | 5,550,574 | 12,477,043 | 10,804,081 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing | 804,984 | 260,588 | 1,472,789 | 626,836 | ||||||||||||
General and Administrative | 1,048,068 | 911,149 | 2,308,447 | 1,743,466 | ||||||||||||
Research and development expenses | 813,402 | 492,406 | 1,570,682 | 919,249 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 211,311 | 201,770 | 421,962 | 402,703 | ||||||||||||
Net income before other income/(expenses) | 467,562 | 140,351 | (248,357 | ) | 487,197 | |||||||||||
Other income/(expenses) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | (164,122 | ) | (5,650 | ) | (259,215 | ) | (23,759 | ) | ||||||||
Total other income | (164,122 | ) | (5,650 | ) | (259,215 | ) | (23,759 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | 303,440 | 134,701 | (507,572 | ) | 463,438 | |||||||||||
Federal income tax | — | (25,537 | ) | — | (87,859 | ) | ||||||||||
State income tax | (734 | ) | (11,122 | ) | (3,817 | ) | (37,406 | ) | ||||||||
Total income tax (expense) / benefit | (734 | ) | (36,659 | ) | (3,817 | ) | (125,265 | ) | ||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | 302,706 | $ | 98,042 | $ | (511,389 | ) | $ | 338,173 |
F-4 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE INC | ||||||||||||||||||||
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Additional paid-in capital | Retained earnings | Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||||||
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2021 | 29,318,750 | $ | 293 | $ | 1,042,021 | $ | 2,471,974 | $ | 4,095,907 | |||||||||||
Net profit | — | — | — | $ | 302,706 | 302,706 | ||||||||||||||
Issue of Options (ISO/NSO) | — | — | 14,133 | — | 14,133 | |||||||||||||||
Shares issued for services | 80,000 | 1 | 31,999 | — | 32,000 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2021 | 29,398,750 | $ | 294 | $ | 1,088,153 | $ | 2,774,680 | $ | 4,444,746 | |||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2020 | 27,900,000 | $ | 279 | $ | 1,042,021 | $ | 1,172,759 | $ | 2,215,059 | |||||||||||
Net profit | — | — | — | 98,042 | 98,042 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2020 | 27,900,000 | 279 | 1,042,021 | 1,270,801 | 2,313,101 | |||||||||||||||
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2020 | 27,900,000 | 279 | 1,042,021 | 3,286,070 | 4,328,370 | |||||||||||||||
Net profit | — | — | — | (511,390 | ) | (511,390 | ) | |||||||||||||
Shares issued for services | 1,498,750 | 15 | 599,485 | — | 599,500 | |||||||||||||||
Issue of Options (ISO/NSO) | — | — | 28,266 | — | 28,266 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2021 | 29,398,750 | 294 | 1,669,772 | 2,774,680 | 4,444,746 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 | 27,900,000 | 279 | 1,042,021 | 932,627 | 1,974,927 | |||||||||||||||
Net profit | — | — | — | 338,173 | 338,173 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2020 | 27,900,000 | 279 | 1,042,021 | 1,270,800 | 2,313,100 |
F-5 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE INC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
2021 | 2020 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
Net income (loss) | (511,390 | ) | $ | 338,175 | ||||
Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 421,962 | 402,703 | ||||||
Common stock issued for services | 599,500 | — | ||||||
Warrant Fair valuation expenses | 55,349 | — | ||||||
Stock Compensation expenses | 28,266 | — | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
(Increase)/ decrease in: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | (431,544 | ) | (396,434 | ) | ||||
Other current assets | (299,138 | ) | (58,291 | ) | ||||
Contract Asset/ Unbilled Revenue | (1,318,306 | ) | — | |||||
Due from related party | (381,301 | ) | 683,334 | |||||
Increase/ (decrease) in: | ||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | (1,909,331 | ) | (2,296,548 | ) | ||||
Deferred revenue | (30,800 | ) | (283,804 | ) | ||||
Other current liabilities | 290,725 | 259,286 | ||||||
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities | (3,486,008 | ) | (1,351,579 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
(Purchase)/sale of property and equipment | (40,190 | ) | 12,336 | |||||
Increase in intangible assets | ||||||||
Net cash provided by investing activities | (40,190 | ) | 12,336 | |||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
Increase in capital | ||||||||
Increase in convertible note | 2,604,940 | — | ||||||
Increase in Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
Increase in paycheck protection program loan | 1,068,530 | 1,183,395 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 3,673,470 | 1,183,395 | ||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | 147,272 | (155,848 | ) | |||||
Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period | 1,402,700 | 974,832 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period | $ | 1,549,972 | $ | 818,984 |
F-6 |
1) Organization and Description of Business
Healthcare Triangle Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on October 29, 2019, and then converted into a Delaware corporation on April 24, 2020, to provide IT and data services to the Healthcare and Life Sciences (‘HCLS”) industry. On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired the Life Sciences Business of SecureKloud Technologies Inc. (Parent) and on May 8, 2020, the Company acquired Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC (Healthcare Business) from its Parent.
Healthcare Triangle, Inc. (HTI) reinforces healthcare progress through breakthrough technology and extensive industry know-how. HTI support healthcare providers and payors, hospitals and Pharma/Life Sciences organizations in their effort to improve health outcomes by enabling the adoption of new technologies, data enlightenment, business agility and accelerate responding to immediate business needs and competitive threats. The highly regulated HCLS industry turn to HTI for expertise in digital transformation on the cloud, security and compliance, develops, data lifecycle management, Healthcare Interoperability, clinical and business performance optimization.
HTI will concentrate on accelerating value to three healthcare sectors:
1. | Pharmaceutical companies, which require improved efficiencies in the clinical trial process. HTI modernizes their IT infrastructure to advance the clinical trial process to drug discovery and delivery. |
2. | Hospitals and health systems, which face interoperability challenges as mergers, acquisitions and partnerships drive increasing need for integrated healthcare infrastructures. HTI's health IT expertise optimizes providers' enterprise digital structure needs connecting disparate systems and applying analytics capabilities. |
3. | Life sciences, payers and all healthcare organizations must protect and secure personal health information (PHI), a regulatory compliance mandate that HTI addresses and manages for its customers. |
As an organization with the deep-rooted cloud expertise, HTI’s technology significantly relies on Big Data, Analytics, DevOps, Security/Compliance, Identity Access Management (IAM), Machine Learning (ML), Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT) and Blockchain.
Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC.
Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC. (“Subsidiary”) which is a 100% subsidiary of SecureKloud Technologies Inc. (Parent) incorporated in the State of Connecticut, was acquired by the Company on May 8, 2020. The Subsidiary provides executive level information technology advisory, consulting, and implementation services to the healthcare provider industry.
The Subsidiary partners with every client to drive meaningful change, add value, and maximize return on investment by delivering consulting and technology implementation services to providers. The Subsidiary’s vast areas of expertise include population health and ACO enablement, physician and post-acute care integration, EMR selection and implementation, strategy definition and total cost of ownership planning, compliance, change management, and value realization. The Subsidiary’s consulting and advisory services includes a broad range of assessment, planning, and management offerings to help IT, clinical, and executive leadership establish a shared agenda, align IT strategy with business and clinical objectives, and to fully capitalize on an organization’s investment in technology.
F-7 |
2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of consolidated financial statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Securekloud Technologies Inc. (“Parent’) and the Subsidiary, Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC. The financial statements are prepared as if HCLS operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented. These financials are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Historically, the Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in the Parent’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Securekloud Technologies Inc. (“Parent’) based on historical cost method of accounting. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the cost basis of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the individual businesses of Parent’s historical HCLS.
The Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in its Financial Statements.
The Healthcare Business was operated as a subsidiary and consolidated along with the Parent’s financial statements.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include certain assets and liabilities that are held by Parent that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the HCLS. All intercompany transactions and balances within the HCLS have been eliminated.
Cash is managed centrally through bank accounts controlled and maintained by Parent. Accordingly, cash and cash equivalents held at the Parent were not attributable to the Life Sciences Business for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to the Life Sciences Business are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Transfers of cash, both to and from Parent’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a component of Due to/from related party in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as an operating activity on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Historically, the Life Sciences Business received or provided funding as part of Parent’s centralized treasury program.
Third-party debt obligations of Parent and the corresponding financing costs related to those debt obligations, specifically those that relate to revolving credit facilities, have not been attributed to the Life Sciences Business, as the Life Sciences Business was not the legal obligor on the debt.
F-8 |
During the periods presented, the Parent performed certain corporate functions for the Life Sciences and Healthcare Business. Therefore, certain corporate costs, including compensation costs for corporate employees, have been allocated from Parent. These allocated costs are for corporate functions including, but not limited to, senior management, legal, human resources, finance and accounting, treasury, information technology which are not provided at the HCLS Business. Where possible, these costs were allocated based on direct usage, with the remainder allocated on a basis of cost, headcount, or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The Consolidated Financial Statements do not necessarily include all the expenses that would have been incurred or held by the HCLS had it been a separate, standalone company. It is not practicable to estimate actual costs that would have been incurred had the HCLS been a separate standalone company during the periods presented. The Company expects to incur additional expenses as a separate, standalone company; however, we do not expect the cost to be materially different had the company operated as a separate standalone company.
The management believes that the assumptions underlying the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the HCLS Business during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the Consolidated Financial Statements may not be indicative of the HCLS Businesses’ future performance.
Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements is in conformity with GAAP which requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the financial statements and the notes thereto. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. On a regular basis, management evaluates these estimates and assumptions. Items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to:
• | the standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation |
• | the determination of the period of benefit for amortization of deferred costs. |
• | the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed for business combinations. |
Segment Information
The management has chosen to organize the Company around differences in products and services and segregated the reporting segments as Software Services, Managed Services and Support, and Platform Services.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company define the term ‘‘chief operating decision maker’’ to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer along with the management team reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance.
F-9 |
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in three distinct reportable operating segments, and all required financial segments information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.
Expenses included in segment operating profit consist principally of direct selling, delivery costs and research and development expenses. Certain Sales and Marketing expenses, General and Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization are not allocated to individual segments in internal management reports used by the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, such expenses are excluded from segment operating profit and are included below as “unallocated costs” and adjusted against our total income from operations. Additionally, management has determined that it is not practical to allocate identifiable assets by segment, since such assets are used interchangeably among the segments.
Revenue by Operating Segment
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2021 |
Percent
of Total |
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 3,216,842 | 32 | % | $ | 3,343,455 | 44 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 5,304,120 | 53 | % | 3,626,045 | 48 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | 1,528,754 | 15 | % | 587,338 | 8 | % | ||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | 100 | % | $ | 7,556,838 | 100 | % |
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2021 |
Percent
of Total |
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 5,941,423 | 33 | % | $ | 7,154,749 | 48 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 9,530,409 | 53 | % | 6,339,178 | 42 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | 2,530,734 | 14 | % | 1,489,606 | 10 | % | ||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 18,002,566 | 100 | % | $ | 14,983,533 | 100 | % |
F-10 |
Operating profit by Operating Segment
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2021 |
Percent
of Total |
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 521,275 | 172 | % | $ | 628,565 | 467 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 1,439,339 | 474 | % | 931,555 | 692 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | 174,137 | 57 | % | (436,050 | ) | (324) | % | |||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 2,134,751 | 704 | % | 1,124,070 | 834 | % | ||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 1,667,189 | 549 | % | 983,719 | 730 | % | ||||||||||
Income from operations | 467,562 | 154 | % | 140,352 | 104 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense | 164,122 | 54 | % | 5,650 | 4 | % | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | 303,440 | 100 | % | $ | 134,701 | 100 | % |
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
2021 |
Percent
of Total |
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 988,927 | (195 | )% | $ | 1,210,552 | 261 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 2,328,333 | (459 | )% | 1,450,306 | 313 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | (93,879 | ) | 18 | % | (323,712 | ) | (70 | )% | ||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 3,223,381 | (635 | )% | 2,337,148 | 504 | % | ||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 3,471,738 | (684 | )% | 1,849,950 | 399 | % | ||||||||||
Income from operations | (248,357 | ) | 49 | % | 487,198 | 105 | % | |||||||||
Interest expense | 259,215 | (51 | )% | 23,759 | 5 | % | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | (507,572 | ) | 100 | % | $ | 463,438 | 100 | % |
F-11 |
Revenue from top 5 customers
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
2021
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 5,038,198 | 50 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 1,450,000 | 14 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 959,788 | 10 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 651,345 | 6 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 471,208 | 5 | % |
2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 4,895,761 | 65 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 629,003 | 8 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 492,648 | 7 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 403,770 | 5 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 230,047 | 3 | % |
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020
2021
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 9,290,614 | 52 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 1,850,735 | 10 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 1,799,010 | 10 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 1,507,695 | 8 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 754,262 | 4 | % |
2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | ||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 8,464,113 | 56 | % | ||||
Customer 2 | 1,159,845 | 8 | % | |||||
Customer 3 | 1,001,928 | 7 | % | |||||
Customer 4 | 535,915 | 4 | % | |||||
Customer 5 | $ | 470,018 | 3 | % |
F-12 |
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenues as we transfer control of deliverables (services, solutions, and platform) to our clients in an amount reflecting the consideration to which we expect to be entitled. To recognize revenues, we apply the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenues when a performance obligation is satisfied. We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from all parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay based on a variety of factors including the customer’s historical payment experience.
For performance obligations where control is transferred over time, revenues are recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the deliverables to be provided.
Software Services
The Company enters into contractual obligations with the customers to perform (i) Strategic advisory services which include assessment of the enterprise network, applications environment and advise on the design and tools; (ii) Implementation services which include deployment, upgrades, enhancements, migration, training, documentation and maintenance of various electronic health record systems and (iii) Development services which include customization of network and applications in the public cloud environment.
Revenue from Strategic advisory, Implementation and Development services are distinct performance obligation and is recognized on time-and-material or fixed-price project basis. Revenues related to time-and-material are recognized over the period the services are provided using labor hours. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
We may enter into contracts that consist of multiple performance obligations. Such contracts may include any combination of our deliverables. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised deliverables, we apply judgment to determine whether promised deliverables are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised deliverables are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. For contracts with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to the customer. When not directly observable, we estimate standalone selling price by using the expected cost plus a margin approach. We establish a standalone selling price range for our deliverables, which is reassessed on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change.
F-13 |
Managed Services and Support
The Company has standard contracts for its Managed Services and Support, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Managed Services and Support contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Cloud hosting, Continuous monitoring of applications, security and compliance and support.
Revenue from Managed services and support is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP (standalone selling price), ratably on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are rendered. Contract with customers includes subcontractor services or third-party cloud infrastructure services in certain integrated services arrangements. In these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when the Company is the principal for the transaction. In doing so, the Company first evaluates whether it controls the platform or service before it is transferred to the customer. The Company considers whether it has the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, pricing discretion and other factors to determine whether it controls the platform or service and therefore is acting as a principal or an agent. Payment for managed services and support is due monthly.
Platform Services
The Company has standard contracts for its Platform Services, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Platform Services contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Data Analytics, Backup and Recovery, through our Platform.
The revenue from Platform services is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP. During the periods presented the Company generated revenue from Platform services on a fixed-price solutions delivery model. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
Our contractual terms and conditions for Software services, Managed Services and Support and Platform services mandate that our services are documented and subject to inspection, testing at the time of delivery to customer. In addition, the Company needs to integrate seamlessly into the customers’ systems. Also, the customer has a right to cancel all, or part of the services rendered if it is not in accordance with statement of work and within the stipulated time.
F-14 |
Source and Timing of revenue
Three
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 3,216,842 | $ | 3,343,455 | ($ | 126,613 | ) | (4 | %) | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 5,304,120 | 3,626,045 | 1,678,075 | 46 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 1,528,754 | 587,338 | 941,416 | 160 | % | |||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 10,049,716 | $ | 7,556,838 | $ | 2,492,878 | 33 | % |
Managed Services and support include Cloud hosting revenue of $3,896,049 and $2,573,292 for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
Six
Months Ended
June 30, |
Changes | |||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | Amount | % | |||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 5,941,423 | $ | 7,154,749 | ($ | 1,213,326 | ) | (17 | %) | |||||||
Managed Services and Support | 9,530,409 | 6,339,178 | 3,191,231 | 50 | % | |||||||||||
Platform Services | 2,530,734 | 1,489,606 | 1,041,128 | 70 | % | |||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 18,002,566 | $ | 14,983,533 | $ | 3,019,033 | 20 | % |
Managed Services and support include Cloud hosting revenue of $6,952,271 and $4,634,238 for the half yearly ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
F-15 |
Timing of Revenue Recognition quarter ended June 30,2021 and 2020.
Timing of Revenue Recognition | Software Services | Managed Services | Platform Services | Total Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to a point of time | $ | 3,216,842 | $ | 3,106,176 | $ | 1,528,754 | $ | 924,617 | $ | 4,745,596 | $ | 4,030,793 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred over time | 5,304,120 | 3,526,045 | 5,304,120 | 3,526,045 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 3,216,842 | $ | 3,106,176 | $ | 5,304,120 | $ | 3,526,045 | $ | 1,528,754 | $ | 924,617 | $ | 10,049,716 | $ | 7,556,838 |
Timing of Revenue Recognition six months ended June 30,2021 and 2020.
Timing of Revenue Recognition | Software Services | Managed Services | Platform Services | Total Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to a point of time | $ | 5,941,423 | $ | 6,917,471 | $ | 2,530,734 | $ | 1,826,884 | $ | 8,472,157 | $ | 8,744,354 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred over time | 9,530,409 | 6,239,178 | 9,530,409 | 6,239,178 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 5,941,423 | $ | 6,917,471 | $ | 9,530,409 | $ | 6,239,178 | $ | 2,530,734 | $ | 1,826,884 | $ | 18,002,566 | $ | 14,983,533 |
Various economic factors affect revenues and cash flows. Software services are provided on time-and-material and fixed-price project basis and generally sales are collected within two months. Managed services are provided ratably over the term of the contract and cash flows generally are collected monthly. Platform services are delivered over several months; revenues and cash flows occur based on stages of completion.
Contract Balances
The timing of revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and customer advances and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, generally monthly upon achievement of contractual milestones. Generally, billing occurs after revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. However, we sometimes receive advances or deposits from our customers, particularly on our international contracts, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. These deposits are liquidated when revenue is recognized.
F-16 |
The beginning and ending contract balances were as follows:
June 30, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
Accounts Receivables | $ | 6,827,694 | $ | 6,396,150 | ||||
Unbilled Revenue | 1,318,306 | — | ||||||
Deferred Revenue | $ | 266,975 | $ | 297,775 |
Revenue recognized for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of each period was $319,237 and $749,029, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments (including money market funds) with an original maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash balances, which may exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that this results in any significant credit risk.
Accounts Receivable
The Company extends credit to clients based upon management’s assessment of their creditworthiness on an unsecured basis. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible accounts based on historical experience and management evaluation of trend analysis. The Company includes any balances that are determined to be uncollectible in its allowance for doubtful accounts. For the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 the Company did not provide allowances for uncollectible accounts. Based on the information available, management believes the Company’s accounts receivable are collectible.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company provides for depreciation of property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets ranging from 3 to 7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease terms or the useful lives of the improvements. The Company charges repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the lives of the assets to expenses as incurred.
Intangible Assets
We capitalize certain costs incurred for the platform development when it is determined that it is probable that the platform will be completed and will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training, and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Customer relationship and platform development are amortized based on finite lives using either the straight-line method or based on estimated future cash flows to approximate the pattern in which the economic benefit of the asset will be utilized. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.
F-17 |
Software Development Costs
Costs for the development of new software products and substantial enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred and classified under research and development expenses until technological feasibility has been established, at which time any additional costs would be capitalized. The Company believes its current process for developing software is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of technological feasibility. Software development costs charged to expense for the quarters ended June 30, 2021, and 2021 was $813,402 and $492,406 respectively.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect and do not bear interest. The collectability of trade receivable balances is regularly evaluated based on a combination of factors such as customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment pattern. Additionally, if it is determined that a customer will be unable to fully meet its financial obligation, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or other material event impacting its business, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts may be recorded to reduce the related receivable to the amount expected to be recovered.
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in required allowances that could be material.
Business Combinations
As per ASC 805-50 a common-control transaction does not meet the definition of a business combination because there is no change in control over the net assets. The accounting for these transactions are addressed in the “Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control”. The net assets are derecognized by the transferring entity and recognized by the receiving entity at the historical cost of the parent of the entities under common control. Any difference between the proceeds transferred or received and the carrying amounts of the net assets is recognized in equity in the transferring and receiving entities’ separate financial statements and eliminated in consolidation. The change in accounting principle is applied retroactively for all periods presented.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based awards to employees and consultants in accordance with applicable accounting principles, which requires compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be measured and recognized in the financial statements based on a determination of the fair value of the stock options over the instruments vesting period. Options awarded to purchase shares of common stock issued to non-employees do not need to be remeasured as per ASU 2018-07 principles.
The Company adopted the “2020 Stock Incentive Plan” (Plan). The Company has reserved 2,200,000 shares of the Company’s Common stock.
F-18 |
Income taxes
Income taxes have been provided for using an assets and liability approach in which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of deferred tax assets when, based on available evidence, it is not “more-likely-than-not” that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rate and laws.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value and establishes a hierarchy for reporting the reliability of input measurements used to assess fair value for all assets and liabilities. FASB ASC 820 defines fair value as the selling price that would be received for an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in the principal or most advantageous market on the measurement date. That framework provides a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Certain financial instruments are carried at cost on the balance sheet, which approximates fair value due to their short-term, highly liquid nature. These instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
Warrant Liability: The Company accounts for the warrants issued in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with the guidance on Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, which provides that the Company classifies the warrant instrument as a liability at its fair value and adjusts the instrument to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued by the Company has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising cost as incurred. Advertising expense for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2021 were $ Nil.
F-19 |
3) Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and trade receivables. Credit risks associated with trade receivables is minimal due to the Company’s customer base which consist of large customer base and ongoing procedures, which monitor the credit worthiness of its customers. For the quarters ended June 31,2021 and 2020 sales to five major customers accounted for approximately 84% and 77% of total revenue respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 accounts receivable from five major customers accounted for approximately 82% and 87% of the total accounts receivables.
The Company maintains cash balances in various financial institutions. The balances are generally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 (valid through June 30, 2021) per institution. The Company had a cash balance for the quarter ended June 30,2021 of $ 1,549,972 and $ 1,402,700 on December 31, 2020.
4) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at,
June 30, 2021 | December 30, 2020 | |||||||
Furniture and Equipment | $ | 117,876 | $ | 87,790 | ||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation | (71,223 | ) | (72,004 | ) | ||||
Net Fixed Assets | $ | 46,653 | $ | 15,786 |
Depreciation expenses for the quarters ended June 30, 2021, and June 30, 2020 were $ 4,990 and $ 1,837, respectively.
5) Intangible Assets
The Company’s intangible assets consist primarily of intellectual property and customer relationship it acquired through various acquisitions. We capitalize certain costs incurred for the platform development when it is determined that it is probable that the platform will be completed and will be used as intended. We amortize our intangible assets that have finite lives using either the straight-line method or based on estimated future cash flows to approximate the pattern in which the economic benefit of the asset will be utilized.
Intangible assets consist of the following on
June 30, 2021 | December 31, 2020 | |||||||
Customer
relationships
Intellectual property |
$ 2,648,941 1,000,000 |
$ 2,648,941 1,000,000 |
||||||
Product development | 477,457 | 477,457 | ||||||
4,126,398 | 4,126,398 | |||||||
Accumulated amortization | (1,919,963 | ) | (1,507,322 | ) | ||||
Net Intangible Assets | $ | 2,206,435 | $ | 2,619,076 |
F-20 |
Amortization expense for the quarters ended June 30, 2021 and 2020 were $ 206,320 and $ 206,320 respectively. This amortization expense relates to capitalized software expenses, intellectual property, and customer lists.
Nature of Intangibles |
Useful Life
|
Customer relationships | 5 years |
Intellectual property | 5 years |
Product development | 5 years |
Estimated annual amortization expense (including amortization expense associated with capitalized software costs) for each of the next three years are as follows:
June 30, | ||||
2022 | $ | 825,280 | ||
2023 | 825,280 | |||
2024 | 555,875 | |||
Total | $ | 2,206,435 |
6) Due from Related Party
The Company entered into a Master Service Agreement, Shared Services Agreement and Rental Sublease Agreement with its parent.
As per the Master Services Agreement, parent provides technical resources according to the statement of work from the Company. The initial term of the agreement is twenty-four months which is extendable based on mutual consent. The parent charges for the services at cost plus margin. The invoices are settled within sixty days as per the agreement.
As per the terms of the Shared Services and Rental Sublease Agreement, the cost incurred by the parent on behalf of the Company are settled at cost. The Shared Services Agreement includes Development infrastructure, Sales support, Recruitment and Immigration support, Project coordination, HR and Operation support, Management /Advisory services. The Company paid $144,000 and $144,000 for the quarters ended June 30, 2021, and 2020 respectively.
The Company do not have any signed lease agreement on its name and currently operates from three office locations leased by the Parent. The Company paid rent of $54,177 and $53,703 for the quarters ended June 30, 2021, and 2020 respectively.
The balance receivable from related parties as of June 30, 2021, was $826,303 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $ 445,003.
F-21 |
The Company acquired Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC on May 8, 2020 from SecureKloud Technologies Inc f/k/a 8K Miles Software Services Inc. (a Nevada corporation) (“SecureKloud”) for a principal sum of $7,000,000, payable with a simple interest rate of 2% p.a. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, the Company has assumed certain liabilities of the SecureKloud in the amount of $5,150,000 due to the Subsidiary as on December 31, 2020. During the year, the Company paid $1,850,000 towards principal amount. As of December 31, 2020, the Company owes $5,150,000 to the SecureKloud. The amount due from the SecureKloud to the Subsidiary is offset against the outstanding principal balance of $5,150,000.
7) Business Combination
Effective May 8, 2020, the Company acquired the entire equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC in exchange for a promissory note. In accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement dated May 8, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC for a total consideration of $7,000,000. The total purchase price of $7,000,000 was allocated to net working capital of $4,700,000 and intangibles of $2,300,000, taking into consideration projected revenue from the acquired list of Subsidiary’s customers over a period of five years.
8) Equity Transactions
The Company issued 2,300,000 common stocks at $0.001 per share to founders, management and consultants during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company issued 25,500,000 common stocks as part of the reorganization plan towards the “Life Sciences” division from SecureKloud and 100,000 common stocks as consideration for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company issued 80,000 shares towards services rendered and recognized expenses of $ 32,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2021.
9) Debt Securities
• Convertible Note
The Company during the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, entered into several Securities Purchase Agreements with certain investors pursuant to which we issued the Convertible Notes and the Warrants. Each Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum, which is payable quarterly on the first day of January, April, July, and October, beginning on the first such date after the issuance of such Convertible Note and ends on the maturity date of such Convertible Note. The maturity date of the Convertible Notes is the earlier of 9 months from their issuance date or the closing of the Company’s Initial Public offering, subject to a three-month extension at the option of the Company; provided, however, if we exercise this option with respect to any Convertible Note, the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note will increase by 30% and the interest rate thereon will increase to 15% per annum. The Convertible Notes are convertible in whole or in part, at the option of the holder during the seven-day period immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering. The total number of shares that any Convertible Note may be converted into is calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note plus any unpaid accrued interest and any fees and any and all other outstanding amounts owing thereon by (y) a conversion price equal to 60% of the offering price of the common stock in the Company’s Initial Public Offering. The number of shares of common stock that the Convertible Notes are convertible into is subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
F-22 |
If any Event of Default occurs, the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Convertible Noteholder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash at 130% of the aggregate of such amounts and the interest rate on the Convertible Notes shall accrue at an interest rate equal to the lesser of 15% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. If any amounts under any Convertible Note remain unpaid after the date that is 12 months after its issuance, the Company shall, in addition to any and all other remedies available, make monthly payments of 5% of its gross revenue for the previous month until such Convertible Note is paid in full.
The Company completed a private placement of Convertible notes raising an aggregate of $4,244,940 as of June 30, 2021, and nil as of June 30, 2020. The proceeds from Convertible note have been utilized for working capital purposes. The Company has allocated the proceeds from Convertible note between promissory notes and warrants; as of June 30, 2021, the Company has reported a Convertible note liability of $ 1,952,672 at fair value.
Interest expenses on convertible note for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 is $105,832 and for June 30, 2020, is nil.
• Common Stock Warrants
In connection with the issue of Convertible note, the Company also issued Warrants to each investor which entitles the holder thereof to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into at a price equal to 120% of the conversion price of such Convertible Note (i.e., 72% of the offering price per share of the common stock in the Company’s Initial Public Offering). Upon the occurrence of a clause (i) Event of Default, the number of shares underlying each Warrant will increase to 75% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into. Each Warrant expires on the second anniversary of its issuance. The warrant is exercisable for cash.
The warrants are subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
Warrant holders have “piggyback” registration rights as set forth therein and a breach of such rights with respect to any Warrant would result in an increase by 25% of the shares of our common stock underlying such Warrant.
As of June 30, 2021, none of the warrants have been exercised by the note holders and hence no proceeds have been received towards any of the warrants
The Warrants have been valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option (“BSM”) pricing model that is based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, which include the Company’s stock fair value and assumptions for expected volatility, expected life and risk-free interest rate, as well as the present value of the minimum cash payment component of the instrument for the warrants, when applicable. Changes in the assumptions used could have a material impact on the resulting fair value of each warrant. The primary inputs affecting the value of the warrant liability are the Company’s stock price and volatility in the Company’s stock price, as well as assumptions about the probability and timing of certain events, such as a change in control or future equity offerings. Increases in the fair value of the underlying stock or increases in the volatility of the stock price generally result in a corresponding increase in the fair value of the warrant liability; conversely, decreases in the fair value of the underlying stock or decreases in the volatility of the stock price generally result in a corresponding decrease in the fair value of the warrant liability.
F-23 |
The Company has recognized cost of $55,348 for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, and nil for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
The Company has allocated the proceeds from Convertible note between promissory notes and warrants; as of June 30, 2021, the Company has reported a Warrant liability of $2,347,616 at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations at each reporting date.
10) Provision for Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management evaluates all available evidence about future taxable income and other possible sources of realization of deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that represents management’s best estimate of the amount of such deferred tax assets that more likely than not will be realized. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or increased the allowance in any given period, an expense is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the statement of income.
The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as other expense in the statement of income. Based on management’s evaluations, there are no uncertain tax positions requiring recognition as of the date of these financial statements.
Income tax expense (benefit) was computed as follows:
June 30, 2021 | June 30, 2020 | |||||||
Federal income tax | — | $ | (25,537 | ) | ||||
State income tax | 734 | (11,122 | ) | |||||
Total income taxes, current provision | 734 | (36,659 | ) | |||||
Deferred income taxes (benefit) | ||||||||
Total income tax expense /(benefit) | $ | 734 | ($ | 36,659 | ) |
F-24 |
The Company’s effective tax rate is 1% for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and 27% and for the quarter ended June 30, 2020 The future effective income tax rate depends on various factors, such as the Company’s income (loss) before taxes, tax legislation and the geographic composition of pre-tax income.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various State jurisdictions. The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are generally subject to possible examination by the taxing authorities until the expiration of the related statute of limitations on those tax returns which is generally three years from the original filing deadline.
11) New Accounting Pronouncements
i) In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”). The standard largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees and non-employees by expanding the scope of ASC 718 to apply to non-employee share-based transactions, as long as the transaction is not effectively a form of financing. For public entities, ASU 2018-07 was required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, ASU 2018-07 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities but no earlier than the Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-07. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of the required effective date of January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-07 adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
ii) In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements in ASC 820. The new disclosure requirements include disclosure related to changes in unrealized gains or losses included in other comprehensive income (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of each reporting period and the explicit requirement to disclose the range and weighted-average of significant unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The other provisions of ASU 2018-13 include eliminated and modified disclosure requirements. For all entities, this guidance is required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 as of the required effective date of January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-25 |
iii) In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, a lessee is required to record (i) a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on its balance sheet for all leases with accounting lease terms of more than 12 months regardless of whether it is an operating or financing lease and (ii) lease expense in its consolidated statement of operations for operating leases and amortization and interest expense in its consolidated statement of operations for financing leases. Leases with a term of 12 months or less may be accounted for similar to prior guidance for operating leases today. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), which added an optional transition method that allows companies to adopt the standard as of the beginning of the year of adoption as opposed to the earliest comparative period presented. In November 2019, the FASB issued guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued additional guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For public entities, ASU 2016-02 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
iv) In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. For public entities, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those reporting periods. For nonpublic companies, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
v) In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or by another reference rate expected to be discontinued. This guidance is effective for all entities upon issuance on March 12, 2020 and may be applied through December 31, 2022. The expedients and exceptions in this guidance are optional, and the Company is evaluating the potential future financial statement impact of any such expedient or exception that it may elect to apply as the Company evaluates the effects of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
vi) The Company qualifies as “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and has elected to “opt in” to the extended transition related to complying with new or revised accounting standards, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public and nonpublic companies, the Company will adopt the new or revised standard at the time nonpublic companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that the Company either (i) irrevocably elects to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company. The Company may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
12) Legal Matters
The Company is not involved in any action, arbitration and / or other legal proceedings that it expects to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. All legal cost is expensed as incurred.
F-26 |
13) Share Based Compensation
The Company issued 807,500 Incentive Stock Options (ISO) on January 01, 2021 to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
The Company issued 452,000 Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSO) on January 01, 2021 to various employees of the Parent and consultants for services rendered (“Non-Employee Stock Options”) at an exercise price of $0.40 per option. The Non-Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to employees of the Parent terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to consultants terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable consultant’s termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
The Company issued non-qualified stock options (“Director Stock Option”) on January 01, 2021 to three of our directors, Vivek Prakash, Lakshmanan Kannappan and Shibu Kizhakevilayil 50,000 each that are exercisable for $0.40 per option. The Director Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Director Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable director’s termination from the board and 10 years after the date of the grant.
Options | Shares of Stock | |||||||||||||||||||
No. of Options | Weighted Average Price | No. of Shares | Weighted Average Price | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Equity compensation plan total shares | 2,200,000 | $ | 0.40 | — | — | 2,200,000 | ||||||||||||||
Granted | ||||||||||||||||||||
Incentive Stock Options (ISO) | 807,500 | $ | 0.40 | — | — | 807,500 | ||||||||||||||
Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSO) | 452,000 | $ | 0.40 | — | — | 452,000 | ||||||||||||||
Non-Qualified Stock Options (NSO) - Directors Stock Options | 150,000 | $ | 0.40 | — | — | 150,000 | ||||||||||||||
Cancelled/expired | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
Balance outstanding as at June 30, 2021 | 1,409,500 | — | — | — | 1,409,500 | |||||||||||||||
Balance available under the plan as at June 30, 2021 | 790,500 | — | — | — | 790,500 |
The company issued and valued options using the Black-Scholes model for all 2020 issuances with the following significant assumptions.
F-27 |
2021 | ||||
Estimated fair value of common stock | $ | 0.40 | ||
Exercise price | $ | 0.40 | ||
Expected volatility | 46% - 52% | |||
Expected term (in years) | 4 | |||
Risk-free interest rate | 1.48% - 2.18% | |||
Dividend yield | 0 | % |
The Company recognized compensation expenses related to ISO/NSO stock options of $14,133 during the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and nil for the quarter ended June 30, 2020.
14) Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is likely to continue to have, a severe and unprecedented impact on the world and on our business. Measures to prevent its spread, including government-imposed restrictions on large gatherings, closures of face-to-face events, “shelter in place” health orders and travel restrictions have had a significant effect on certain of our business operations. In response to these business disruptions, which include a transition to remote working, reducing certain of our discretionary expenditures and eliminating non-essential travel particularly with respect to COVID-19 impacted operation and complying with health and safety guidelines to protect employees, contractors, and customers.
The Company reported sequential growth in revenue in 2020; the Healthcare revenue was lower in the second and third quarters of 2020 due to COVID-19 as many hospitals delayed investments in new projects or upgrade; however, the Company witnessed strong growth in Life Sciences revenue due to investments in research and development for drug discovery to address COVID-19 challenges and Healthcare revenues have returned to pre-COVID-19 levels in the fourth quarter 2020. There has been no major impact on account of COVID-19 during the quarter ended June 30, 2021.
The Company has obtained necessary funding to manage our short-term working capital requirements. The Company has not altered any credit terms with its customers and the realisation from the customers have generally been on time. The Company has been able to service its debt and other obligations on time. There has been no material impact on the operational liquidity and capital resources on account of COVID-19.
Because of COVID-19, Healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace.
F-28 |
15) Commitments
Operating Lease
The Company is currently operating from three office locations leased by its Parent. The Company do not have any signed lease agreement on its name. The Company pays rent to its Parent on monthly basis. For the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, rent expense were $ 54,177 and $ 53,703, respectively.
16) Subsequent Events
For the quarter ended June 30, 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 17, 2021 the date, which the financial statements were available to be issued. No reportable subsequent events have occurred through August 17, 2021, which would have a significant effect on the financial statements as of June 30, 2021 except as otherwise disclosed.
The Company and Mr. Venkatachari entered into a four year employment agreement dated July 12, 2021 pursuant to which Mr. Venkatachari will perform the duties of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and receive an annual base salary of $300,000, a signing bonus of vested options to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share, 6,000 shares of our Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock (which provide him with 1,000 votes per share), an annual cash bonus to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the board and other usual and customary perquisites. The employment agreement renews automatically for additional one-year terms until it is terminated, or a new mutually acceptable agreement is executed. In the event the agreement is terminated without cause by the Company or for “good reason” by Mr. Venkatachari, the Company will pay him severance equal to two years’ base salary, the vesting of any unvested options and the cash equivalent to all accrued and untaken vacation pay. Mr. Venkatachari is subject to certain post-employment restrictions on competition and solicitation of Company clients subject to applicable law.
F-29 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2020 and 2019
F-30 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | F-32 |
Financial Statements | |
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 | F-33 |
Consolidated Statements of Income For The Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 | F-34 |
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity For The Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 | F-35 |
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 | F-36 |
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-37 |
F-31 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of healthcare Triangle Inc (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Ram Associates
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Hamilton, NJ
June 22, 2021
F-32 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Assets | ||||||||
Current assets | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,402,700 | $ | 974,830 | ||||
Accounts receivable | 6,396,150 | 4,170,237 | ||||||
Other current assets | 228,848 | 146,300 | ||||||
Total current assets | 8,027,698 | 5,291,367 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net | 15,786 | 41,646 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net | 2,619,076 | 2,919,153 | ||||||
Due from affiliates | 445,003 | — | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | $ | 11,107,563 | $ | 8,252,166 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity | ||||||||
Current liabilities | ||||||||
Accounts payable | $ | 4,349,638 | $ | 5,100,023 | ||||
Other current liabilities | 491,780 | 349,145 | ||||||
Convertible notes | 754,400 | — | ||||||
Warrant Liability | 885,600 | — | ||||||
Deferred revenue | 297,775 | 749,029 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 6,779,193 | 6,198,197 | ||||||
Long-term liabilities | ||||||||
Due to affiliates | — | 79,042 | ||||||
Total current and long-term liabilities | 6,779,193 | 6,277,239 | ||||||
Stockholders' equity | ||||||||
Preferred stock, par value $0.00001; 10,000,000 authorized | ||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.00001; 100,000,000 authorized 27,900,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively | 279 | 279 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital | 1,042,021 | 1,042,021 | ||||||
Retained earnings | 3,286,070 | 932,627 | ||||||
Total stockholders' equity | 4,328,370 | 1,974,927 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | $ | 11,107,563 | $ | 8,252,166 |
F-33 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Income | ||||||||
For The Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Net revenue | $ | 31,338,936 | $ | 28,736,614 | ||||
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below) | 22,753,067 | 22,888,057 | ||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||
Sales and Marketing | 2,424,842 | 687,600 | ||||||
General and Administrative | 2,438,042 | 1,702,292 | ||||||
Research and development expenses | 1,743,079 | 1,013,469 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 803,194 | 776,132 | ||||||
Net income before other income/(expenses) | 1,176,712 | 1,669,063 | ||||||
Other income/(expenses) | ||||||||
Other income (PPP loan forgiveness) | 1,512,758 | — | ||||||
Interest expense | (78,646 | ) | (52,576 | ) | ||||
Total other income | 1,434,112 | (52,576 | ) | |||||
Net income before income tax expenses | 2,610,824 | 1,616,487 | ||||||
Federal income tax | (181,314 | ) | (315,052 | ) | ||||
State income tax | (76,067 | ) | (129,319 | ) | ||||
Total income tax (expense) / benefit | (257,381 | ) | (444,371 | ) | ||||
Net income | $ | 2,353,443 | $ | 1,172,116 |
F-34 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||
For The Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock | ||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Additional paid-in capital | Retained earnings | Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2018 | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | (239,489 | ) | $ | (239,489 | ) | |||||||||
Issued to promoters and investors | 2,300,000 | 23 | 2,277 | 2,300 | ||||||||||||||||
Shares issued towards reorganization | 25,500,000 | 255 | 999,745 | 1,000,000 | ||||||||||||||||
Shares issued for services | 100,000 | 1 | 39,999 | 40,000 | ||||||||||||||||
Net income | 1,172,116 | 1,172,116 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 | 27,900,000 | $ | 279 | $ | 1,042,021 | $ | 932,627 | $ | 1,974,927 | |||||||||||
Net income | 2,353,443 | 2,353,443 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2020 | 27,900,000 | $ | 279 | $ | 1,042,021 | $ | 3,286,070 | $ | 4,328,370 |
F-35 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows | ||||||||
For The Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||
Net income | $ | 2,353,443 | $ | 1,172,116 | ||||
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 803,194 | 776,132 | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
(Increase)/ decrease in: | ||||||||
Accounts receivable | (2,225,913 | ) | 212,993 | |||||
Other current assets | (82,347 | ) | (67,103 | ) | ||||
Due from related party | (524,046 | ) | (1,145,061 | ) | ||||
Increase/ (decrease) in: | ||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | (750,385 | ) | 3,423,508 | |||||
Deferred revenue | (451,254 | ) | (137,883 | ) | ||||
Other current liabilities | 142,635 | (266,900 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities | (734,673 | ) | 3,967,802 | |||||
Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||
Purchase/sale of property and equipment | — | |||||||
Increase in intangible assets | (477,457 | ) | (3,648,941 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (477,457 | ) | (3,648,941 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||
Increase in convertible note | 1,640,000 | — | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 1,640,000 | — | ||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 427,870 | 318,861 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year | 974,830 | 655,969 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year | $ | 1,402,700 | $ | 974,830 | ||||
Supplementary disclosure of cash flows information | ||||||||
Cash paid during the period for: | ||||||||
Interest | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
Income taxes | — | — |
F-36 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 and 2019
1) Organization and Description of Business
Healthcare Triangle, Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on October 29, 2019, and then converted into a Delaware corporation on April 24, 2020, to provide IT and data services to the healthcare and Life Sciences (‘HCLS”) industry. On January 1, 2020, the Company acquired the Life Sciences Business of SecureKloud Technologies Inc. (Parent) and on May 8, 2020, the Company acquired Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC (healthcare Business) from its Parent.
The Company reinforces healthcare progress through breakthrough technology and extensive industry know-how. HTI support healthcare providers and payors, hospitals and Pharma/Life Sciences organizations in their effort to improve health outcomes by enabling the adoption of new technologies, data enlightenment, business agility and accelerate responding to immediate business needs and competitive threats. The highly regulated HCLS industry turn to HTI for expertise in digital transformation on the cloud, security and compliance, develops, data lifecycle management, Healthcare Interoperability, clinical and business performance optimization.
HTI will concentrate on accelerating value to three healthcare sectors:
1. | Pharmaceutical companies, which require improved efficiencies in the clinical trial process. HTI modernizes their IT infrastructure to advance the clinical trial process to drug discovery and delivery. |
2. | Hospitals and health systems, which face interoperability challenges as mergers, acquisitions and partnerships drive increasing need for integrated healthcare infrastructures. HTI's health IT expertise optimizes providers' enterprise digital structure needs connecting disparate systems and applying analytics capabilities. |
3. | Life sciences, payers and all healthcare organizations must protect and secure personal health information (PHI), a regulatory compliance mandate that HTI addresses and manages for its customers. |
As an organization with the deep-rooted cloud expertise, HTI’s technology significantly relies on Big Data, Analytics, DevOps, Security/Compliance, Identity Access Management (IAM), Machine Learning (ML), Artificial Intelligence (AI), Internet of Things (IoT) and Blockchain.
Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC.
Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC. (“Subsidiary”) which is a 100% subsidiary of SecureKloud Technologies Inc. (Parent) incorporated in the State of Connecticut, was acquired by the Company on May 8, 2020. The Subsidiary provides executive level information technology advisory, consulting, and implementation services to the healthcare provider industry.
The Subsidiary partners with every client to drive meaningful change, add value, and maximize return on investment by delivering consulting and technology implementation services to providers. The Subsidiary’s vast areas of expertise include population health and ACO enablement, physician and post-acute care integration, EMR selection and implementation, strategy definition and total cost of ownership planning, compliance, change management, and value realization. The Subsidiary’s consulting and advisory services includes a broad range of assessment, planning, and management offerings to help IT, clinical, and executive leadership establish a shared agenda, align IT strategy with business and clinical objectives, and to fully capitalize on an organization’s investment in technology.
F-37 |
2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of consolidated financial statements
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Securekloud Technologies Inc. (“Parent’) and the Subsidiary, Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC. The financial statements are prepared as if HCLS operated on a standalone basis during the periods presented. These financials are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Historically, the Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in the Parent’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Financial Statements of the Company have been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of Securekloud Technologies Inc. (“Parent’) based on historical cost method of accounting. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the cost basis of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the individual businesses of Parent’s historical HCLS.
The Life Sciences Business was reported under the Parent’s reportable Services segment and did not operate as a separate, standalone company. Accordingly, Parent has reported the financial position and the related results of operations, cash flows and changes in equity of the Life Sciences Business in its Financial Statements.
The Healthcare Business was operated as a subsidiary and consolidated along with the Parent’s financial statements.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include certain assets and liabilities that are held by Parent that are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to the HCLS. All intercompany transactions and balances within the HCLS have been eliminated.
Cash is managed centrally through bank accounts controlled and maintained by Parent. Accordingly, cash and cash equivalents held at the Parent were not attributable to the Life.
Sciences Business for any of the periods presented. Only cash amounts specifically attributable to the Life Sciences Business are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Transfers of cash, both to and from Parent’s centralized cash management system, are reflected as a component of Due to/from related party in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as an operating activity on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Historically, the Life Sciences Business received or provided funding as part of Parent’s centralized treasury program.
Third-party debt obligations of Parent and the corresponding financing costs related to those debt obligations, specifically those that relate to revolving credit facilities, have not been attributed to the Life Sciences Business, as the Life Sciences Business was not the legal obligor on the debt.
F-38 |
During the periods presented, the Parent performed certain corporate functions for the Life Sciences and Healthcare Business. Therefore, certain corporate costs, including compensation costs for corporate employees, have been allocated from Parent. These allocated costs are for corporate functions including, but not limited to, senior management, legal, human resources, finance and accounting, treasury, information technology which are not provided at the HCLS Business. Where possible, these costs were allocated based on direct usage, with the remainder allocated on a basis of cost, headcount, or other measures we have determined as reasonable. The Consolidated Financial Statements do not necessarily include all the expenses that would have been incurred or held by the HCLS had it been a separate, standalone company. It is not practicable to estimate actual costs that would have been incurred had the HCLS been a separate standalone company during the periods presented. The Company expects to incur additional expenses as a separate, standalone company however, we do not expect the cost to be materially different had the company operated as a separate standalone company.
The management believes that the assumptions underlying the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the assumptions regarding the allocated expenses, reasonably reflect the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the HCLS Business during the periods presented. Nevertheless, the Consolidated Financial Statements may not be indicative of the HCLS Businesses’ future performance.
Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements is in conformity with GAAP which requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the financial statements and the notes thereto. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. On a regular basis, management evaluates these estimates and assumptions. Items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to:
• | the standalone selling price for each distinct performance obligation |
• | the determination of the period of benefit for amortization of deferred costs. |
• | the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed for business combinations. |
Segment Information
The management has chosen to organize the Company around differences in products and services and segregated the reporting segments as Software Services, Managed Services and Support, and Platform Services.
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. The Company define the term ‘‘chief operating decision maker’’ to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer along with the management team reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in three distinct reportable operating segments, and all required financial segments information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.
Expenses included in segment operating profit consist principally of direct selling, delivery costs and research and development expenses. Certain Sales and Marketing expenses, General and Administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization are not allocated to individual segments in internal management reports used by the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, such expenses are excluded from segment operating profit and are included below as “unallocated costs” and adjusted against our total income from operations. Additionally, management has determined that it is not practical to allocate identifiable assets by segment, since such assets are used interchangeably among the segments.
F-39 |
Revenue by Operating Segment
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
2019 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Revenue | ||||||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 12,892,078 | 41 | % | $ | 20,067,650 | 70 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 15,199,744 | 49 | % | 6,528,752 | 23 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | 3,247,114 | 10 | % | 2,140,212 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 31,338,936 | 100 | % | $ | 28,736,614 | 100 | % |
Operating profit by Operating Segment
Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
2020 |
Percent
of Total |
2019 |
Percent
of Total |
|||||||||||||
Software Services | $ | 1,277,775 | 49 | % | $ | 2,721,374 | 168 | % | ||||||||
Managed Services and Support | 3,475,122 | 133 | % | 1,364,297 | 84 | % | ||||||||||
Platform Services | 199,594 | 8 | % | (181,424 | ) | (11 | )% | |||||||||
Total segment operating profit | 4,952,491 | 190 | % | 3,904,247 | 242 | % | ||||||||||
Less: unallocated costs | 2,263,021 | 87 | % | 2,235,184 | 138 | % | ||||||||||
Income from operations | 2,689,470 | 103 | % | 1,669,063 | 103 | % | ||||||||||
Interest expense | 78,646 | 3 | % | 52,576 | 3 | % | ||||||||||
Net income (loss) before income tax expenses | $ | 2,610,824 | 100 | % | $ | 1,616,487 | 62 | % |
Revenue from top 5 customers
2020
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | |||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 17,958,974 | 57 | % | |||||
Customer 2 | 2,383,250 | 8 | % | ||||||
Customer 3 | 1,827,752 | 6 | % | ||||||
Customer 4 | 1,520,067 | 5 | % | ||||||
Customer 5 | $ | 1,033,142 | 3 | % |
2019
Customer | Amount | % of Revenue | |||||||
Customer 1 | $ | 10,144,431 | 35 | % | |||||
Customer 2 | 3,294,041 | 11 | % | ||||||
Customer 3 | 1,871,200 | 7 | % | ||||||
Customer 4 | 1,381,744 | 5 | % | ||||||
Customer 5 | $ | 1,237,090 | 4 | % |
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenues as we transfer control of deliverables (services, solutions, and platform) to our clients in an amount reflecting the consideration to which we expect to be entitled. To recognize revenues, we apply the following five step approach: (1) identify the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenues when a performance obligation is satisfied. We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from all parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intention to pay based on a variety of factors including the customer’s historical payment experience.
For performance obligations where control is transferred over time, revenues are recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the deliverables to be provided.
F-40 |
Software Services
The Company enters into contractual obligations with the customers to perform (i) Strategic advisory services which include assessment of the enterprise network, applications environment and advise on the design and tools; (ii) Implementation services which include deployment, upgrades, enhancements, migration, training, documentation and maintenance of various electronic health record systems and (iii) Development services which include customization of network and applications in the public cloud environment.
Revenue from Strategic advisory, Implementation and Development services are distinct performance obligation and is recognized on time-and-material or fixed-price project basis. Revenues related to time-and-material are recognized over the period the services are provided using labor hours. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
We may enter into contracts that consist of multiple performance obligations. Such contracts may include any combination of our deliverables. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised deliverables, we apply judgment to determine whether promised deliverables are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria are not met, the promised deliverables are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. For contracts with multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate consideration among the performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling price. Standalone selling price is the price at which we would sell a promised good or service separately to the customer. When not directly observable, we typically estimate standalone selling price by using the expected cost plus a margin approach. We typically establish a standalone selling price range for our deliverables, which is reassessed on a periodic basis or when facts and circumstances change
Managed Services and Support
The Company has standard contracts for its Managed Services and Support, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Managed Services and Support contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Cloud hosting, Continuous monitoring of applications, security and compliance and support.
Revenue from Managed Services and Support is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP (standalone selling price), ratably on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are rendered. Contract with customers includes subcontractor services or third-party cloud infrastructure services in certain integrated services arrangements. In these types of arrangements, revenue is recognized net of costs when the Company is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor, and gross when the Company is the principal for the transaction. In doing so, the Company first evaluates whether it controls the platform or service before it is transferred to the customer. The Company considers whether it has the primary obligation to fulfil the contract, pricing discretion and other factors to determine whether it controls the platform or service and therefore is acting as a principal or an agent. Payment for Managed Services and Support is due monthly.
F-41 |
Platform Services
The Company has standard contracts for its Platform Services, however the statement of work contained in such contracts is unique for each customer. A typical Platform Services contract would provide for some or all of the following types of services being provided to the customer: Data Analytics, Backup and Recovery, through our Platform.
The revenue from Platform Services is a distinct performance obligation and recognized based on SSP. During the periods presented the Company generated revenue from Platform Services on a fixed-price solutions delivery model. Revenues related to fixed-price contracts are recognized as the service is performed using the cost-to-cost method, under which the total value of revenues is recognized based on the percentage that each contract’s total labor cost to date bears to the total expected labor costs. The cost-to-cost method requires estimation of future costs, which is updated as the project progresses to reflect the latest available information; such estimates and changes in estimates involve the use of judgment. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known and any anticipated losses on contracts are recognized immediately, where appropriate.
Our contractual terms and conditions for Software services, Managed Services and Support and Platform Services mandate that our services are documented and subject to inspection, testing at the time of delivery to customer. In addition, the Company needs to integrate seamlessly into the customers’ systems. Also, the customer has a right to cancel all, or part of the services rendered if it is not in accordance with statement of work and within the stipulated time.
Source and Timing of revenue
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Software Services | $ | 12,892,078 | $ | 20,067,650 | ||||
Managed Services and Support | 15,199,744 | 6,528,752 | ||||||
Platform Services | 3,247,114 | 2,140,212 | ||||||
Total Revenue | $ | 31,338,936 | $ | 28,736,614 |
Managed Services and Support include Cloud hosting revenue of $ 11,072,255 in 2020 and $ 3,711,668 in 2019.
F-42 |
Timing of Revenue Recognition | Software Services | Managed Services | Platform Services | Total Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | 2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to a point of time | 12,892,078 | 20,067,650 | — | — | 3,247,114 | 2,140,211 | 16,139,192 | 22,207,862 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred over time | — | — | 15,199,744 | 6,528,752 | — | — | 15,199,744 | 6,528,752 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenue | 12,892,078 | 20,067,650 | 15,199,744 | 6,528,752 | 3,247,114 | 2,140,211 | 31,338,936 | 28,736,614 |
Various economic factors affect revenues and cash flows. Software services are provided on time-and-material and fixed-price project basis and generally sales are collected within two months. Managed services are provided ratably over the term of the contract and cash flows generally are collected monthly. Platform Services are delivered over several months; revenues and cash flows occur based on stages of completion.
Contract Balances
The timing of revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and customer advances and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Amounts are billed as work progresses in accordance with agreed-upon contractual terms, generally monthly upon achievement of contractual milestones. Generally, billing occurs after revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets. However, we sometimes receive advances or deposits from our customers, particularly on our international contracts, before revenue is recognized, resulting in contract liabilities. These deposits are liquidated when revenue is recognized.
The beginning and ending contract balances were as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Accounts Receivables | $ | 6,396,150 | $ | 4,170,237 | ||||
Unbilled Revenue | — | — | ||||||
Deferred Revenue | $ | 297,775 | $ | 749,029 |
Revenue recognized for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of each year was $749,029 and nil respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments (including money market funds) with an original maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash balances, which may exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that this results in any significant credit risk.
Accounts Receivable
The Company extends credit to clients based upon management’s assessment of their creditworthiness on an unsecured basis. The Company provides an allowance for uncollectible accounts based on historical experience and management evaluation of trend analysis. The Company includes any balances that are determined to be uncollectible in its allowance for doubtful accounts. For the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, the Company did not provide allowances for uncollectible accounts. Based on the information available, management believes the Company’s accounts receivable are collectible.
F-43 |
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. The Company provides for depreciation of property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets ranging from 3 to 7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease terms or the useful lives of the improvements. The Company charges repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the lives of the assets to expenses as incurred.
Intangible Assets
We capitalize certain costs incurred for the platform development when it is determined that it is probable that the platform will be completed and will be used as intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities, post-implementation activities, training, and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Customer relationship and platform development are amortized based on finite lives using either the straight-line method or based on estimated future cash flows to approximate the pattern in which the economic benefit of the asset will be utilized. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.
Software Development Costs
Costs for the development of new software products and substantial enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred and classified under research and development expenses until technological feasibility has been established, at which time any additional costs would be capitalized. The Company believes its current process for developing software is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of technological feasibility. Software development costs charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 was $ 1,743,079 and $1,013,469 respectively.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect and do not bear interest. The collectability of trade receivable balances is regularly evaluated based on a combination of factors such as customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment pattern. Additionally, if it is determined that a customer will be unable to fully meet its financial obligation, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or other material event impacting its business, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts may be recorded to reduce the related receivable to the amount expected to be recovered.
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in required allowances that could be material.
F-44 |
Business Combinations
As per ASC 805-50 a common-control transaction does not meet the definition of a business combination because there is no change in control over the net assets. The accounting for these transactions is addressed in the “Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control”. The net assets are derecognized by the transferring entity and recognized by the receiving entity at the historical cost of the parent of the entities under common control. Any difference between the proceeds transferred or received and the carrying amounts of the net assets is recognized in equity in the transferring and receiving entities’ separate financial statements and eliminated in consolidation. The change in accounting principle is applied retroactively for all periods presented.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based awards to employees and consultants in accordance with applicable accounting principles, which requires compensation expense related to share-based transactions, including employee stock options, to be measured and recognized in the financial statements based on a determination of the fair value of the stock options over the instruments vesting period. Options awarded to purchase shares of common stock issued to non-employees do not need to be remeasured as per ASU 2018-07 principles.
The Company adopted the “2020 Stock Incentive Plan” (Plan). The Company has reserved 2,200,000 shares of the Company’s Common stock.
Income taxes
Income taxes have been provided for using an assets and liability approach in which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of deferred tax assets when, based on available evidence, it is not “more-likely-than-not” that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rate and laws.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value and establishes a hierarchy for reporting the reliability of input measurements used to assess fair value for all assets and liabilities. FASB ASC 820 defines fair value as the selling price that would be received for an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in the principal or most advantageous market on the measurement date. That framework provides a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Certain financial instruments are carried at cost on the balance sheet, which approximates fair value due to their short-term, highly liquid nature. These instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities.
Warrant Liability: The Company accounts for the warrants issued in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with the guidance on Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, which provides that the Company classifies the warrant instrument as a liability at its fair value and adjusts the instrument to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the Company’s statement of operations. The fair value of warrants issued by the Company has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model.
F-45 |
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising cost as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $ Nil.
3) Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and trade receivables. Credit risks associated with trade receivables is minimal due to the Company’s customer base which consist of large customer base and ongoing procedures, which monitor the credit worthiness of its customers. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, sales to five major customers accounted for approximately 79% and 62% of total revenue respectively. These same customers accounted for 87% and 80% of the accounts receivable balance on December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively.
The Company maintains cash balances in various financial institutions. The balances are generally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 (valid through December 31, 2020) per institution. The Company had a cash balance of $1,402,700 and $974,830 on December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
4) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following on December 31,
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Furniture and Equipment | $ | 87,790 | $ | 87,990 | ||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation | (72,004 | ) | (46,344 | ) | ||||
Net Fixed Assets | $ | 15,786 | $ | 41,646 |
Depreciation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $25,660 and $46,344 respectively.
5) Intangible Assets
The Company’s intangible assets consist primarily of intellectual property and customer relationship it acquired through various acquisitions. We capitalize certain costs incurred for the platform development when it is determined that it is probable that the platform will be completed and will be used as intended. We amortize our intangible assets that have finite lives using either the straight-line method or based on estimated future cash flows to approximate the pattern in which the economic benefit of the asset will be utilized.
F-46 |
Intangible assets consist of the following on December 31,
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Customer relationships | $ | 2,648,941 | $ | 2,648,941 | ||||
Intellectual property | 1,000,000 | 1,000,000 | ||||||
Product development | 477,457 | — | ||||||
4,126,398 | 3,648,941 | |||||||
Accumulated amortization | (1,507,322 | ) | (729,788 | ) | ||||
Net Intangible Assets | $ | 2,619,076 | $ | 2,919,153 |
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $ 777,534 and $729,788, respectively. This amortization expense relates to capitalized software expenses, intellectual property, and customer lists.
Nature of Intangibles | Useful Life | |
Customer relationships | 5 years | |
Intellectual property | 5 years | |
Product development | 5 years |
Estimated annual amortization expense (including amortization expense associated with capitalized software costs) for each of the next five years are as follows:
December 31, | ||||
2021 | $ | 825,280 | ||
2022 | 825,280 | |||
2023 | 825,280 | |||
2024 | 143,236 | |||
Total | $ | 2,619,076 |
6) Due to Related Party
The Company entered into a Master Service Agreement, Shared Services Agreement and Rental Sublease Agreement with its parent.
F-47 |
As per the Master Services Agreement, parent provides technical resources according to the statement of work from the Company. The initial term of the agreement is twenty-four months which is extendable based on mutual consent. The parent charges for the services at cost plus margin. The invoices are settled within sixty days as per the agreement.
As per the terms of the Shared Services and Rental Sublease Agreement, the cost incurred by the parent on behalf of the Company are settled at cost.
The Shared Services Agreement includes Development infrastructure, Sales support, Recruitment and Immigration support, Project coordination, HR and Operation support, Management /Advisory services. The Company paid $ 576,000 and $ 576,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 respectively.
The Company do not have any signed lease agreement on its name and currently operates from three office locations leased by the Parent. The Company paid an annual rent of $ 166,812 and $ 215,532 for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019 respectively.
The balance receivable from related parties as of December 31, 2020, was $445,003 and the balance payable to related parties as of December 31, 2019, was $79,042.
The Company acquired Cornerstone Advisors Group LLC on May 8, 2020 from SecureKloud Technologies Inc f/k/a 8K Miles Software Services Inc. (a Nevada corporation) (“SecureKloud”) for a principal sum of $7,000,000, payable with a simple interest rate of 2% p.a. Pursuant to the acquisition agreement, the Company has assumed certain liabilities of the SecureKloud in the amount of $5,150,000 due to the Subsidiary as on December 31, 2020. During the year, the Company paid $1,850,000 towards principal amount. As of December 31, 2020, the Company owes $5,150,000 to the SecureKloud. The amount due from the SecureKloud to the Subsidiary is offset against the outstanding principal balance of $5,150,000.
7) Business Combination
Effective May 8, 2020, the Company acquired the entire equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC in exchange for a promissory note. In accordance with the terms of the Equity Purchase Agreement dated May 8, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Cornerstone Advisory Services LLC for a total consideration of $7,000,000. The total purchase price of $7.0 million was allocated to net working capital of $4.7 million and intangibles of $2.3 million, taking into consideration projected revenue from the acquired list of Subsidiary’s customers over a period of five years.
8) Reorganization; Asset Transfer
In connection with a corporate reorganization conducted by the Parent, on January 1, 2020, the Parent and the Company entered into an Asset Transfer Agreement pursuant to which the Parent transferred its Life Sciences business in exchange for 25,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company. The transaction has been accounted on historic cost basis of accounting as per the US GAAP including the Intellectual Property which is classified under intangible assets..
9) Equity Transactions
The Company issued 2,300,000 common stocks at $0.00001 per share to founders, management and consultants during the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company issued 25,500,000 common stocks as part of the reorganization plan towards the “Life Sciences” division from SecureKloud and 100,000 common stocks as consideration for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2020.
F-48 |
10) Debt Securities
• Convertible Note
The Company during the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, entered into several Securities Purchase Agreements with certain investors pursuant to which we issued the Convertible Notes and the Warrants. The terms of the Warrants are further described below. Each Convertible Note accrues interest at a rate of 10% per annum, which is payable quarterly on the first day of January, April, July, and October, beginning on the first such date after the issuance of such Convertible Note and ends on the maturity date of such Convertible Note. The maturity date of the Convertible Notes is the earlier of 9 months from their issuance date or the closing of the Company’s Initial Public offering, subject to a three-month extension at the option of the Company; provided, however, if we exercise this option with respect to any Convertible Note, the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note will increase by 30% and the interest rate thereon will increase to 15% per annum. The Convertible Notes are convertible in whole or in part, at the option of the holder during the seven-day period immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering The total number of shares that any Convertible Note may be converted into is calculated by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of such Convertible Note plus any unpaid accrued interest and any fees and any and all other outstanding amounts owing thereon by (y) a conversion price equal to 60% of the offering price of the common stock in the Company’s Initial Public Offering. The number of shares of common stock that the Convertible Notes are convertible into is subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
As long as any portion of the Convertible Notes remain outstanding, unless the holders of at least 67% in principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible Notes shall have otherwise given prior written consent, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (i) other than certain permitted indebtedness (including any indebtedness up to $200,000) and , enter into, create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist any indebtedness; (ii) amend its charter documents, in any manner that materially and adversely affects any rights of Convertible Noteholders unless consented to by the Holder; (iii) repurchase common stock, with certain exceptions; (iv) repurchase or repay debt other than the Convertible Notes on a pro rata basis other than regularly scheduled principal payments unless an event of default exists under the Convertible Notes; (v) pay cash dividends or distributions on any equity securities; (vi) enter into any transactions with affiliates unless such transaction is on an arm’s length basis and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board or (vii) enter into an agreement to with respect to clauses (i) through (vi).
The occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the Company is an “Event of Default” under the Convertible Notes: (i) any default in the payment under the Convertible Note when due that is not cured within 5 trading days; provided, however, there is no cure period for a default on the payment of principal; (ii) breaches of covenants or agreements contained in the Convertible Notes or the related transaction documents that exist after the expiration of certain cure periods; (iii) a default or event of default under the transaction documents related to the Convertible Notes or any of the Company’s material agreements; (iv) material untrue statements contained in material representations or warranties made in the Convertible Notes or related transaction documents or materially untrue statements as of the date they were made contained in financial statements, reports or certificated delivered to Convertible Noteholders contained in any documents delivered to the Convertible Noteholders; (v) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any significant subsidiary; (vi) the Company shall default on any of its obligations under any mortgage, credit agreement or other facility, indenture agreement, factoring agreement or other instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for borrowed money or money due under any long term leasing or factoring arrangement that (a) involves an obligation greater than $200,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, and (b) results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable; (vii) the Company is subject to a change of control transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in excess of 33% of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions; (viii) the Company shall fail for any reason to deliver the conversion shares pursuant to a conversion under the Convertible Note within the time frame set forth in the Convertible Note; and (ix) a final non-appealable judgment by any competent court in the United States for the payment of money in an amount of at least $250,000 is rendered against the Company, and the same remains undischarged and unpaid for a period of 45 days during which execution of such judgment is not effectively stayed.
If any Event of Default occurs, the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Convertible Noteholder’s election, immediately due and payable in cash at 130% of the aggregate of such amounts and the interest rate on the Convertible Notes shall accrue at an interest rate equal to the lesser of 15% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. If any amounts under any Convertible Note remain unpaid after the date that is 12 months after its issuance, the Company shall, in addition to any and all other remedies available, make monthly payments of 5% of its gross revenue for the previous month until such Convertible Note is paid in full.
The Company has received a total amount of $1,640,000 as of December 31, 2020. The proceeds from Convertible note have been utilized for working capital purposes. The Company has allocated the proceeds from Convertible note between promissory notes and warrants; as of December 31, 2020, the Company has reported a Convertible note liability of $754,400 at fair value.
F-49 |
• Common Stock Warrants
The Company has issued Warrants as described above, each of which entitles the holder thereof to purchase a number of shares of our common stock equal to 50% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into at a price equal to 120% of the conversion price of such Convertible Note (i.e., 72% of the offering price per share of the common stock in the Company’s Initial Public Offering). Upon the occurrence of a clause (i) Event of Default, the number of shares underlying each Warrant will increase to 75% of the number of shares that Convertible Note issued with such Warrant is convertible into. Each Warrant expires on the second anniversary of its issuance. The warrant is exercisable for cash.
The warrants are subject to certain customary adjustments in the event of stock dividends and splits, issuance of options, subsequent rights offerings, and pro rata distributions.
Warrant holders have “piggyback” registration rights as set forth therein and a breach of such rights with respect to any Warrant would result in an increase by 25% of the shares of our common stock underlying such Warrant.
The Warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton Option (“BSM”) pricing model that is based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, which include the Company’s stock fair value and assumptions for expected volatility, expected life and risk-free interest rate, as well as the present value of the minimum cash payment component of the instrument for the warrants, when applicable. Changes in the assumptions used could have a material impact on the resulting fair value of each warrant. The primary inputs affecting the value of the warrant liability are the Company’s stock price and volatility in the Company’s stock price, as well as assumptions about the probability and timing of certain events, such as a change in control or future equity offerings. Increases in the fair value of the underlying stock or increases in the volatility of the stock price generally result in a corresponding increase in the fair value of the warrant liability; conversely, decreases in the fair value of the underlying stock or decreases in the volatility of the stock price generally result in a corresponding decrease in the fair value of the warrant liability.
The Company has allocated the proceeds from Convertible note between promissory notes and warrants; as of December 31, 2020, the Company has reported a Warrant liability of $885,600 at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations at each reporting date.
As of December 31, 2020, none of the warrants have been exercised by the note holders and hence no proceeds have been received towards the warrants.
11) Provision for Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management evaluates all available evidence about future taxable income and other possible sources of realization of deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that represents management’s best estimate of the amount of such deferred tax assets that more likely than not will be realized. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or increased the allowance in any given period, an expense is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the statement of income.
The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the tax authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit is measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as other expense in the statement of income. Based on management’s evaluations, there are no uncertain tax positions requiring recognition as of the date of these financial statements.
Income tax expense (benefit) was computed as follows:
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Federal income tax | $ | 181,314 | $ | 315,052 | ||||
State income tax | 76,067 | 129,319 | ||||||
Total income taxes, current provision | 257,381 | 444,371 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes (benefit) | — | — | ||||||
Total income tax expense /(benefit) | $ | 257,381 | $ | 444,371 |
F-50 |
The Company’s effective tax rate is 23% and 27% for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively. The future effective income tax rate depends on various factors, such as the Company’s income (loss) before taxes, tax legislation and the geographic composition of pre-tax income.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has recognized as other income the paycheck protection program loan amount of $1,512,758. Section 1106(i) of the CARES Act addresses certain Federal income tax consequences resulting from covered loan forgiveness. Specifically, that subsection provides that, for purposes of the Code, any amount that (but for that subsection) would be includible in gross income of the recipient by reason of forgiveness described in section 1106(b) “shall be excluded from gross income.” This has resulted in a significant difference in the taxable income (Ref. Note 15).
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various State jurisdictions. The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are generally subject to possible examination by the taxing authorities until the expiration of the related statute of limitations on those tax returns which is generally three years from the original filing deadline.
12) New Accounting Pronouncements
i) In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”). The standard largely aligns the accounting for share-based payment awards issued to employees and non-employees by expanding the scope of ASC 718 to apply to non-employee share-based transactions, as long as the transaction is not effectively a form of financing. For public entities, ASU 2018-07 was required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, ASU 2018-07 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities but no earlier than the Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-07. The Company adopted ASU 2018-07 as of the required effective date of January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-07 adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
ii) In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements in ASC 820. The new disclosure requirements include disclosure related to changes in unrealized gains or losses included in other comprehensive income (loss) for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements held at the end of each reporting period and the explicit requirement to disclose the range and weighted-average of significant unobservable inputs used for Level 3 fair value measurements. The other provisions of ASU 2018-13 include eliminated and modified disclosure requirements. For all entities, this guidance is required to be adopted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 as of the required effective date of January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
F-51 |
iii) In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, a lessee is required to record (i) a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on its balance sheet for all leases with accounting lease terms of more than 12 months regardless of whether it is an operating or financing lease and (ii) lease expense in its consolidated statement of operations for operating leases and amortization and interest expense in its consolidated statement of operations for financing leases. Leases with a term of 12 months or less may be accounted for similar to prior guidance for operating leases today. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), which added an optional transition method that allows companies to adopt the standard as of the beginning of the year of adoption as opposed to the earliest comparative period presented. In November 2019, the FASB issued guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued additional guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For public entities, ASU 2016-02 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
iv) In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. For public entities, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those reporting periods. For nonpublic companies, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
v) In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or by another reference rate expected to be discontinued. This guidance is effective for all entities upon issuance on March 12, 2020 and may be applied through December 31, 2022. The expedients and exceptions in this guidance are optional, and the Company is evaluating the potential future financial statement impact of any such expedient or exception that it may elect to apply as the Company evaluates the effects of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
vi) The Company qualifies as “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and has elected to “opt in” to the extended transition related to complying with new or revised accounting standards, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public and nonpublic companies, the Company will adopt the new or revised standard at the time nonpublic companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that the Company either (i) irrevocably elects to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company. The Company may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.
F-52 |
13) Legal Matters
The Company is not involved in any action, arbitration and / or other legal proceedings that it expects to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. All legal cost is expensed as incurred.
14) Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is likely to continue to have, a severe and unprecedented impact on the world and on our business. Measures to prevent its spread, including government-imposed restrictions on large gatherings, closures of face-to-face events, “shelter in place” health orders and travel restrictions have had a significant effect on certain of our business operations. In response to these business disruptions, which include a transition to remote working, reducing certain of our discretionary expenditures and eliminating non-essential travel particularly with respect to COVID-19 impacted operation and complying with health and safety guidelines to protect employees, contractors, and customers.
The Company reported sequential growth in revenue in 2020; the Healthcare revenue was lower in the second and third quarters of 2020 due to COVID-19 as many hospitals delayed investments in new projects or upgrade; however, the Company witnessed strong growth in Life Sciences revenue due to investments in research and development for drug discovery to address COVID-19 challenges and Healthcare revenues have returned to pre-COVID-19 levels in the fourth quarter 2020.
The Company has obtained necessary funding to manage our short-term working capital requirements. The Company has not altered any credit terms with its customers and the realization from the customers have generally been on time. The Company has been able to service its debt and other obligations on time. There has been no material impact on the operational liquidity and capital resources on account of COVID-19.
Because of COVID-19, Healthcare and Life Sciences organizations are accelerating research, rethinking patient care, and maintaining clinical and operational continuity during this unprecedented time for the global health system. COVID-19 has necessitated the adoption of digital communication channels and remote working technology within the Healthcare and Life Sciences industry at a rapid pace.
15) Other Income
On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the coronavirus outbreak a "Public Health Emergency of International Concern" and on March 11, 2020, declared it to be a pandemic. Actions taken around the world to help mitigate the spread of the coronavirus include restrictions on travel, and quarantines in certain areas, and forced closures for certain types of public places and businesses. The coronavirus and actions taken to mitigate the spread of it have had and are expected to continue to have an adverse impact on the economies and financial markets of many countries, including the geographical area in which the Company operates. On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was enacted to amongst other provisions, provide emergency assistance for individuals, families and businesses affected by the coronavirus pandemic.
F-53 |
The Company was advanced a loan by Small Business Administration (‘SBA’) in the amount of $ 1,512,758 in April 2020, under the Payroll Protection Program (‘PPP’) of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act or the Act). The Paycheck Protection Program is a loan designed to provide a direct incentive for small businesses to keep their workers on the payroll under the COVID-19 pandemic. Section 1106 of the Act provides for forgiveness of up to the full principal amount of qualifying loans guaranteed under the Paycheck Protection Program. SBA will forgive the loan if all employee retention criteria are met, and the funds are used for eligible expenses.
The amount of PPP loan of $1,512,758 is classified under other income as the Company has utilized the loan for eligible expenses which qualifies for full forgiveness.
16) Commitments
Operating Lease
The Company is currently operating from three office locations leased by SecureKloud. The Company do not have any signed lease agreement on its name. The Company pays rent to SecureKloud on monthly basis. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, rent expense were $ 166,812 and $ 215,532, respectively.
17) Subsequent Events
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 01, 2021 the date, which the financial statements were available to be issued. No reportable subsequent events have occurred through June 01, 2021, which would have a significant effect on the financial statements as of December 31, 2020 except as otherwise disclosed.
In January of 2021, the Company issued 807,500 incentive stock options to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January of 2021, the Company issued 452,000 non-qualified stock options to various employees of the Parent and consultants for services rendered (“Non-Employee Stock Options”) at an exercise price of $0.40 per option. The Non-Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to employees of the Parent terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to consultants terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable consultant’s termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
F-54 |
In January of 2021, three of our directors, Vivek Prakash, Lakshmanan Kannappan and Shibu Kizhakevilayil were each granted 50,000 non-qualified stock options (“Director Stock Option”) that are exercisable for $0.40 per option. The Director Stock Options vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Director Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable director’s termination from the board and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In January and February of 2021, the Company issued 1,418,750 shares at $0.40 per share as stock-based compensation towards services availed.
The Company amended the “2020 Stock Incentive Plan” on April 1, 2021 to increase the amount of common stock reserved under the Plan from 2,200,000 to 4,000,000 shares.
F-55 |
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
9,184,438 shares of Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
, 2021
EF Hutton
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders have authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or to make any representations not contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. You must not rely on any unauthorized information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. You should not assume that this prospectus is accurate as of any other date.
F-56 |
Part II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA filing.
Amount | ||||
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee | $ | 5,611.80 | ||
FINRA filing fee | 8,007 | |||
NASDAQ listing fee | 75,000 | |||
Accountants’ fees and expenses | 120,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses | 250,000 | |||
Printing and engraving expenses | 2,000 | |||
Miscellaneous | 139,381.20 | |||
Total expenses | $ | 600,000 |
Item
14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section
102 of the General Company Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) permits a Company to eliminate the personal liability of
directors of a Company to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where
the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law,
authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal
benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Company shall be personally liable to
it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing
such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of
fiduciary duty.
Section
145 of the DGCL provides that a Company has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, or a person
serving at the request of the Company for another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities
against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the Company,
no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable
to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication
of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by
the DGCL or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Company, by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries (and the Company, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the
fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or is or was serving at the request of the Company
in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Company) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person
in respect thereof; provided, however, the Company shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection
with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof)
was authorized by the Board of Directors and (ii) the indemnification does not relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act, as amended, or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other
right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise.
If
a claim is not paid in full by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid
amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting
such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending
any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where any undertaking required by the By-laws of the Company has been tendered to
the Company) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Company to indemnify
the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company
(including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct
set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders)
that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Indemnification shall include payment by the Company of expenses in defending
an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person
indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
In
any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree
to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers, and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.
Item
15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Set
forth below is information regarding sales of securities issued by us since the Company’s inception on October 29, 2019.
(a)
Issuance of common stock.
On
November 10, 2019, the Company issued 2,300,000 shares of common stock to its founders.
On
January 1, 2020, the Company issued 25,500 ,000 shares of common stock to SecureKloud Technologies, Inc. in exchange for certain
assets of SecureKloud Technologies, Inc.
From
December 1, 2020 to February 1, 2021, the Company issued 1,518,750 shares of common stock to various consultants and vendors for services
rendered at an agreed upon price of $0.40 per share.
The
issuance of the common stock listed above was deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation
D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities was made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering.
The recipient of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view
to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.
(b)
Warrants
From December 29, 2020, to February
10, 2021, the Company issued warrants to purchase 739,438 shares of the Company’s common stock at a per share exercise price
equal to $3.60.
The
issuance of the warrants listed above were deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation
D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering.
The recipient of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view
to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.
(d)
Option Grants.
On
January 1, 2021, the Company issued 807,500 incentive stock options to 56 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”)
under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan. All of the Employee Stock Options are exercisable at a per share exercise price
of $0.40 and vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining
75% vesting monthly over the remaining three years. The Employee Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable
employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In July of 2021, the Company
issued 324,000 incentive stock options to 6 of its employees (the “Employee Stock Options”) under the Company’s 2020
Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) at an exercise price of $0.40. Out of these granted incentive stock options, 262,500 have
vested and 37,500 vest over a one-year period . All the other Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period. The Employee Stock
Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment termination and 10 years after the date
of the grant.
In January of 2021, the Company
issued 452,000 non-qualified stock options to various employees of the Parent and consultants for services rendered (“Non-Employee
Stock Options”) at an exercise price of $0.40 per option. The Non-Employee Stock Options vest over a four-year period. The Non-Employee
Stock Options issued to employees of the Parent terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable employee’s employment
termination and 10 years after the date of the grant. The Non-Employee Stock Options issued to consultants terminate on the earlier of
90 days after the applicable consultant’s termination and 10 years after the date of the grant.
In
January of 2021, the three of our directors, Vivek Prakash, Lakshmanan Kannappan and Shibu Kizhakevilayil were each granted 50,000 non-qualified
stock options (“Director Stock Option”) that are exercisable for $0.40 per option. The Director Stock Options vest over a
four-year period with the first 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and the remaining 75% vesting monthly
over the remaining three years. The Director Stock Options terminate on the earlier of 90 days after the applicable director’s
termination from the board and 10 years after the date of the grant.
The
issuance of the options listed above were deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D
promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering.
The recipient of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view
to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.
(d)
Issuance of Notes.
On
May 8, 2020, the Company issued a $7,000,000 promissory note to SecureKloud, Inc. in connection with its acquisition of the equity of
Cornerstone Advisors Group, LLC. The promissory note has been repaid and is no longer outstanding.
During
the period commencing December 29, 2020, and ending on February 10, 2021, we entered into several securities purchase agreements with
certain accredited investors pursuant to which we issued 10% Convertible Promissory Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,244,940.
The
issuance of the Notes listed above were deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated
thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipient
of such securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale
in connection with any distribution thereof.
(e)
Issuance of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock.
On July 12, 2021, the Company
issued 6,000 shares of its Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock to Mr. Suresh Venkatachari pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.
Each share of Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock is entitled to 1,000 votes per share.
The
issuance of the Series A Super Voting Preferred Stock was deemed exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act
or Regulation D promulgated thereunder in that the issuance of securities were made to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer who
is an accredited investor and did not involve a public offering. The recipient of such securities represented its intention to acquire
the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.
Item
16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)
Exhibits: Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated
into this Item.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information
is presented in the financial statements and the related notes.
II-1
II-2
II-3
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:
(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and
(B) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
II-4 |
(5) That for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to any charter provision, by law or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Pleasanton, California on September 27, 2021.
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Suresh Venkatachari | |
Suresh Venkatachari | ||
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name | Position | Date |
/s/Suresh Venkatachari | Chief Executive Officer and Chairman | September 27, 2021 |
Suresh Venkatachari | (Principal Executive Officer) | |
/s/Thyagarajan Ramachandran | Chief Financial Officer | September 27, 2021 |
Thyagarajan Ramachandran | (Principal Accounting Officer) | |
/s/Lakshmanan Kannappan | Director | September 27, 2021 |
Lakshmanan Kannappan | ||
/s/Shibu Kizhakevilayil | Director | September 27, 2021 |
Shibu Kizhakevilayil | ||
/s/Vivek Prakash | Director | September 27, 2021 |
Vivek Prakash | ||
/Brendan Gallagher | Director | September 27, 2021 |
Brendan Gallagher | ||
/s/April Bjornstad | Director | September 27, 2021 |
April Bjornstad | ||
/s/John Leo | Director | September 27, 2021 |
John Leo | ||
/s/Dave Rosa | Director | September 27, 2021 |
Dave Rosa |
II-6 |
EXHIBIT INDEX
* Previously Filed
** Previously filed and portions have been redacted.
II-7 |
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
between
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
and
EF HUTTON
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC,
as Representative of the Several Underwriters
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
New York, New York
[●], 2021
EF Hutton,
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto
17 Battery Place, Suite 625
New York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a corporation formed under the law of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (the “Representative”), and with the other underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto for which the Representative is acting as representative (the Representative and such other underwriters being collectively called the “Underwriters” and, individually, an “Underwriter”) as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Shares.
1.1. Firm Shares.
1.1.1. Purchase of Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of [●] shares (“Firm Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule 1 hereto, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions) of $[●] per Firm Share, being equal to 92% of the public offering price of the Firm Shares. The Firm Shares are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof). With regard to investors listed on Schedule 2 hereto, the purchase price shall be $[●] per Firm Share, being equal to 96% of the public offering price of the Firm Shares.
1.1.2. Payment and Delivery. Delivery and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second (2nd) Business Day (as defined below) following the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 below) (or the third (3rd) Business Day following the Effective Date if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 p.m., New York City time) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Lucosky Brookman LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “Closing Date.” Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Firm Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Shares for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all of the Firm Shares. The term “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or any other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, that, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York are generally are open for use by customers on such day.
1.2. Over-Allotment Option.
1.2.1. Option Shares. For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares, the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [●] additional shares of Common Stock, representing fifteen percent (15%) of the Firm Shares sold in the offering (the “Option Shares”), from the Company (the “Over-Allotment Option”). The Option Shares shall be identical in all respects to the Firm Shares. The Option Shares shall be purchased for the account of each of the several Underwriters in the same proportion as the number of Firm Shares, set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule 1 hereto, bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject to adjustment by the Representative to eliminate fractions). No Option Shares shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Option Shares, or any portion thereof, may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representative to the Company. The purchase price to be paid per Option Share shall be equal to the price per Firm Share set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter referred to together as the “Public Securities.” The offering and sale of the Public Securities is herein referred to as the “Offering.”
1.2.2. Exercise of Option. The Over-Allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Shares within 45 days after the Effective Date. The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Shares prior to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. The Over-Allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company by the Representative, which must be confirmed in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Lucosky Brookman or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Option Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares specified in such notice and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, shall purchase the number of Option Shares specified in such notice.
1.2.3. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Option Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Option Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Option Shares for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Shares except upon tender of payment by the Representative for applicable Option Shares.
1.3. Representative’s Warrants.
1.3.1. Purchase Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date a warrant (“Representative’s Warrant”) for the purchase of an aggregate of [●] shares of Common Stock, representing 1.25% of the Firm Shares pursuant to a warrant agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Representative’s Warrant Agreement”) (excluding any Option Shares sold in the Over-Allotment Option, if any). The Representative’s Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on a date which is six (6) months after the Effective Date and expiring on the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date at an initial exercise price per share of Common Stock of $[●], which is equal to 110.0% of the initial public offering price of the Firm Shares. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 upon transfer of the Representative’s Warrant and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant during the one hundred eighty (180) day period after the Effective Date and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrant, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing restrictions and those in the Representative’s Warrant Agreement.
1.3.2. Delivery. Delivery of the Representative’s Warrants shall be made on the Closing Date and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.
2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:
2.1. Filing of Registration Statement.
2.1.1. Pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, and any amendment or amendments thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259180), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “Securities Act Regulations”). The conditions for use of Form S-1 as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, to register the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities under the Securities Act, have been satisfied. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations (the “Rule 430A Information”)), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.
Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [●], 2021, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.
“Applicable Time” means [TIME] p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement.
“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the Public Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Public Securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).
“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 3-B hereto.
“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.
“Pricing Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 3-A hereto, all considered together.
2.1.2. Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File No. 001-[●]) providing for the registration pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the Common Stock. The registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.
2.2. Stock Exchange Listing. The shares of Common Stock have been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Exchange”), subject only to official notice of issuance, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the shares of Common Stock from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.3. No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.
2.4. Disclosures in Registration Statement.
2.4.1. Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation.
(i) At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus do and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T promulgated under the Securities Act (“Regulation S-T”).
(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date (if any), contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(iii) The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, at the Closing Date and at any Option Closing Date (if any), did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists solely of the following: the names of the Underwriters, the information with respect to stabilizing transactions contained in the section “Underwriting - Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids”, the section “Underwriting Discount,” the distribution information under “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares”, the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter. (the “Underwriters’ Information”).
(iv) Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date or at any Option Closing Date, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.
2.4.2. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties is or may be bound or affected and that is (i) referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder except for such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change (as defined in Section 2.5.1 below). To the best of the Company’s knowledge, performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental or regulatory agency, authority, body, entity or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “Governmental Entity”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.
2.4.3. Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Preliminary Prospectus.
2.4.4. Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of material applicable federal, state, local and any applicable foreign laws, rules and regulations relating to the Offering and the Company’s business as currently conducted or contemplated are correct and complete in all material respects and no other such laws, rules or regulations are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.
2.4.5. No Other Distribution of Offering Materials. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the Offering other than any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Securities Act and consistent with Section 3.2 below.
2.5. Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.
2.5.1. No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any change or development that, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no executive officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.
2.5.2. Recent Securities Transactions, etc. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.
2.6. Disclosures in Commission Filings. None of the Company’s filings with, or other documents furnished to, the Commission contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information. The Company has made all filings with the Commission required under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Regulations”).
2.7. Independent Accountants. Ram Associates Certified Public Accountants (the “Auditor”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board., including the rules and regulations promulgated by such entity. To the Company’s knowledge, after reasonable inquiry, the Auditor is currently registered and in good standing with the PCAOB. The Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, within the meaning of such term in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.
2.8. Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules (if any) included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present the financial condition, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no other historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. The “as adjusted” financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein, and, in the judgment of the Company, the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, materially comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) since the date of the last balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including each entity disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being a subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, other than in the ordinary course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt. The Company represents that it has no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than those listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.
2.9. Authorized Capital; Options, etc. The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the adjusted capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible into any class of Common Stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell any class of Common Stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.
2.10. Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.
2.10.1. Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, ,the holders thereof have no contractual rights of rescission or the ability to require the Company to repurchase such securities, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or rights of participation of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of Common Stock conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Prior to the date hereof, all offers and sales of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, options, warrants and other rights to purchase or exchange such securities for shares of the Common Stock were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares of Common Stock, exempt from such registration requirements. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, accurately and fairly present, in all material respects, the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.
2.10.2. Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Public Securities and Representative’s Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.11. Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any options, warrants, rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in the Registration Statement or any other registration statement to be filed by the Company.
2.12. Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. Each of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered by the Company, will constitute, the legal valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except in each case: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
2.13. No Conflicts, etc. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and all other documents ancillary hereto and thereto, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as amended or restated from time to time, the “Charter”) or the bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”); (ii) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or as to which any property of the Company is subject; or (iii) violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof, except, in the case of (ii) or (iii), for those breaches, violations or conflicts which (individually or in the aggregate) would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.14. No Defaults; Violations. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject, except, in each case, for those defaults which (individually or in the aggregate) would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company is not in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity, except, in each case, for those violations which (individually and in the aggregate) would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.15. Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.
2.15.1. Conduct of Business. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, licenses, certificates, clearances, permits and orders and supplements and amendments thereto (collectively, “Authorizations”) of and from all Governmental Entities required as of the date hereof for the Company to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except, in each case, where the failure to have such Authorizations (individually or in the aggregate) would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.15.2. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and thereof, and all Authorizations required in connection therewith have been obtained. No Authorization of, and no filing with, any Governmental Entity, the Exchange or another body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities or blue-sky laws, the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC and the rules and regulations of FINRA.
2.16. D&O Questionnaires. All information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Company’s directors and officers set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus provided to the Representative and its counsel, is, to the knowledge of the Company, true and correct and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become inaccurate, incorrect or incomplete.
2.17. Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Public Securities on the Exchange, and is required to be disclosed therein.
2.18. Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the law of the State of Delaware as of the date hereof. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.19. Insurance. On the Closing Date the Company will carry or will be entitled to the benefits of insurance (including, without limitation, directors’ and officers’ insurance), with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate, and all such insurance is in full force and effect, except where the failure to maintain such insurance would not have or reasonably be expected to result in Material Adverse Change. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.2.0 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.
2.20.1. Finder’s Fees. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Insider with respect to the sale of the Public Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its stockholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.
2.20.2. Payments Within Twelve (12) Months. Except as disclosed in writing to the Representative or as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments in connection with the Offering (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriters as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.
2.20.3. Use of Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.
2.20.4. FINRA Affiliation. There is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities, who acquired any equity securities of the Company during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
2.20.5. Information. All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to counsel to the Underwriters specifically for use in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.
2.21. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any Governmental Entity (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
2.22. Compliance with OFAC. None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
2.23 Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, including the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar money laundering statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.
2.24 Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative or to counsel to the Underwriters on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
2.25. Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule 4 hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into shares of Common Stock) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Parties”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Representative an executed Lock-Up Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), prior to the execution of this Agreement.
2.26. Subsidiaries. Each of the direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company is duly organized or incorporated as applicable and in good standing under the laws of its place of organization or incorporation, and each such Subsidiary is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a Material Adverse Change on the assets, business or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Company’s ownership and control of each Subsidiary is as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.27. Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required.
2.28. Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Regulations, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.
2.29. Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance.
2.29.1. Disclosure Controls. The Company has developed disclosure controls and procedures that will comply in all material respects with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations, and such controls and procedures will be effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.
2.29.2. Compliance. The Company is and at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and has taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
2.30. Accounting Controls. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in the process of establishing systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
2.31. No Investment Company Status. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
2.32. No Labor Disputes. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened. The Company is not aware that any key employee or significant group of employees of the Company plans to terminate employment with the Company.
2.33. Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company and except as may be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no action or use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (B) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims referred to in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. To the Company’s knowledge, all material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company which has not been patented has been kept confidential. The Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. To the knowledge of the Company, none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is knowingly being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.
2.34. Taxes. Except for matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has: (i) filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof; and (ii) paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. There are no tax liens against the assets, properties or business of the Company or its Subsidiaries other than liens for taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established in the Company’s books and records. The term “taxes” means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.
2.35. ERISA Compliance. The Company and any “employee benefit plan” (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (collectively, “ERISA”)) established or maintained by the Company or its “ERISA Affiliates” (as defined below) are in compliance in all material respects with ERISA. “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any member of any group of organizations described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”) of which the Company is a member. No “reportable event” (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. No “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, if such “employee benefit plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under ERISA). Neither the Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “employee benefit plan” or (ii) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of the Code. Each “employee benefit plan” established or maintained by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and, to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.
2.36. Compliance with Laws. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules, or regulations applicable to the business of the Company as currently conducted (“Applicable Laws”), except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change; (B) has not received any warning letter or other correspondence or notice from any Governmental Entity alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any Authorizations; (C) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and are not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Entity or third party alleging that any activity conducted by the Company is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Entity is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct in all material respects on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).
2.37. Emerging Growth Company. From the time of the initial submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly in or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act. The Company has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the written consent of the Representative and with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company confirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.
2.38. Environmental Laws. The Company is in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”), except where the failure to comply would not, singularly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and liabilities, a Material Adverse Change; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company has knowledge, except for any such disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind which would not have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such discharges and other releases, a Material Adverse Change.
2.39. Title to Property. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
2.40. Contracts Affecting Capital. There are no transactions, arrangements or other relationships between and/or among the Company, any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and any unconsolidated entity, including, but not limited to, any structured finance, special purpose or limited purpose entity that could reasonably be expected to materially affect the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ liquidity or the availability of or requirements for their capital resources required to be described or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described or incorporated by reference as required.
2.41. Loans to Directors or Officers. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiaries to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
2.42. Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the Effective Date and at the time of any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or the Underwriter made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Public Securities and at the Effective Date, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.
2.43. Smaller Reporting Company. As of the time of filing of the Registration Statement, the Company was a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Regulations.
2.44. Industry Data. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.
2.45. Electronic Road Show. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.
2.46. Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the shares of Common Stock to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
2.47. Dividends and Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company.
2.48. Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
2.49. Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.
2.50. Confidentiality and Non-Competition. To the Company’s knowledge, no director, officer, key employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject to any confidentiality, non-disclosure, non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer (other than the Company) or prior employer that could materially affect his or her ability to be and act in his or her respective capacity of the Company or such Subsidiary or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
2.51. Corporate Records. The minute books of the Company have been made available to the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters and such books (i) contain minutes of all material meetings and actions of the Board of Directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company, and (ii) reflect all material transactions referred to in such minutes.
2.52. Diligence Materials. The Company has provided to the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters all materials required or necessary to respond in all material respects to the diligence request submitted to the Company or its counsel by the Representative.
2.53. Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.
3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
3.1. Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company shall deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative shall reasonably object in writing.
3.2. Federal Securities Laws.
3.2.1. Compliance. The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of its receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
3.2.2. Continued Compliance. The Company shall comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Public Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Public Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Company or to the underwriters, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representative notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative or counsel to the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company will give the Representative notice of any filings made pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Regulations within two (2) Business Days prior to the Applicable Time. The Company shall give the Representative notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and the exercise in full or expiration of the Over-Allotment Option specified in Section 1.2 hereof and will furnish the Representative with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or Representative Counsel shall reasonably object.
3.2.3. Exchange Act Registration. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction) for a period of three years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is liquidated or is acquired, if earlier. For a period of three years from the Effective Date, the Company shall not deregister any of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act without the prior notice to the Representative
3.2.4. Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, it shall not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representative shall be deemed to have consented to each Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus set forth in Schedule 3-B. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representative as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.
3.2.5. Testing-the-Waters Communications. If at any time following the distribution of any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations (a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”) there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Representative and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
3.3. Delivery to the Underwriters of Registration Statements. The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to each Underwriter, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) upon receipt of a written request therefor from such Underwriter. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
3.4. Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
3.5. Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months after the Applicable Time, and shall notify the Representative promptly and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the occurrence of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.
3.6. Review of Financial Statements. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the announcement of any quarterly financial information.
3.7. Listing. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the shares of Common Stock (including the Firm Shares and the Option Shares) on the Exchange for at least three (3) years from the date of this Agreement.
3.8. Financial Public Relations Firm. As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have retained a financial public relations firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative and the Company, which shall initially be TraDigital IR, which firm shall be experienced in assisting issuers in initial public offerings of securities and in their relations with their security holders.
3.9. Reports to the Representative.
3.9.1. Periodic Reports, etc. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish or make available to the Representative copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Representative: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Current Report on Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; (v) a copy of each report or other communication furnished to stockholders and (vi) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request. Documents filed with the Commission via its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section 3.9.1.
3.9.2. Transfer Agent; Transfer Sheets. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Representative (the “Transfer Agent”) and shall furnish to the Representative at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representative may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. VStock Transfer, LLC is acceptable to the Representative to act as Transfer Agent for the shares of Common Stock.
3.9.3. Trading Reports. For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, during such time as the Public Securities are listed on the Exchange, the Company shall provide to the Representative, at the Company’s expense, such reports published by the Exchange relating to price trading of the Public Securities, as the Representative shall reasonably request.
3.10. Payment of Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses related to the Offering or otherwise incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering (including the Option Shares) with the Commission; (b) all Public Offering System filing fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Public Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchange or exchanges as the Company and the Representative may together determine, including any fees charged by DTC; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Public Securities under the securities laws of such states or foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (g) the costs and expenses of a public relations firm; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Public Securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (j) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (k) the costs associated with one set of bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which the Company or its designee shall provide within a reasonable time after the Closing Date in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; (l) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (m) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (n) the fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters; (o) the cost associated with the Underwriters’ use of Ipreo’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the Offering; and (p) the Underwriters’ actual accountable expenses for the Offering, including, without limitation, expenses related to the “road show.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations to reimburse the Representative for any out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred as set forth in the preceding sentence shall not exceed $125,000 in the aggregate, including but not limited to the legal fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters and road show expenses as described therein. For the sake of clarity, it is understood and agreed that the Company shall be responsible for the legal fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters detailed in this Section irrespective of whether the Offering is consummated, subject to $50,000 in the event that there is not a Closing. Additionally, the Company had provided an expense advance (the “Advance”) to the Representative of $15,000. The Advance shall be applied towards out-of-pocket expense set forth herein and any portion of the Advance shall be returned back to the Company to the extent not actually incurred. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, if any, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters.
3.11. Application of Net Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
3.12. Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth (15th) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by an independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.
3.13. Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or stockholders has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Public Securities.
3.14. Internal Controls. The Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
3.15. Accountants. As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has retained an independent registered public accounting firm, as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, reasonably acceptable to the Representative, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement. The Representative acknowledges that the Auditor is acceptable to the Representative.
3.16. FINRA. For a period of 60 days from the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, the Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
3.17. No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3.18. Company Lock-Up Agreements.
3.18.1. Restriction on Sales of Capital Stock. The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; provided, however, that this clause (i) shall not apply to (A) the issuance of securities to employees, officers, directors or consultants in exchange for services or under the Company’s 2020 Stock Incentive Plan, as described in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, (B) the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of securities that are issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement and are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price or conversion price of such securities (other than in connection with stock splits, adjustments or combinations as set forth in such securities) or to extend the term of such securities, and (C) the issuance of any shares of capital stock, options or warrants in connection with any acquisition of a business; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company without notice to the Underwriter, other than entering into a line of credit or senior credit facility with a traditional bank or other lending institution, or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions contained in this Section 3.18.1 shall not apply to (i) the shares of Common Stock to be sold hereunder (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative’s Warrant), (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an outstanding stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, of which the Representative has been advised in writing, (iii) the issuance by the Company of any security under any equity compensation plan of the Company or (iv) any issuance of securities disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.
3.19. Release of D&O Lock-up Period. If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the Lock-Up Agreements described in Section 2.25 hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
3.20. Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, if necessary, to qualify the Public Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representative may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Public Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
3.21. Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Public Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Public Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.
3.22. Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Public Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the completion of the Lock-Up Period.
3.23. Press Releases. Prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Company shall not issue any press release or other communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Representative is notified), without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representative, such press release or communication is required by law.
3.24. Sarbanes-Oxley. The Company shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in effect from time to time.
3.25. 3.26Corporation Records Service. As of the date hereof and for a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date, the Company shall have registered and shall continue to maintain its registration with the Corporation Records Service (including annual report information) published by the Standard & Poor’s Corporation.
4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Public Securities, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:
4.1 Regulatory Matters.
4.1.1. Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued by the Commission under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act Regulations or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A under the Securities Act Regulations.
4.1.2. FINRA Clearance. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.
4.1.3. Exchange Clearance. On the Closing Date, the Firm Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance. On the first Option Closing Date (if any), the Option Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.
4.2 Company Counsel Matters.
4.2.1. Closing Date Opinion of Counsel. On the Closing Date, the Representative shall have received (i) the opinion and (ii) a written statement providing certain “10b-5” negative assurances, in each case, of Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP (“Company Counsel”), counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representative, substantially in the forms set forth as Exhibits D and E hereto, respectively.
4.2.2. Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the opinions of counsel listed in Section 4.2.1, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Representative and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, confirming as of the Option Closing Date, the statements made by such counsel in their respective opinion and negative assurance statement delivered on the Closing Date.
4.3. Comfort Letters.
4.3.1. Cold Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, the Representative shall have received a cold comfort letter from the Auditor containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Representative as representative of the Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to the counsel to the Underwriters, dated as of the date of this Agreement.
4.3.2. Bring-down Comfort Letter. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable.
4.4. Officers’ Certificates.
4.4.1. Officers’ Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), of its Chief Executive Officer or President, and its Chief Financial Officer stating on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity that (i) such officers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, they believe that the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto after the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto after the Effective Date, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date (or any Option Closing Date if such date is other than the Closing Date), and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, a Material Adverse Change.
4.4.2. Secretary’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying on behalf of the Company and not in an individual capacity: (i) that each of the Charter and Bylaws is true and complete, has not been amended or modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified or rescinded; and (iii) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company who have signed the certificates set forth in Section 4.4.1. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.
4.5. No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no Material Adverse Change in the condition, financial or otherwise, business or prospects of the Company from the date of this Agreement; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued by the Commission under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
4.6. No Material Misstatement or Omission. The Underwriters shall not have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date that the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or that the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of Representative Counsel, is material and is necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
4.7. Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of this Agreement, the Public Securities, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any, and the Prospectus and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement, the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel to the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
4.8. Delivery of Agreements.
4.8.1. Lock-Up Agreements. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Lock-Up Agreements from each of the persons listed in Schedule 4 hereto.
4.8.2. Representative’s Warrant Agreement. On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative an executed copy of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement.
4.9. Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date (if any) Representative Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling counsel to the Underwriters to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities and the Representative’s Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative and Representative Counsel.
5. Indemnification.
5.1. Indemnification of the Underwriters.
5.1.1. General. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives, partners, shareholders, affiliates, counsel and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party, or otherwise) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “application”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Public Securities and Representative’s Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1.1 shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Public Securities to such person as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.4 hereof.
5.1.2. Procedure. If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter Indemnified Parties who are party to such action (in addition to local counsel) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Underwriter Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
5.2. Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers and persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the several Underwriters, as incurred, but only with respect to such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses (or actions in respect thereof) which arise out of or are based upon untrue statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or in any application, in reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. In case any action shall be brought against the Company or any other person so indemnified based on any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any application, and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter, such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company and each other person so indemnified shall have the rights and duties given to the several Underwriters by the provisions of Section 5.1.2. The Company agrees promptly to notify the Representative of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or any person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Public Securities or in connection with the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.
5.3. Contribution.
5.3.1. Contribution Rights. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or 5.2 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and each of the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriters, on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Representative by or on behalf of any Underwriter for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 5.3.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.3.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.3.1 no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discount and commission received by such Underwriter in connection with the Offering. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
5.3.2. Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid 15 days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.3.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 5.3 are several and in proportion to their respective underwriting obligation, and not joint.
6. Default by an Underwriter.
6.1. Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised hereunder, and if the number of the Firm Shares or Option Shares with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Shares or Option Shares that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.
6.2. Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Shares or Option Shares. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 relates to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, the Representative may in its discretion arrange for itself or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Shares or Option Shares to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If, within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Shares or Option Shares, the Representative does not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Shares or Option Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Shares or Option Shares on such terms. In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement will automatically be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10 hereof), or the several Underwriters; provided, however, that if such default occurs with respect to the Option Shares, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Shares; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section shall excuse a default by the Representative (in its capacity as an Underwriter) in its obligations to purchase the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised hereunder.
6.3. Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Shares or Option Shares to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that in the opinion of counsel to the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares or Option Shares.
7. Additional Covenants.
7.1. Board Composition and Board Designations. The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as members of the Board of Directors and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Exchange Act and the listing rules of the Exchange or any other national securities exchange, as the case may be, in the event the Company seeks to have its Public Securities listed on another exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange.
7.2. Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements. The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first (1st) Business Day following the fortieth (40th) day after the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.
7.3. Right of First Refusal. Provided that the Firm Shares are sold in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Representative shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”), for a period of twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, and/or sole placement agent, at the Representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity linked financings (each, a “Subject Transaction”), during such twelve (12) month period, of the Company, or any successor to or subsidiary of the Company, on terms and conditions customary for the Representative for such Subject Transactions. The Representative shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker dealer shall have the right to participate in the Subject Transactions and the economic terms of such participation. For the avoidance of any doubt, the Company shall not retain, engage or solicit any additional investment banker, book-runner, financial advisor, underwriter and/or placement agent in a Subject Transaction during the twelve (12) month period referred to above without the express written consent of the Representative. The Company shall notify the Representative of its intention to pursue a Subject Transaction, including the material terms thereof, by providing written notice thereof by registered mail or overnight courier service addressed to the Representative. If the Representative fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction within ten (10) Business Days after the mailing of such written notice, then the Representative shall have no further claim or right with respect to the Subject Transaction. The Representative may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction; provided that any such election by the Representative shall not adversely affect the Representative’s Right of First Refusal with respect to any other Subject Transaction during the twelve (12) month period agreed to above. The terms and conditions of any such engagements shall be set forth in separate agreements and may be subject to, among other things, satisfactory completion of due diligence by the Representative, market conditions, the absence of a material adverse change to the Company’s business, financial condition and prospects, approval of the Representative’s internal committee and any other conditions that the Representative may deem appropriate for transactions of such nature.
8. Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination Thereof.
8.1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Representative have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party.
8.2. Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s reasonable opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an escalation in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Firm Shares or Option Shares; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of a Material Adverse Change, or an adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Public Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities.
8.3. Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a default by the Underwriters, pursuant to Section 6.2 above, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters not to exceed $50,000) up to $50,000 less amounts previously advanced, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters and the Representative shall return any portion of the Advance not used to pay its accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.
8.4. Survival of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.
8.5. Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement (except for Section 6.2) or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Public Securities.
9. Miscellaneous.
9.1. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or faxed and confirmed or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.
If to the Representative:
EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
17 Battery Place, Suite 625
New York, New York 10004
Attn: Joseph T. Rallo, Head of Investment Banking
Email: jrallo@efhuttongroupcm.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Lucosky Brookman LLP
101 Wood Avenue South, 5th Floor
Woodbridge, NJ 08330
Attn: Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq.
Fax No.: (732) 395-4401
Email: jlucosky@lucbro.com
If to the Company:
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Attn: Suresh Venkatachari
Fax No.: [ ]
Email: sureshv@healthcaretriangle.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP
55 West 39th Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Jeffrey P. Wofford, Esq.
Fax No.: 646-838-1314
Email: jwofford@cmfllp.com
9.2. Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.
9.3. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
9.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
9.5. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and the indemnified parties referred to in Section 5 and their respective successors, heirs and assigns, and shall be binding upon each of them, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriters.
9.6. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of New York. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
9.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.
9.8. Waiver, etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
[Signature Page Follows]
1 |
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.
Very truly yours, | ||
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Suresh Venkatachari | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
Confirmed as of the date first written above, on behalf of itself and as Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 hereto:
EF HUTTON,
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
By:
Name:
Title:
[Signature Page]
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC. – UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
2 |
SCHEDULE 1
Underwriter |
Total Number of Firm Shares to be Purchased |
Number of Option Shares to be Purchased if the Over-Allotment Option is Fully Exercised | ||||||
EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC | ||||||||
TOTAL |
3 |
SCHEDULE 2
4 |
SCHEDULE 3-A
Pricing Information
Number of Firm Shares: [●]
Number of Option Shares: [●]
Public Offering Price per Firm Share: $[●]
Public Offering Price per Option Share: $[●]
Underwriting Discount per Firm Share: $[●]
Underwriting Discount per Option Share: $[●]
Proceeds to Company per Firm Share (before expenses): $[●]
Proceeds to Company per Option Share (before expenses): $[●]
5 |
SCHEDULE 3-B
Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses
6 |
SCHEDULE 4
List of Lock-Up Parties
1. | [●] |
2. | [●] |
3. | [●] |
4. | [●] |
5. | [●] |
7 |
EXHIBIT A
Form of Representative’s Warrant Agreement
THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) EF HUTTON, DIVISION OF BENCHMARK INVESTMENTS, LLC OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF EF HUTTON, DIVISION OF BENCHMARK INVESTMENTS, LLC OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.
THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [________________] [DATE THAT IS SIX MONTHS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING]. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [___________________] [DATE THAT IS FIVE YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING].
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
For the Purchase of [____] Shares of Common Stock
of
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of funds duly paid by or on behalf of EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from [________________] [DATE THAT IS SIX MONTHS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING] (the “Commencement Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [____________] [DATE THAT IS FIVE YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING] (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [____][1] shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $[●] [110% OF THE PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE OF THE FIRM SHARES SOLD IN THE OFFERING] per Share; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context. The term “Effective Date” shall mean [●], 2021, the date on which the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259180) of the Company was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Registration Statement”).
2. Exercise.
2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.
[1] One and one-quarter percent (1.25%) of the aggregate number of shares of Firm Shares sold in the Offering.
2.2 Cashless Exercise. If at any time after the Commencement Date there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares by the Holder, then in lieu of exercising this Purchase Warrant by payment of cash or check payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:
X | = | Y(A-B) | |
A |
Where, | |||
X | = | The number of Shares to be issued to Holder; | |
Y | = | The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised; | |
A | = | The fair market value of one Share; and | |
B | = | The Exercise Price. |
For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:
(i) | if the Company’s common stock is traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the closing price on such exchange on the trading day immediately prior to the exercise form being received by the Company in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or | |
(ii) | if the Company’s common stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the closing bid price on the trading day prior to the exercise form being received by the Company in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. |
2.3 Legend. If at any time after the Commencement Date there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares by the Holder, each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE LAW. NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE LAW WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.”
3. Transfer.
3.1 General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (“EF Hutton”) or an underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of EF Hutton or of any such underwriter or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(e)(1), or (b) for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date, cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). On and after 180 days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) business days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.
3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Securities Act. If at any time after the Commencement Date there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares by the Holder, the securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company (the Company hereby agreeing that the opinion of Lucosky Brookman LLP shall be deemed satisfactory evidence of the availability of an exemption), or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.
4. Registration Rights.
4.1 Demand Registration.
4.1.1 Grant of Right. .The Company, upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the Holders of at least 51% of the Purchase Warrants and/or the underlying Shares, agrees to register, on one occasion, all or any portion of the Shares underlying the Purchase Warrants (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to comply with a Demand Notice if the Company has filed a registration statement with respect to which the Holder is entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof and either: (i) the Holder has elected to participate in the offering covered by such registration statement or (ii) if such registration statement relates to an underwritten primary offering of securities of the Company, until the offering covered by such registration statement has been withdrawn or until thirty (30) days after such offering is consummated. The demand for registration may be made at any time during a period of three (3) years beginning on the Commencement Date. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice by any Holders to all other registered Holders of the Purchase Warrants and/or the Registrable Securities within ten (10) days after the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable so long as the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259180) covering the Registrable Securities remain effective.
4.1.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.1.1, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the filing required herein to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Holders; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such State or submit to general service of process in such State or pay any tax, or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under Section 4.1.1 to remain effective for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months after the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities. The Holders shall only use the prospectuses provided by the Company to sell the shares covered by such registration statement, and will immediately cease to use any prospectus furnished by the Company if the Company advises the Holder that such prospectus may no longer be used due to a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.1.2, the Holder shall be entitled to a demand registration under this Section 4.1.2 on only one (1) occasion and such demand registration right shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C).
4.2 “Piggy-Back” Registration.
4.2.1 Grant of Right. In addition to the demand right of registration described in Section 4.1 hereof, the Holder shall have the right, for a period of no more than three (3) years from the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D), to include the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or Form S-4 or any equivalent form); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Holders seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall not be applicable so long as the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259180) covering the Registrable Securities remain effective.
4.2.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.2.1 hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Purchase Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 4.2.2; provided, however, that such registration rights shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.
4.3 General Terms.
4.3.1 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters contained in Section 5.1 of the Underwriting Agreement between the Underwriters and the Company, dated as of [●], 2021. The Holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5.2 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company.
4.3.2 Exercise of Purchase Warrants. Nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holders to exercise their Purchase Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.
4.3.3 Documents Delivered to Holders. The Company shall furnish to each Holder participating in any of the foregoing offerings and to each underwriter of any such offering, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Holder or underwriter, of: (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent registered public accounting firm which has issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to the managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times as any such Holder shall reasonably request, provided however, that such Holders shall sign a non-disclosure agreement if requested by the Company.
4.3.4 Underwriting Agreement. The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by the Company, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 4. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders, their Shares and their intended methods of distribution.
4.3.5 Documents to be Delivered by Holders. Each of the Holders participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.
4.3.6 Damages. Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Holders shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holders, be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.
5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.
5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.
5.2 Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.
6. Adjustments.
6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying the Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:
6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Shares or by a split up of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.
6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.
6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Shares, or in the case of any consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.
6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.
6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.
6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.
7. Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the exercise price therefor, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as the Purchase Warrants shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.
8. Certain Notice Requirements.
8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.
8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company; (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor; or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.
8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered or mailed by express mail or private courier service: (i) if to the registered Holder of the Purchase Warrant, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:
If to the Representative:
EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
17 Battery Place, Suite 625
New York, New York 10004
Attn: Joseph T. Rallo, Head of Investment Banking
Email: jrallo@efhuttongroupcm.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Lucosky Brookman LLP
101 Wood Avenue South, 5th Floor
Woodbridge, NJ 08330
Attn: Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq.
Fax No.: (732) 395-4401
Email: jlucosky@lucbro.com
If to the Company:
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Attn: Suresh Venkatachari
Fax No.: [ ]
Email: sureshv@healthcaretriangle.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP
55 West 39th Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Jeffrey P. Wofford, Esq.
Fax No.: 646-838-1314
Email: jwofford@cmfllp.com
9. Miscellaneous.
9.1 Amendments. The Company and EF Hutton may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and EF Hutton may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and EF Hutton deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.
9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.
9.3 Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.
9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, sitting in the County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
9.7 Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.
9.8 Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and EF Hutton enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
8 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 2021.
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
By: | ||
Name: | Suresh Venkatachari | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
9 |
[Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant]
Date: __________, 20___
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Shares”), of Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.
or
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Shares of the Company under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:
X | = | Y(A-B) | ||
A |
Where, | ||||
X | = | The number of Shares to be issued to Holder; | ||
Y | = | The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised; | ||
A | = | The fair market value of one Share which is equal to $_____; and | ||
B | = | The Exercise Price which is equal to $______ per share |
The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.
Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.
Signature |
Signature Guaranteed |
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Name: | ||
(Print in Block Letters) |
Address: | ||
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.
10 |
[Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant]
ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.
Dated: __________, 20__
Signature |
Signature Guaranteed |
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.
11 |
EXHIBIT B
Form of Lock-Up Agreement
Lock-Up Agreement
[●], 2021
EF HUTTON,
division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
as Representative of the Underwriters
17 Battery Place, Suite 625
New York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (the “Representative”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”) and warrants to be issued to the Representative.
To induce the Representative to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representative in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of a family member (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution; or (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the undersigned, as the case may be; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d), (i) it shall be a condition to any such transfer that (i) the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this lock-up agreement (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence) to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto; (ii) each party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) shall not be required by law (including without limitation the disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act) to make, and shall agree to not voluntarily make, any filing or public announcement of the transfer or disposition prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period; and (iii) the undersigned notifies the Representative at least two (2) business days prior to the proposed transfer or disposition.
In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise of stock options granted by the Company to employees, officer’s directors or consultants in exchange for services or to any of the undersigned’s common stock issued upon such exercise, (ii) exercise of warrants; provided that it shall apply to any of the undersigned’s common stock issued upon such exercise, or (iii) pursuant to an existing contract, instruction or plan (a “Plan”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act, (iv) the establishment of any new Plan; provided that no sales of the undersigned’s common stock shall be made pursuant to such new Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof), and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof).
The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s securities subject to this lock-up agreement except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any Shares that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Representative agrees that, at least three (3) business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Representative are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective on or prior to October 11, 2021, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this lock-up agreement.
This lock-up agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Very truly yours,
(Name – Please Print)
(Signature)
(Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
(Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
Address:
12 |
EXHIBIT C
Form of Press Release
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
[Date]
Healthcare Triangle, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, Inc., acting as representative for the underwriters in the Company’s recent public offering of _______ shares of the Company’s common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to _________ shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on _________, 20___, and the securities may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
13 |
EXHIBIT D
Form of Opinion of Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP
[To come]
14 |
EXHIBIT E
Form of “10b-5” Statement of Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP
[To come]
15 |
September 27, 2021
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
4309 Hacienda Dr., Suite 150
Pleasanton, CA 94588
(925) 270-4812
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-259180), originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 30, 2021 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for the registration of up to (i) 8,000,000 shares shares (the “Company Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) being offered by the Company; (ii) 1,84,438 shares to be offered by selling stockholders named in the Registration Statement (the “Selling Stockholder Shares” and together with the Company Shares, the “Shares”); (iii) Common Stock offered by the Company that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; (iv) warrants to be issued by the Company to the underwriters named in the Registration Statement to purchase up to one point twenty five percent (1.25%) of the number of shares of Common Stock excluding shares of common stock sold to cover over-allotments, if any (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”) upon the closing of the public offering pursuant to which the Registration Statement relates; and (v) shares of Common Stock underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants (the “Underwriters’ Warrant Shares,” and together with the Shares and Underwriters’ Warrants, the “Securities”).
The Securities (other than the Selling Stockholder Shares) are to be sold by the Company pursuant to a definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, by and between the Company, EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC, and any other underwriter a party thereto (the “Underwriting Agreement”). This opinion is being furnished to you in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and may be relied upon by all purchasers of the Securities in the offering described in the Prospectus (as defined below).
You have requested our opinion as to the matters set forth below in connection with the Registration Statement. For purposes of rendering that opinion, we have examined: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the most recent prospectus included in the Registration Statement on file with the Commission as of the date of this opinion letter; (iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement; (iv) the Company’s current Amended Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Charter”) and Bylaws, each of which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; (v) the records of the corporate actions of the Company relating to the Registration Statement and the authorization for issuance and sale of the Securities, and matters in connection therewith; and (vi) the Company’s stock ledgers. We have reviewed such other matters and made such other inquiries as we have deemed necessary to render the opinions expressed herein. For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have assumed that each document submitted to us is accurate and complete, that each such document that is an original is authentic, that each such document that is a copy conforms to an authentic original, the conformity to the original or final versions of the documents submitted to us as copies or drafts, including, without limitation, the Charter and that all signatures on each such document are genuine.
In rendering our opinion below, we have also assumed that: (i) the Company will have sufficient authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock at the time of each issuance of an Underwriters’ Warrant Share; (ii) each of the Underwriters’ Warrants and Underwriting Agreement, as executed, constitutes a valid and binding agreement of each of the parties thereto (other than the Company), enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms; (iii) the issuance of each Share, Underwriters’ Warrant Share and Warrant Share will be duly noted in the Company’s stock ledger upon its issuance; (iv) the Company will receive consideration for the Shares and Underwriting Warrant Shares offered and sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (whether upon exercise of an or otherwise) at least equal to the par value of such share of Common Stock and in the amount required by the Underwriting Agreement; and (v) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement and the authorization for issuance and sale of the Securities, and matters in connection therewith, have not been revoked, rescinded or amended as of the date hereof and are in full force and effect. We have not verified any of those assumptions.
Our opinions set forth below in the first sentence of numbered paragraph 2 and numbered paragraphs 1 and 3 are limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our opinion set forth below in the second sentence of numbered paragraph 2 is limited to the laws of the State of New York.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, provided that the Registration Statement and any required post-effective amendment thereto have all become effective under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement that is declared effective by the Commission (the “Prospectus”), required by applicable law have been delivered and filed as required by such laws, it is our opinion that:
1. The Shares are duly authorized for issuance by the Company and, when issued and paid for as described in the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
2. The Underwriters’ Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance by the Company. Provided that the Underwriters’ Warrants have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly delivered to the purchaser thereof against payment therefor, the Underwriters’ Warrants, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, receivership, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or equity).
3. The Underwriters’ Warrant Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered by the Company against payment therefor, upon the exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants in accordance with the terms therein, will be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.
The opinions set forth above are subject to the following additional assumptions:
(i) The Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (including any post-effective amendment) has become effective under the Securities Act, and such effectiveness shall not have been terminated, suspended or rescinded;
(ii) All Securities offered pursuant to the Registration Statement will be issued and sold (a) in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations and solely in the manner provided in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (b) only upon payment of the consideration fixed therefor; and
(iii) To the extent that the obligations of the Company under any warrant agreement, or other agreement pursuant to which any Securities offered pursuant to the Registration Statement are to be issued or governed, including any amendment or supplement thereto, may be dependent upon such matters, we assume for purposes of this opinion letter that (a) each party to any such agreement other than the Company (including any applicable warrant agent or other party acting in a similar capacity with respect to any Securities) will be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; that each such other party will be duly qualified to engage in the activities contemplated thereby; (b) each such agreement and the applicable Securities will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each such other party and will constitute the valid and binding obligations of each such other party, enforceable against each such other party in accordance with their terms; (c) each such other party will be in compliance, with respect to acting in any capacity contemplated by any such agreement, with all applicable laws and regulations; and (d) each such other party will have the requisite organizational and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under each such agreement.
We assume no obligation to update or supplement any of our opinions to reflect any changes of law or fact that may occur. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm in the related Prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters.” In giving our consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/Carmel, Milazzo & Feil, LLP
Carmel, Milazzo & Feil LLP
HEALTHCARE TRIANGLE, INC.
2020 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1
ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVES, AND DURATION
1.1 Establishment of the Plan. Healthcare Triangle, Inc., hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the “Healthcare Triangle, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”). The Plan permits the granting of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and Other Awards.
The Plan will become effective May 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) upon approval of the Company’s stockholders. The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 hereof.
1.2 Objectives of the Plan. The objectives of the Plan are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through incentives that are consistent with the Company’s goals and that link the personal interests of Participants to those of the Company’s stockholders.
The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make or are expected to make significant contributions to the Company’s success and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Company.
1.3 Duration of the Plan. No Award may be granted under the Plan after the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, or such earlier date as the Board shall determine. The Plan will remain in effect with respect to outstanding Awards until no Awards remain outstanding.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
The following terms, when capitalized, shall have the meanings set forth below:
2.1 “Award” means, individually or collectively, Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Awards granted under the Plan.
2.2 “Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award.
2.3 “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.
2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.5 “Cause” means the engaging by a Participant in illegal conduct that, in the sole discretion of the Committee, is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, unless otherwise defined in an agreement between the Participant and the Company.
2.6 “Change in Control” means that the conditions set forth in any one of the following subsections shall have been satisfied:
(a) an acquisition immediately after which any Person possesses direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership of 25% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Company common stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided that the following acquisitions shall be excluded: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.6; or
(b) during any period of two consecutive years, the individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that for purposes of this Section 2.6, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of such period and whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(c) consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which:
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who have Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, the Company or a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “Resulting Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be;
(ii) no Person (other than (1) the Company, (2) an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or Resulting Corporation, or (3) any entity controlled by the Company or Resulting Corporation) will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Resulting Corporation or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Resulting Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction; and
(iii) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will continue to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Resulting Corporation; or
(d) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
2.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.8 “Committee” means the entity, as specified in Section 3.1, authorized to administer the Plan.
2.9 “Company” means Healthcare Triangle, Inc., and any successor thereto.
2.10 “Consultant” means any natural person that is a consultant or advisor to the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.11 “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.12 “Disability” means an individual: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Company. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering Employees or Directors of the Company provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the plan administrator, the Participant must submit proof to the plan administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.
2.13 “Dividend Equivalent” means, with respect to Shares subject to an Award, a right to be paid an amount equal to the dividends declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding Shares.
2.14 “Effective Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
2.15 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.16 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
2.17 “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.
2.18 “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a Share as determined in good faith by the Committee or pursuant to a procedure specified in good faith by the Committee; provided, however, that if the Committee has not specified otherwise, Fair Market Value shall mean (a), if the Company’s shares are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, the closing price of a Share as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market or (b) if the Company’s shares are not listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, but are listed on a different national securities exchange or are quoted on the OTC Markets, the closing price of a Share as reported on such other national securities exchange or the OTC Markets, as applicable.
2.19 “Freestanding SAR” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in
Article 7 herein.
2.20 “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of
Code Section 422.
2.21 “Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an Option that is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.
2.22 “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted under the Plan, as described in Article 6 herein.
2.23 “Other Award” means a cash, Share-based or Share-related Award (other than an Award described in Article 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 of the Plan) that is granted pursuant to Article 11 herein.
2.24 “Participant” means a current of former Employee, Director or Consultant who has rights relating to an outstanding Award.
2.25 “Performance-Based Exception” means the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Code Section 162(m).
2.26 “Performance Period” means the period during which a performance measure must be met.
2.27 “Performance Share” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.
2.28 “Performance Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 10 herein.
2.29 “Period of Restriction” means the period Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are not transferable, as provided in Articles 8 and 9 herein.
2.30 “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and14(d) thereof.
2.31 “Replacement Awards” means Awards issued in substitution of awards granted under equity-based incentive plans sponsored or maintained by an entity with which the Company engages in a merger, acquisition or other business transaction, pursuant to which awards relating to interests in such entity (or a related entity) are outstanding immediately prior to such merger, acquisition or other business transaction. For all purposes hereunder, Replacement Awards shall be deemed Awards.
2.32 “Restricted Stock” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 8 herein.
2.33 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.
2.34 “Share” means a share common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof.
2.35 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted to a Participant, either alone or in connection with a related Option, as described in Article 7 herein.
2.36 “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined equity thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether any individual may be a Participant for purposes of any grant of Incentive Stock Options, “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Code Section 424(f).
2.37 “Tandem SAR” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, as described in Article 7 herein.
ARTICLE 3
ADMINISTRATION
3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as the Board shall select (the “Committee”) or if there is no Compensation Committee and the Board has not selected another committee, the Plan shall be administered by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have the authorities of the Committee as set forth in Section 3.2.
3.2 Authority of the Committee. Except as limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants who shall participate in the Plan; determine the sizes and types of Awards; determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreement or instrument entered into in connection with the Plan; establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and, subject to the provisions of Section 19.3 herein, amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award and Award Agreement. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority as identified herein.
3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Chief Executive Officer or any of their designees pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, its stockholders, Directors, Employees, Consultants and their estates and beneficiaries and any transferee of an Award.
ARTICLE 4
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN; INDIVIDUAL LIMITS; AND ANTI-DILUTION ADJUSTMENTS
4.1 Number of Shares Available for Grants.
(a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 herein, the maximum number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be two million two hundred thousand (2,200,000) Shares; provided that:
(i) Shares that are potentially deliverable under an Award granted under the Plan that is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, expires or is otherwise terminated without delivery of such Shares shall not be counted as having been delivered under the Plan.
(ii) Shares that have been issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock that is canceled or forfeited prior to vesting or settled in cash, causing the Shares to be returned to the Company, shall not be counted as having been delivered under the Plan.
If Shares are returned to the Company in satisfaction of taxes relating to Restricted Stock, in connection with a cash out of Restricted Stock (but excluding upon forfeiture of Restricted Stock) or in connection with the tendering of Shares by a Participant in satisfaction of the Exercise Price or taxes relating to an Award, such issued Shares shall not become available again under the Plan. Each SAR issued under the Plan will be counted as one share issued under the Plan without regard to the number of Shares issued to the Participant upon exercise of such SAR.
Shares delivered pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.
(b) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 herein, two million two hundred thousand (2,200,000) Shares may be delivered in connection with “full value Awards,” meaning Awards other than Options, SARs, or Other Awards for which the Participant pays the grant date intrinsic value.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the number of Shares available for grant as Incentive Stock Options, only Shares that are subject to an Award that expires or is cancelled, forfeited or settled in cash shall be treated as not having been issued under the Plan.
4.2 Individual Limits. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 herein, the following rules shall apply with respect to Awards and any related dividends or Dividend Equivalents intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception:
(a) Options: The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be two hundred twenty thousand (220,000) Shares.
(b) SARs: The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be two hundred twenty thousand (220,000) Shares.
(c) Restricted Stock: The maximum aggregate number of Shares of Restricted Stock that may be granted in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be two hundred twenty thousand (220,000) Shares.
(d) Restricted Stock Units: The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Restricted Stock Units may be granted in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be three hundred thousand (220,000) Shares. two hundred twenty thousand
(e) Performance Shares: The maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Performance Shares may be granted in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be two hundred twenty thousand (220,000) Shares.
(f) Performance Units: The maximum aggregate compensation that can be paid pursuant to Performance Units awarded in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be $1,000,000 or a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of such amount.
(g) Other Awards: The maximum aggregate compensation that can be paid pursuant to Other Awards awarded in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be $1,000,000 or a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of such amount.
(h) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents: The maximum dividend or Dividend Equivalent that may be paid in any one fiscal year to any one Participant shall be $1,000,000.
4.3 Adjustments in Authorized Shares and Awards. In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R), such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause an equitable adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan under Section 4.1 hereof, (ii) in the individual limitations set forth in Section 4.2 hereof and (iii) with respect to outstanding Awards, in the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Exercise Price, grant price or other price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, any performance conditions relating to Shares, the market price of Shares, or per-Share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation or liquidation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause an equitable adjustment as described in the foregoing sentence to be made, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. The number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number when adjustments are made pursuant to this Section 4.3. Adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
ARTICLE 5
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
5.1 Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in the Plan include all Employees, Directors and Consultants.
5.2 Actual Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Employees, Directors and Consultants, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.
ARTICLE 6
OPTIONS
6.1 Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
6.2 Award Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO. Options that are intended to be ISOs shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Code Section 422.
6.3 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price for each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.3 herein. No ISO granted to a Participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary shall have an Exercise Price that is less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted.
6.4 Duration of Options. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant. No ISO granted to a Participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of its grant.
6.5 Exercise of Options. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement and as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.
6.6 Payment. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and specifying the method of payment of the Exercise Price.
The Exercise Price of an Option shall be payable to the Company in full: (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering Shares or directing the Company to withhold Shares from the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the Exercise Price, (c) by broker-assisted cashless exercise, (d) in any other manner then permitted by the Committee, or (e) by a combination of any of the permitted methods of payment. The Committee may limit any method of payment, other than that specified under (a), for administrative convenience, to comply with applicable law, or for any other reason.
6.7 Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.
6.8 Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of Options may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, which may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
6.9 Termination of Employment or Service. Each Participant’s Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
6.10 Non-transferability of Options.
(a) Incentive Stock Options. ISOs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.
(b) Nonqualified Stock Options. NQSOs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant. NQSOs may not be transferred for value or consideration.
ARTICLE 7
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
7.1 Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination of these forms of SAR.
The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.
The grant price of a Freestanding SAR shall at least equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the SAR, and the grant price of a Tandem SAR shall equal the Exercise Price of the related Option; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.3 herein.
7.2 Exercise of Tandem SARs. A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. To the extent exercisable, Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option. The exercise of all or part of a Tandem SAR shall result in the forfeiture of the right to purchase a number of Shares under the related Option equal to the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Conversely, upon exercise of all or part of an Option with respect to which a Tandem SAR has been granted, an equivalent portion of the Tandem SAR shall similarly be forfeited.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (i) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (ii) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Exercise Price of the underlying ISO and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (iii) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Exercise Price of the ISO.
7.3 Exercise of Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them and sets forth in the Award Agreement.
7.4 Award Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the grant price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
7.5 Term of SARs. The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such term shall not exceed ten (10) years.
7.6 Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the grant price; by
(b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
7.7 Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of SARs may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, which may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
7.8 Termination of Employment or Service. Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all SARs, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
7.9 Non-transferability of SARs. SARs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant. SARs may not be transferred for value or consideration.
ARTICLE 8
RESTRICTED STOCK
8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
8.2 Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction and, if applicable, Performance Period(s), the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
8.3 Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock, a requirement that the issuance of Shares of Restricted Stock be delayed, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, time-based restrictions, and/or restrictions under applicable laws or under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are listed or traded, or holding requirements or sale restrictions placed on the Shares by the Company upon vesting of such Restricted Stock. The Company may retain in its custody any certificate evidencing the Shares of Restricted Stock and place thereon a legend and institute stop-transfer orders on such Shares, and the Participant shall be obligated to sign any stock power requested by the Company relating to the Shares to give effect to the forfeiture provisions of the Restricted Stock.
8.4 Removal of Restrictions. Subject to applicable laws, Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto. Once Restricted Stock is released from the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a certificate evidencing the Shares.
8.5 Voting Rights. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, to the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.
8.6 Dividends and Other Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, during the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall receive all regular cash dividends paid with respect to all Shares while they are so held, and, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Stock shall be credited to Participants subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and paid at such time following full vesting as are paid the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which such distributions were made.
8.7 Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain unvested Restricted Stock following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Awards of Restricted Stock, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
8.8 Non-transferability of Restricted Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, during the applicable Period of Restriction, a Participant’s Restricted Stock and rights relating thereto shall be available during the Participant’s lifetime only to such Participant, and such Restricted Stock and related rights may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
ARTICLE 9
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND PERFORMANCE SHARES
9.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units/Performance Shares. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
9.2 Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the applicable Period(s) of Restriction and/or Performance Period(s) (as the case may be), the number of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The initial value of a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Share shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.3 herein.
9.3 Form and Timing of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Article 17 herein or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be made at a specified settlement date that shall not be earlier than the last day of the Period of Restriction or Performance Period, as the case may be. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares by delivery of Shares or by payment in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares (or a combination thereof). The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant.
9.4 Voting Rights. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares granted hereunder; provided, however, that the Committee may deposit Shares potentially deliverable in connection with Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares in a rabbi trust, in which case the Committee may provide for pass through voting rights with respect to such deposited Shares.
9.5 Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, which may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
9.6 Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a payout with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
9.7 Non-transferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
ARTICLE 10
PERFORMANCE UNITS
10.1 Grant of Performance Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
10.2 Award Agreement. Each grant of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Performance Units granted, the Performance Period(s), the performance goals and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
10.3 Value of Performance Units. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion that, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participants.
10.4 Form and Timing of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Article 17 herein or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of earned Performance Units shall be made following the close of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units in cash or in Shares that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units (or a combination thereof). The Committee may provide that settlement of Performance Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant.
10.5 Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of Performance Units may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, which may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
10.6 Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a payout with respect to an Award of Performance Units following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Performance Units and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of employment or service.
10.7 Non-transferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Performance Units and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
ARTICLE 11
OTHER AWARDS
11.1 Grant of Other Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Other Awards may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine. Types of Other Awards that may be granted pursuant to this Article 11 include, without limitation, the payment of cash or Shares based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee, the payment of Shares as a bonus or in lieu of cash based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee, and the payment of Shares in lieu of cash under other Company incentive or bonus programs.
11.2 Payment of Other Awards. Payment under or settlement of any such Awards shall be made in such manner and at such times as the Committee may determine.
11.3 Termination of Employment or Service. The Committee shall determine the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Other Awards following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, may be included in an agreement entered into with each Participant, but need not be uniform among all Other Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
11.4 Non-transferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Other Awards and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
ARTICLE 12
REPLACEMENT AWARDS
Each Replacement Award shall have substantially the same terms and conditions (as determined by the Committee) as the award it replaces; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to Replacement Awards, the Exercise Price, grant price or other price of Shares subject to Replacement Awards, any performance conditions relating to Shares underlying Replacement Awards, or the market price of Shares underlying Replacement Awards or per-Share results may differ from the awards they replace to the extent such differences are determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE 13
PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The Committee may specify that the attainment of one or more of the performance measures set forth in this Article 13 shall determine the degree of granting, vesting and/or payout with respect to Awards (including any related dividends or Dividend Equivalents) that the Committee intends will qualify for the Performance-Based Exception. The performance goals to be used for such Awards shall be chosen from among the following performance measure(s): earnings per share, economic value created, market share (actual or targeted growth), net income (before or after taxes), operating income, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization, core earnings, core earnings per share, return on assets (actual or targeted growth), return on capital (actual or targeted growth), return on equity (actual or targeted growth), return on investment (actual or targeted growth), revenue (actual or targeted growth), cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow), operating margin, share price, share price growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration goals, market share, productivity measures, geographic business expansion goals, expense management, expense targets (including SG&A or other allocated or indirect costs), operating efficiency ratios (including days sales outstanding, accounts payable to sales, inventory turns, and working capital as a percentage of sale), customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of Subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such performance measures may be established at such levels and on such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies. Awards (including any related dividends or Dividend Equivalents) that are not intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception may be based on these or such other performance measures as the Committee may determine.
Achievement of performance goals in respect of Awards intended to qualify under the Performance-Based Exception shall be measured over a Performance Period, and the goals shall be established not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the Performance Period or, if less than (90) days, the number of days that is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the relevant Performance Period applicable to the Award. The Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established performance goals; provided, however, that Awards that are designed to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception may not be adjusted upward (the Committee may, in its discretion, adjust such Awards downward).
ARTICLE 14
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing during the Participant’s lifetime with the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
ARTICLE 15
DEFERRALS
If permitted by the Committee, a Participant may defer receipt of amounts that would otherwise be provided to such Participant with respect to an Award, including Shares deliverable upon exercise of an Option or SAR or upon payout of any other Award. If permitted, such deferral (and the required deferral election) shall be made in accordance with, and shall be subject to, the terms and conditions of the applicable nonqualified deferred compensation plan, agreement or arrangement under which such deferral is made and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.
ARTICLE 16
RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS
16.1 Continued Service. Nothing in the Plan shall:
(a) interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time,
(b) confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary, nor
(c) confer on any Director any right to continue to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
16.2 Participation. No Employee, Director or Consultant shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive future Awards.
ARTICLE 17
CHANGE IN CONTROL
Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death within 12 months following a Change in Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges:
(a) any and all outstanding Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable; provided, however, that the Committee may instead provide that such Awards shall be automatically cashed out;
(b) any Period of Restriction or other restriction imposed on Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards shall lapse; and
(c) any and all Performance Shares, Performance Units and other Awards (if performance-based) shall be deemed earned at the target level (or if no target level is specified, the maximum level) with respect to all open Performance Periods.
ARTICLE 18
ADDITIONAL FORFEITURE PROVISIONS
The Committee may condition a Participant’s right to receive a grant of an Award, to vest in the Award, to exercise the Award, to retain cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property acquired in connection with the Award, or to retain the profit or gain realized by the Participant in connection with the Award, including cash or other proceeds received upon sale of Shares acquired in connection with an Award, upon compliance by the Participant with specified conditions relating to non-competition, confidentiality of information relating to or possessed by the Company, non-solicitation of customers, suppliers, and employees of the Company, cooperation in litigation, non-disparagement of the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates, and other restrictions upon or covenants of the Participant, including during specified periods following termination of employment with or service for the Company and/or a Subsidiary.
ARTICLE 19
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
19.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Board may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no amendment that requires stockholder approval (a) in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m) requirements, (b) pursuant to the requirements of any national securities exchange upon which any of the Company’s securities are listed for trading, or (c) pursuant to any rule promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission shall be effective unless such amendment shall be approved by the requisite vote of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon within the time period required under such applicable listing standard or rule.
19.2 Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.3 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided, however, that (except as provided in Section 4.3 hereof) the Committee does not have the power to amend the terms of previously granted options to reduce the exercise price per share subject to such options, or to cancel such options and grant substitute options with a lower exercise price per share than the cancelled options. The Company is not permitted to purchase for cash previously granted options with an exercise price that is greater than the Company’s trading price on the proposed date of purchase. With respect to any Awards intended to comply with the Performance-Based Exception, any such exception shall be specified at such times and in such manner as will not cause such Awards to fail to qualify under the Performance-Based Exception.
19.3 Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan or of any Award shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided herein.
19.4 Compliance with the Performance-Based Exception. If it is intended that an Award (and/or any dividends or Dividend Equivalents relating to such Award) comply with the requirements of the Performance-Based Exception, the Committee may apply any restrictions it deems appropriate such that the Awards (and/or dividends or Dividend Equivalents) maintain eligibility for the Performance-Based Exception. If changes are made to Code Section 162(m) or regulations promulgated thereunder to permit greater flexibility with respect to any Award or Awards available under the Plan, the Committee may, subject to this Article 19, make any adjustments to the Plan and/or Award Agreements it deems appropriate.
ARTICLE 20
WITHHOLDING
20.1 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan.
20.2 Use of Shares to Satisfy Withholding Obligation. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the vesting or settlement of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units, or upon any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, the Committee may require or may permit Participants to elect that the withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold, or by tendering to the Company, Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory withholding (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes) that could be imposed on the transaction and, in any case in which it would not result in additional accounting expense to the Company, taxes in excess of the minimum statutory withholding amounts. Any such elections by a Participant shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant.
ARTICLE 21
INDEMNIFICATION
Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of incorporation of the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification is subject to the person having been successful in the legal proceedings or having acted in good faith and what is reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in the Company’s best interests. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
ARTICLE 22
SUCCESSORS
All obligations of the Company under the Plan and with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other event, or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
ARTICLE 23
LEGAL CONSTRUCTION
23.1 Gender, Number and References. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural. Any reference in the Plan to an act or code or to any section thereof or rule or regulation thereunder shall be deemed to refer to such act, code, section, rule or regulation, as may be amended from time to time, or to any successor act, code, section, rule or regulation.
23.2 Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
23.3 Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
23.4 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws Delaware without giving effect to conflicts or choice of law principles.
23.5 Non-Exclusive Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including other incentive arrangements and awards that do or do not qualify under the Performance-Based Exception.
23.6 Code Section 409A Compliance. To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any Awards granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and any related regulations or other guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively “Section 409A”). Any provision that would cause the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Section 409A, which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A.
Form of Leak-Out Agreement
September 27, 2021
EF Hutton
Division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Leak-Out Agreement (the “Leak-Out Agreement”) is being delivered to you in connection with the underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and you on your own behalf and on behalf of your Affiliates (as such term is used and construed under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) with respect to the proposed public offering (the “Offering”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Common Stock”).
The undersigned (“Undersigned” or “Holder”) recognizes and acknowledges that the underwriter is relying upon the representations and agreements of the Undersigned contained in this Leak-Out Agreement in conducting the Offering. In consideration thereof and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Undersigned agrees that, for a period (the “Leak-Out Period”) beginning on the date hereof and ending on, and including, the date that is ninety (90) days after the closing of the Offering, the Undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (the “Underwriter”), (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, by making any short sale, engage in any hedging, monetization or derivative transaction) or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement or prospectus with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to (i) any Common Stock or (ii) any other securities of the Company that are substantially similar to Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any options or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock (the “Related Securities”), (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock or Related Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to: (a) transfers of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities disposed of as bona fide gifts; (b) transactions by the Undersigned relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering or those shares of Common Stock or Restricted Securities underlying the 10% Convertible Promissory Note dated December 29, 2020, between the Company and Target Capital, LLC; (c) entry into written trading plans for the sale or other disposition by the Undersigned of Common Stock for purposes of complying with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Plans”), provided that no sales or other distributions pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan may occur until the expiration of the Leak-Out Period; (d) transfers by the Undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities as a result of testate, intestate succession or bona fide estate planning; (e) transfers by the Undersigned pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant this clause (e), any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall state that such transfer is pursuant to an order of a court or a settlement resulting from a legal proceeding unless such a statement would be prohibited by any applicable law or order of a court; (f) transfers by the Undersigned to a trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the majority of the beneficial interests of which are held, directly or indirectly, by the Undersigned or a family member of the Undersigned; (g) distributions by the Undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities to members, partners or stockholders of the Undersigned; (h) the conversion of a Related Security, or the exercise of an option or warrant outstanding on the Effective Time that would otherwise expire during the Leak-Out Period, by the Undersigned, provided that the Common Stock or Related Securities received upon such conversion or exercise are subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement; (i) the transfer or other disposition of Common Stock or Related Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of any stock option or restricted stock unit granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, which plan is described in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the Commission in connection with the Offering, to the Company upon (A) a vesting or settlement event of such securities or (B) upon the exercise of such securities pursuant to clause (h) above, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such securities (and any transfer or other disposition to the Company necessary in respect of such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes, including estimated taxes, due as a result of such vesting or exercise whether by means of a “net settlement” or otherwise) so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding securities (or Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof) to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax and remittance obligations, provided that the Common Stock or Related Securities received in connection with such “cashless” or “net exercise,” are subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement, and provided further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock as a result thereof shall include disclosure that such exercise was done on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis with respect to an expiring option or warrant or to cover withholding tax and remittance obligations, as applicable; (j) the transfer of Common Stock or Related Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided, however, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such Common Stock or Related Securities owned by the Undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Leak-Out Agreement, provided further, that for purposes of this clause (j), “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company or its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; (k) the transfer of Common Stock or Related Securities to the Company pursuant to agreements, which agreements are described in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the Commission in connection with the Offering, under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant this clause, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall state that such transfer is pursuant to a right of repurchase or rights of first refusal by the Company; or (l) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Offering, provided that such securities remains subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement; provided that in the case of any such permitted transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h), each transferee, distributee or pledgee shall sign and deliver a Leak-Out letter substantially in the form of this Leak-Out Agreement, provided further that in the case of any such permitted transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (b), (d), (f) and (g), no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act nor any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the Undersigned, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the equity securities, shall be required or voluntarily made during the Leak-Out Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to shares of Common Stock or Related Securities for an amount of Common Stock and Related Securities less than 5.0% of the daily average composite trading volume of the Common Stock as reported by Bloomberg, LP for any trading day for the principal trading market for the Common Stock and further provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any actual “long” (as defined in Regulation SHO of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) sales by the Undersigned or any of the Affiliates at a price greater than 30% higher than the offering price of the lowest priced Common Stock sold in the Offering (in each case, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar events occurring after the date hereof).
Except as set forth herein, the Undersigned further agrees that, during the Leak-Out Period, the Undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration (or equivalent) of Common Stock or any Related Securities.
The Undersigned hereby authorizes the Company and its transfer agent, during the Leak-Out Period, to decline the transfer of or to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to the Common Stock or other securities subject to this Leak-Out Agreement of which the Undersigned is the record holder, and, with respect to the Common Stock or other securities subject to this Leak-Out Agreement of which the Undersigned is the beneficial owner but not the record holder, the Undersigned hereby agrees to cause such record holder to authorize the Company and its transfer agent, during the Leak-Out Period, to decline the transfer of or to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to such Common Stock or other securities.
The Undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to enter into this Leak-Out Agreement and that such agreement is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
This Leak-Out Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Leak-Out Agreement and supersedes any prior agreement, representation or understanding with respect to such subject matter. This Leak-Out Agreement may be signed in an electronic, PDF or other facsimile form and such signatures of the parties shall be deemed to constitute original signatures.
Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement must be in writing.
The terms of this Leak-Out Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
This Leak-Out Agreement may not be amended or modified or any of the obligations of any party hereto or Other Holder waived or released except in writing signed by each of the parties hereto and only if such amendment, modification, waiver or release applies equally to all Other Holders and is not effective until notice of such amendment or modification is given to the Undersigned and each Other Holder.
All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Leak-Out Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper.
Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Leak-Out Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any right it may have, and agrees not to request, a jury trial for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection with or arising out of this Leak-Out Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
Each party hereto acknowledges that, in view of the uniqueness of the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement, the other parties hereto would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages in the event that this Leak-Out Agreement has not been performed in accordance with its terms, and therefore agrees that such other parties shall be entitled to specific enforcement of the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity.
The obligations of Holder under this Leak-Out Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other holder who is required to enter an agreement identical to this Leak-Out Agreement (each, an “Other Holder”) under any other agreement (each, an “Other Agreement”), and Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any Other Holder under any such Other Agreement. Nothing contained herein or in this Leak-Out Agreement, and no action taken by Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute Holder and Other Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that Holder and the Other Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement and the Company acknowledges that Holder and the Other Holders are not acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement or any Other Agreement. The Company and Holder confirms that Holder has independently participated in the negotiation of the transactions contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Leak-Out Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any Other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.
Upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the Company notifying the Underwriter in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (b) the registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to the Offering being withdrawn, (c) the termination for any reason of the Underwriting Agreement prior to the closing date of the Offering, (d) 90 days from the effective date of the final prospectus for the Offering, and (e) the schedules described in the next paragraph are not timely delivered to the Holder, this Leak-Out Agreement shall be terminated and the Undersigned shall be released from its obligations hereunder.
This Leak-Out Agreement shall be null and void and of no force and effect unless each of the Company’s officers, directors and each holder and their Affiliates owning or holding directly or indirectly beneficially or otherwise on a fully-diluted as-converted basis, Common Stock and Related Securities as of the date the registration statement filed with respect to the Offering is declared effective by the Commission, or as of immediately following the first (if more than one) closing of the Offering, equal to or greater than 5% of the Common Stock outstanding on either such date enters into an agreement with the Underwriter on the same terms and conditions as this Leak-Out Agreement. A schedule identifying all such holders and their Affiliates and the amount of Common Stock and Related Securities must be delivered to the Undersigned by the Underwriter and certified as accurate by the Company, not later than the fourth calendar day after each such date.
[Signature Page Follows]
1 |
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEAK-OUT]
Agreed to and Acknowledged:
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
(the “Company”)
By:
Name:
Title:
EF Hutton
Division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
(the “Underwriter”)
By:
Name:
Title:
Target Capital, LLC
Name: Dmitriy Shapiro
Title:
2 |
Form of Leak-Out Agreement
September 27, 2021
EF Hutton
Division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Leak-Out Agreement (the “Leak-Out Agreement”) is being delivered to you in connection with the underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) to be entered into by Healthcare Triangle, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and you on your own behalf and on behalf of your Affiliates (as such term is used and construed under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) with respect to the proposed public offering (the “Offering”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Common Stock”).
The undersigned (“Undersigned” or “Holder”) recognizes and acknowledges that the underwriter is relying upon the representations and agreements of the Undersigned contained in this Leak-Out Agreement in conducting the Offering. In consideration thereof and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Undersigned agrees that, for a period (the “Leak-Out Period”) beginning on the date hereof and ending on, and including, the date that is ninety (90) days after the closing of the Offering, the Undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of EF Hutton, division of Benchmark Investments, LLC (the “Underwriter”), (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, by making any short sale, engage in any hedging, monetization or derivative transaction) or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement or prospectus with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to (i) any Common Stock or (ii) any other securities of the Company that are substantially similar to Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any options or warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock (the “Related Securities”), (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock or Related Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (c) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clause (a) or (b).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to: (a) transfers of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities disposed of as bona fide gifts; (b) transactions by the Undersigned relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering or those shares of Common Stock or Restricted Securities underlying the 10% Convertible Promissory Note dated December 29, 2020, between the Company and Target Capital, LLC; (c) entry into written trading plans for the sale or other disposition by the Undersigned of Common Stock for purposes of complying with Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act (“10b5-1 Plans”), provided that no sales or other distributions pursuant to a 10b5-1 Plan may occur until the expiration of the Leak-Out Period; (d) transfers by the Undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities as a result of testate, intestate succession or bona fide estate planning; (e) transfers by the Undersigned pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant this clause (e), any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall state that such transfer is pursuant to an order of a court or a settlement resulting from a legal proceeding unless such a statement would be prohibited by any applicable law or order of a court; (f) transfers by the Undersigned to a trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the majority of the beneficial interests of which are held, directly or indirectly, by the Undersigned or a family member of the Undersigned; (g) distributions by the Undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Related Securities to members, partners or stockholders of the Undersigned; (h) the conversion of a Related Security, or the exercise of an option or warrant outstanding on the Effective Time that would otherwise expire during the Leak-Out Period, by the Undersigned, provided that the Common Stock or Related Securities received upon such conversion or exercise are subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement; (i) the transfer or other disposition of Common Stock or Related Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of any stock option or restricted stock unit granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, which plan is described in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the Commission in connection with the Offering, to the Company upon (A) a vesting or settlement event of such securities or (B) upon the exercise of such securities pursuant to clause (h) above, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such securities (and any transfer or other disposition to the Company necessary in respect of such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes, including estimated taxes, due as a result of such vesting or exercise whether by means of a “net settlement” or otherwise) so long as such “cashless exercise” or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding securities (or Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof) to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax and remittance obligations, provided that the Common Stock or Related Securities received in connection with such “cashless” or “net exercise,” are subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement, and provided further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock as a result thereof shall include disclosure that such exercise was done on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis with respect to an expiring option or warrant or to cover withholding tax and remittance obligations, as applicable; (j) the transfer of Common Stock or Related Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided, however, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such Common Stock or Related Securities owned by the Undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Leak-Out Agreement, provided further, that for purposes of this clause (j), “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company or its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; (k) the transfer of Common Stock or Related Securities to the Company pursuant to agreements, which agreements are described in the registration statement and prospectus filed with the Commission in connection with the Offering, under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such securities, provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant this clause, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall state that such transfer is pursuant to a right of repurchase or rights of first refusal by the Company; or (l) the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into Common Stock in connection with the consummation of the Offering, provided that such securities remains subject to the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement; provided that in the case of any such permitted transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) or (h), each transferee, distributee or pledgee shall sign and deliver a Leak-Out letter substantially in the form of this Leak-Out Agreement, provided further that in the case of any such permitted transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (b), (d), (f) and (g), no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act nor any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the Undersigned, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the equity securities, shall be required or voluntarily made during the Leak-Out Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions described above shall not apply to shares of Common Stock or Related Securities for an amount of Common Stock and Related Securities less than 5.0% of the daily average composite trading volume of the Common Stock as reported by Bloomberg, LP for any trading day for the principal trading market for the Common Stock and further provided, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any actual “long” (as defined in Regulation SHO of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) sales by the Undersigned or any of the Affiliates at a price greater than 30% higher than the offering price of the lowest priced Common Stock sold in the Offering (in each case, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or other similar events occurring after the date hereof).
Except as set forth herein, the Undersigned further agrees that, during the Leak-Out Period, the Undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration (or equivalent) of Common Stock or any Related Securities.
The Undersigned hereby authorizes the Company and its transfer agent, during the Leak-Out Period, to decline the transfer of or to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to the Common Stock or other securities subject to this Leak-Out Agreement of which the Undersigned is the record holder, and, with respect to the Common Stock or other securities subject to this Leak-Out Agreement of which the Undersigned is the beneficial owner but not the record holder, the Undersigned hereby agrees to cause such record holder to authorize the Company and its transfer agent, during the Leak-Out Period, to decline the transfer of or to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to such Common Stock or other securities.
The Undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to enter into this Leak-Out Agreement and that such agreement is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
This Leak-Out Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Leak-Out Agreement and supersedes any prior agreement, representation or understanding with respect to such subject matter. This Leak-Out Agreement may be signed in an electronic, PDF or other facsimile form and such signatures of the parties shall be deemed to constitute original signatures.
Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Leak-Out Agreement must be in writing.
The terms of this Leak-Out Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
This Leak-Out Agreement may not be amended or modified or any of the obligations of any party hereto or Other Holder waived or released except in writing signed by each of the parties hereto and only if such amendment, modification, waiver or release applies equally to all Other Holders and is not effective until notice of such amendment or modification is given to the Undersigned and each Other Holder.
All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Leak-Out Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper.
Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Leak-Out Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any right it may have, and agrees not to request, a jury trial for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection with or arising out of this Leak-Out Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.
Each party hereto acknowledges that, in view of the uniqueness of the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement, the other parties hereto would not have an adequate remedy at law for money damages in the event that this Leak-Out Agreement has not been performed in accordance with its terms, and therefore agrees that such other parties shall be entitled to specific enforcement of the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity.
The obligations of Holder under this Leak-Out Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other holder who is required to enter an agreement identical to this Leak-Out Agreement (each, an “Other Holder”) under any other agreement (each, an “Other Agreement”), and Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any Other Holder under any such Other Agreement. Nothing contained herein or in this Leak-Out Agreement, and no action taken by Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute Holder and Other Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that Holder and the Other Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement and the Company acknowledges that Holder and the Other Holders are not acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Leak-Out Agreement or any Other Agreement. The Company and Holder confirms that Holder has independently participated in the negotiation of the transactions contemplated hereby with the advice of its own counsel and advisors. Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Leak-Out Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any Other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.
Upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (a) the Company notifying the Underwriter in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (b) the registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to the Offering being withdrawn, (c) the termination for any reason of the Underwriting Agreement prior to the closing date of the Offering, (d) 90 days from the effective date of the final prospectus for the Offering, and (e) the schedules described in the next paragraph are not timely delivered to the Holder, this Leak-Out Agreement shall be terminated and the Undersigned shall be released from its obligations hereunder.
This Leak-Out Agreement shall be null and void and of no force and effect unless each of the Company’s officers, directors and each holder and their Affiliates owning or holding directly or indirectly beneficially or otherwise on a fully-diluted as-converted basis, Common Stock and Related Securities as of the date the registration statement filed with respect to the Offering is declared effective by the Commission, or as of immediately following the first (if more than one) closing of the Offering, equal to or greater than 5% of the Common Stock outstanding on either such date enters into an agreement with the Underwriter on the same terms and conditions as this Leak-Out Agreement. A schedule identifying all such holders and their Affiliates and the amount of Common Stock and Related Securities must be delivered to the Undersigned by the Underwriter and certified as accurate by the Company, not later than the fourth calendar day after each such date.
[Signature Page Follows]
1 |
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEAK-OUT]
Agreed to and Acknowledged:
Healthcare Triangle, Inc.
(the “Company”)
By:
Name:
Title:
EF Hutton
Division of Benchmark Investments, LLC
(the “Underwriter”)
By:
Name:
Title:
Alchemy Advisory, LLC
___________________________
Name: Dmitriy Shapiro
Title:
2 |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use, in the registration statement on Form S-1 of Healthcare Triangle Inc, of our report dated June 22, 2021 on our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Healthcare Triangle Inc as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the reference to us under the caption "Experts."
Ram Associates Hamilton, NJ 08619
September 27, 2021.